NazareneRemnant header graphic

Tell A Friend | Add to Favourites | Print this Page

Cover image for Last Days Watch

Issue #38
6 December, 2010

Learn to deal with reality or
reality will deal with you.



URL of This Issue:

Back to General Index of all issues of Last Days Watch.

Contents of this Issue ...

  1. Where Do We Stand on Truth?
  2. Killing the World One Nation at a Time
  3. Ireland -- The Revolt has Started!
  4. Following Hungary And Ireland, France Is Next To Seize Pension Funds
  5. The Truth is Coming Out--The Nazis Did Not Lose the Second World War
  6. Israel Is The Tail That Is Wagging The World
  7. The Vile Trick of Labelling People 'Anti-Semitic'
  8. The Complete Idiot's Guide to Wikileak's Document Dump
  9. The Importance of a Woman's Dress
  10. The Big Squeeze ... If We Take This, We'll Take Anything
  11. Swedes, Australians, and New Zealanders, Reformulated as New World Orderlies
  12. A Serious False-Flag Attack Warning … And Why It Matters
  13. What Really is Happening in Australia?
  14. Australian Politicians Do Not Serve Those Who Have Elected Them
  15. The Five Foundation Nations of the New World Order
  16. UN Invasion of Australia is Imminent (Phase 1)
  17. Israel, We Bless Thee by Mark Glen
  18. The Zionist Billionaires Who Control Political Discourse
  19. How the Illuminati Manipulates Jews
  20. 33rd Degree Freemason John Howard and the Haunting Echo of 1929
  21. Freemasonry—Two Organizations, One Visible, the Other Invisible
  22. Lazarus and His "Drunk as a Monkey" Mate
  23. The Lies of Our Leaders (and a Reply)
  24. I Quit an Illuminati Law Firm
  25. Analysis of Barack Obama: Insider Revelations
  26. PM Gillard and Opposition Leader Tony Abbott Collude in Telling the Australian People Flat Out Lies About the War in Afghanistan.
  27. Who Is The Enemy In Afghanistan?
  28. Deconstructing a Bush-League Speech
  29. 9/11 and the Holocaust: How Much Truth Does the Truth Require?
  30. 911 WTC Nuclear Demolition
  31. Who Did the London Bombings?--The Hard Proof
  32. Israel Carried Out The October 2002 Terror Attack In Bali
  33. Obama Moving White House to India? 

  34. War: But Which War is it?
  35. Julia Gillard, Australia's Prime Minister, Continues to Support the Lies about 911
  36. 9/11 and the "American Inquisition"
  37. Israel is the Most Immediate Threat to the Future of the Planet
  38. The Zionist Face Of American Government
  39. The Zionist Mentality and Method
  40. Preparing for World War III: Targeting Iran
  41. Zionist Israel's Thermonuclear Blackmail Of America
  42. The Coming Enslavement: The Chinese Dangan in Australia
  43. The Plain Truth About Glorious Carbon Dioxide
  44. Climate Change Swindlers and the Political Agenda
  45. The Fearful Master, the United Nations, Is The Beast
  46. Top Ten Ancient Mysteries
  47. Kevin Bracken, Australian Trade Unionist Stands Up For 9/11 Truth
  48. Illuminati Zecharia Sitchin Dies at 90
  49. Halloween is Christmas for Satanists
  50. Freemasons Convene G-20 Meeting in Korea
  51. Peak Oil Is A Scam
  52. Learning How To Love Our Servitude
  53. Homosexuality and Demonic Possession
  54. What Is The “Green” and Environmental Movement Really All About? (Part 2)
  55. What's Coming to Your Child's School Very Soon
  56. Global Governance (Part 1 of 9)
  57. News in Brief.
Last Days Watch is Dedicated to Watching and Reporting About the Enemy Who Intends to Enslave Us ... 

"Why do you think the Media is so important to us? You have (as a society), in your hypnotized comatose state, given your Free Will consent to the state your planet is in today. You saturate your minds with the unhealthy dishes served up for you on your televisions that you are addicted to, violence, pornography, greed, hatred, selfishness, incessant 'bad news', fear and 'terror'. When was the last time you stopped, to think of something beautiful and pure? The planet is the way it is, because of your collective thoughts about it. You are complicit in your inaction, every time you 'look the other way' when you see an injustice. Your 'thought' at the sub-conscious level of creation to the Creator, is your allowance of these things to occur. In so doing, you are serving our purpose."  (Source: Henry Makow, Illuminati Reveal Crazy Apocalyptic Agenda )

Important Note ...

Filtering software may prevent you from receiving some important communications. To ensure that you never miss an e-mail from us, please follow these tips ...

SUBSCRIBE and UNSUBSCRIBE information, and HOW YOU GOT ON THIS LIST can be found at the end of this newsletter.


1. Where Do We Stand on Truth?

By Adrian Salbuchi  


“What is truth?”
(Pontius Pilate to Jesus of Nazareth)

John 18:38


Truth is what it is,
and it remains being true
regardless of how you look at it.
Antonio Machado


It is almost impossible to carry
the torch of truth through a crowd
without charring somebody’s beard.
Georg Christoph Lichtenberg


My way of joking is to tell the truth.
It is the funniest joke in the world.
George Bernard Shaw,
John Bull’s Other Island (1907) act 2


When Jesus of Nazareth was sent to Pontius Pilate, after hearing Him say “I was born for this and I came to the world for this: to testify to the truth”, ( [i]) Pilate suddenly asked “What is truth?”. The drama of the scene is that he had it right there in front of his face. But he did not see it. He did not recognize Truth in a person who embodied it to the point of letting Himself be crucified for it.


And yet, somehow he managed to understand it, at least to a certain extent; because otherwise it would not make sense that after putting this question – maybe in a rather sarcastic and sceptic tone – he went out to tell the Jews: “I found no guilt in Him”. In this way, Pilate ended up telling a positive truth. For, as we all know the defendant whose crucifixion they demanded was absolutely innocent.


Every person of honour has the duty to abide by the truth. Of being truthful. And being truthful does not mean to know and understand the absolute truth of all things. It simply means to recognize, accept and affirm what is, as it is and as you know it. Pontius Pilate did not grasp the theological Truth represented by Jesus of Nazareth. But he did understand the truth of His innocence and he was truthful by stating it. He did give in to the circumstantial pressures, but that belongs to another context and I have dealt with that elsewhere. ( [ii]


The point is that keeping to the truth means to keep to what is, just the way it is; without additions nor restrictions; in the entire and complete wholeness in which it appears before us. 

I realize that this goes against current mainstream opinion. It happens to be that nowadays there is a trend towards exaggerated relativism. As if an illegitimate extrapolation from the theory of relativity could justify relativism in everything we know and perceive. Even truth itself.  André Maurois went as far as saying that the only absolute truth was that truth is relative. And that is wrong, no matter how many times some intellectuals repeat it and regardless of how widely it is upheld as a sort of proof of generous tolerance.


To begin with, truth sustains itself. It does not depend on opinion. It does not depend on someone discovering, proclaiming or accepting it. It is not affected even if somebody denies it. Just to give a rough and surely not entirely appropriate example: two plus two will still be four even if the whole world does not realize it and even if someone insists drearily in maintaining that it is five. What is does not need anything but its own condition to be.


Relativism pretends to make us believe that the whole Universe is nothing but a set of relative phenomena whereas reality shows that events – at least some of them – can be relative, but the Universe is in spite of that relativity, and it would continue being the same (given that there is no other) if events were to interact differently. I myself would surely be different if I had received a different education or lived in a different environment, or if I had been born and raised in a different country. But I would not be someone else. I would still be who I am. Perhaps – and only perhaps – I simply would be who I am in a different way.


Furthermore: absolute truth exists. What today is called “relative truth” is nothing but a wrong expression to indicate a personal interpretation, or a partial knowledge, or even a wrong perception of absolute truth. In fact, if you think seriously about it, it is not too hard to understand that if there is no absolute truth, then there would be no “relative” truths either. And even if there could be such thing as a relative truth in an absolutely relative world, then this relative truth would not make any sense at all. You would not have anything with which to judge against. An absolutely relative Universe would be absolutely incomprehensible. 

What today we call “relative” truth – and I insist: we do it in quite an improper way because the relationship is never clear (relative to what?) – is nothing but a more or less perfect and accomplished, or a more or less partial and imperfect approximation to that absolute truth which eludes us in most difficult or far-reaching issues.


To acknowledge that truth exists, to accept the presence of truth and sustain truth just as it appears to us, that is precisely what allows us to be truthful.

Real the Full Article:


2. Killing the World One Nation at a Time 

By Jim Kirwan




David Dees--Gobbling Up Europe

Source: David Dees images.


In 1973, this is how the world looked to those that loved their rose-colored glasses. The world, generally speaking, was a beautiful and natural place where life was good and prospects for the future were limited only by whatever anyone could imagine. However even then one could see the beginnings of the all-powerful hidden-eye that was watching; always watching from beneath this city's center.


In the small circle to the right the true segregations of class are shown; not among adults, but among the cast-off children where the theft of this nation had its roots even then. The television screen (from "1984") is always on; contrasted by the idyllic naiveté of the safety and the beauty of the two children that are secure in the open and tranquil air of a bountiful world where there was no fear, and where there were no obvious limitations on what it meant to be young and free in America-in 1973.


Today, thirty-seven years later, the world is a far different place. In America we have discovered that what we thought was a constitutionally based government has been nothing but a massive and deceptive political and factual lie for the last one-hundred and thirty-nine years. [Nazarene Remnant comment: This is also the case in Australia, Canada, South Africa, and definitely all other Commonwealth Countries, as a bare minimum. Actually the corruption is so entrenched worldwide, that’s it is high time to understand what Satanists are clearing telling us. They are telling us that this is the “Age of Satan,” aka “The Age of Fire.”]


As a direct result of the lies that replaced the government in each and every area of human-life: Everything about this country has been artificially altered toward the outright murder of this society by literally killing everything that this country needs to survive as anything but a twenty-first century prison-camp. Beneath that idealized image of 1973, the wages paid to those that worked were frozen and the working population has been going backwards since that day: While those that have enslaved us have enjoyed a monetary tidal wave of profits such as the world has never seen before:


"24 Nov 2010 The nation's workers may be struggling, but American companies just had their best quarter ever. American businesses 'earned' profits at an annual rate of $1.66 trillion in the third quarter, according to a Commerce Department report released Tuesday. That is the highest figure recorded since the government began keeping track over 60 years ago, at least in nominal or non-inflation-adjusted terms. Corporate profits have been going gangbusters for a while. Since their cyclical low in the fourth quarter of 2008, profits have grown for seven consecutive quarters, at some of the fastest rates in history."


Beginning is late September of this year all kinds of supposedly government edicts (all of which are illegal and many of which are criminal) have been unleashed to radically change everything about what it means to live in the totally compromised United States Incorporated-which is the foreign-for-profit private-corporation that has been controlling this country since 1871. At the end of this month millions will lose their extended unemployment benefits - and this will be repeated at the end of December - four million more destitute people will create a very real additional problem for the Police State - could this spark Martial Law?


With the new demands currently being made upon the citizens of this country, supposedly based upon the corporations' view that "we are all terrorists" because most of us believe that the Constitution still has some meaning-when the truth is that our Constitution has just been "a piece of paper" according to George 'The Dictator' Bush ­ since 1871.


The public has only just begun to see the truth with the treatment of the public by TSA, as we approached the Thanksgiving Day holiday. A mini-revolt took place that saw the public's approval of TSA reverse itself drastically!


"In a few weeks the public went from an 81% approval rating of TSA and their scanners; to a Disapproval rating of 61% which represents a shift of one-hundred and forty two points. That is massively unusual-anywhere or against any procedure of the US government in so short a time. It was also indicated that over 40% of those interviewed said that they are seeking permanent alternatives to flying. And that ladies and gentlemen has to mean that the public is finally waking up to what is really being done to us by these OUTLAWS, under cover of being the government; when in fact they are nothing but a bunch of paid thugs enforcing the will of an ultra-secret private-for-profit corporation that is lying about who they are and what they are: just as does everyone in every branch of this so-called government. The US Department of War, the Department of Justice, and on and on ­ they all serve these foreign agents that are The US Incorporated. That's a FACT!" (1)


The TSA and its hideous big-brother that is in the process of being born to roam the streets and highways of America, as well as having appointed itself to monitor every major gathering where there might still be "free-people" assembled ­ or people trying to travel anywhere ­ including commuters on their way to or from work: Has enabled the public to finally discover the TRUTH behind the LIES surrounding the national-security idea of "public safety." We have become captives of the state we once looked to for our protection-not just from foreign threats but from the tyranny of an illegal and war-mongering private-corporation that has stolen this nation and perverted everything that might have saved us from this Orwellian nightmare. (2)


"The final proof that there are no terrorists is that not a single neoconservative or government official responsible for the Bush regime's invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and the Obama regime's slaughters of Pakistanis, Yemenis, and Somalians has been assassinated. None of these Americans [and Australian traitors like John Winston Howard, Kevin Rudd, Julia Gillard, Tony Abbott] who are responsible for lies, deceptions, and invasions that have destroyed the lives of countless numbers of Muslims have any security protection. If Muslims were capable of pulling off 9/11, they are certainly capable of assassinating Rumsfeld, Wolfowitz, Perle, Feith, Libby, Condi Rice, Kristol, Bolton, Goldberg, and scores of others during the same hour of the same day.


I am not advocating that terrorists assassinate anyone. I am just making the point that if the US was as overrun with terrorists as empire-building bureaucrats pretend, we would definitely be experiencing dramatic terrorist acts. The argument is not believable that a government that was incapable of preventing 9/11 is so all-knowing that it can prevent assassination of unprotected neocons and shopping malls from being bombed.


If Al Qaeda was anything like the organization that the US government claims, it would not be focused on trivial targets such as passenger airliners. The organization, if it exists, would be focused on its real enemies. Try to imagine the propaganda value of terrorists wiping out the neoconservatives in one fell swoop, followed by an announcement that every member of the federal government down to the lowest GS, every member of the House and Senate, and every governor was next in line to be bumped off.


This would be real terrorism instead of the make-belief stuff associated with shoe bombs that don't work, underwear bombs that independent experts say could not work, and bottled water and shampoo bombs that experts say cannot possibly be put together in airliner lavatories.


Think about it. Would a terror organization capable of outwitting all 16 US intelligence agencies, all intelligence agencies of US allies including Israel's Mossad, the National Security Council, NORAD, air traffic control, the Pentagon, and airport security four times in one hour put its unrivaled prestige at risk with improbable shoe bombs, shampoo bombs, and underwear bombs?


After success in destroying the World Trade Center and blowing up part of the Pentagon, it is an extraordinary come-down to go after a mere airliner. Would a person who gains fame by knocking out the world heavyweight boxing champion make himself a laughing stock by taking lunch money from school boys?


TSA is a far greater threat to Americans than are terrorists. Pistole has given the finger to US senators and representatives, state legislators, and the traveling public who have expressed their views that virtual strip searches and sexual molestation are too high a price to pay for "security. Indeed, the TSA with its Gestapo attitude and methods, is succeeding in making Americans more terrified of the TSA than they are of terrorists." (3)


Today Congress will approve The Food-Crime-Bill which will make it a crime to grow your own food anywhere in the US-no mention was made about the First Lady's garden on the White House lawn-but we shall be watching to see what becomes of her at the hands of the new FOOD-POLICE to accompany the THOUGHT-POLICE which are rapidly being added by VIPER to the massive number of crime-enforcement officials and uniformed thugs that will very soon control everything we think or see or try to do:  


Whether we are in public, at a gathering of any kind or inside our own homes. What's coming will surpass the Gestapo of the Nazis and it will end us a nation. (4)


Here is what the world actually had begun to look like among the roots of American-society way-back in 1973. It was always about Oil & garbage, crashing airliners, and those deadly nanny-policies that have finally succeeded in enslaving us all. . .


This time though, the Food-Police will be coming to your house, to threaten and arrest you, if you dare to grown any food on "your land." The thought police will "discover that you are a terrorist if you ever mention the Constitution or question anything that this illegal foreign corporation does in its role as the actual government of the now completely-captured United States of America. If this works for you then just shut-up and let them do whatever they feel like doing to you to your family or to anyone else that you love. If not then you'll need to "grow-a-pair" and begin to figure out what the hell you can actually do to interrupt this nightmare!


The Wikileaks story is an international story about what one man did when he discovered that he was being given illegal orders ­ and he chose to act: Just one guy. What if a thousand such people were to act upon what they know is happening-wherever they are in the grand scheme of things- what then? (5)


Do SOMETHING Damnit, and do it now before it is too late!


1. When War is Peace ­ then Truth Becomes the Lie 


2. We've Been Had! 


3. Police-State USA-TSA Gestapo Empire 


4. The Food-Crime Bill ­ 5 min video 


5. Wikileaks, Headlines Democracy Now 11-29-10 


3. Ireland -- The Revolt has Started!

By Irish Dan
November 29, 2010



Ireland-The Revolt Has Started.


Irish Dan is a former Sinn Fein activist and National Executive member, involved in the Irish Revolutionary Movement from 1969 up to recent years.

Part one:General Background.


Ireland is burst, broke, finished, kaput!  This story has dominated the World Media for over two years and has reached a deafening crescendo in recent days. Like most of what we read in the media, it is lies, disinformation and propaganda. The facts are far different!


Irelandas such was not broke,our runaway squander mania banks were! The international financial markets are attempting to get the Irish Taxpayer to foot the bill.  


I have never seen Irish people from all walks of society so totally frustrated, annoyed and disquieted.

Now all of that is giving way to raw anger and a grim determination to get this shower of inept politicians out at all cost. As a people we are collectively better than this and we know it !


Fianna Fail have been in power with the exception of a few brief interludes for eighty years. They have doled out appointments from school janitors to Superior Courts Justices in public life and awarded contracts to the butcher, the baker and the candlestick maker, provided they help fund the party of course. 


FF rewarded supporters by stuffing public service supervisory boards with cronies, all was a 'brown envelope stuffed with cash, no questions asked' culture. Few of these supervisory boards did their job and the party individuals did what the party wanted, hence the current stymied, nonfunctioning, unaccountable mess. The banks were but the most blatant example of this rampant corrupt cronyism. 


Part two: Ireland the real financial and other productive situation.


We are a population of around four and a half million people...... in the Irish Republic. We have a pension fund of seventeen billion euros invested and untouched. That was always ring fenced, earnings from that could comfortably service around four hundred and seventy thousand pensioners, (Central Statistics Office )...... ...... 


Our head of Government is still paying himself over twice President Obama's salary and our Parliamentarians in this country of four and a half million are still paid well ahead of the US. Congress and Senate members.


There was a very smug financial round robin at work here for decades,. The politicians did not actually award themselves high wages, goodness no. The politicians pay rates were pro rata to Senior Civil Servant rates of pay. Guess who set the civil servants rates of pay ? 


We are getting 10 billion which the European Central Bank deems sufficient to re capitalize our banks for the whole Irish lending economy Irish cash flow. Irish nationals have one hundred and ninety billion invested in foreign assets at this time. 


Domestic savings now stand at 12.3%. Inward investment for real assets and industry remains strong. Industrial cost are down 7% and still falling. Industrial output is up 12% on two years back and this year like as not 16 % up on last year. Our balance of payments are actually moving to surplus, tax revenue is on target month on month for most of this year. Ireland had around eight months funds still in reserves to run the country before going to the markets in late Spring or early summer of 2010 to sell more government bonds and refinance.


Do this look like the Ireland you have been reading about ?


Part three: Banks, bondholders and bullshit !


If Ireland was in a relatively good situation then why all the International badmouthing, market rumors and undermining of Irelands position ? In a word Bondholders ! 


They risked their capital in a building and property bubble that they knew was little more than a ponzi scheme. They did so as they knew that when the bubble burst they had enough financial clout to force Ireland to guarantee their bonds. This is where the media disinformation and distortion of real situation came from.


So who are these primary bond holders that the Irish Taxpayers and Unemployed workers are now bailing out ? One such outfit is Millhouse. The owner is Roman Abramovich ...


... he owns Chelsea football club in England and he is Russia's fourth richest man!  In 2005 he was one top fifty wealthiest people in the world.


Hardly surprising then that the New York Times found the idea preposterous and stupid beyond the power of words to describe. 


This is from the article ...


Nobel Economics Prize winner Paul Krugman, the New York Times columnist is the latest U.S. commentator to say Ireland has made a major mistake in agreeing to underwrite bank losses. According to Krugman, the Irish story began with what he describes as "a genuine economic miracle."

He says the speculative frenzy that followed was "driven by runaway banks and real estate developers, all in a cozy relationship with leading politicians."


When the property bubble burst the Irish banks were faced with huge losses resulting from the reckless loaning.


He describes the Irish Governments bank guarantee in plain terms: "The Irish government stepped in to guarantee the banks' debt, turning private losses into public obligations"… There is the whole Irish crisis succinctly summed up.


So who are the rest of these Anglo Irish Bondholders that the taxpayers are expected to bail out ? Here is some of the list leaked in the recent past. 


Once the list is examined and a few of the bond holders investment vehicles googled, the full extent of the conspiracy to discredit Ireland is realized. Like the Russian, these bond holders are part of a vast interrelated, interfacing global financial web involving, trusts, hedge funds, financial investment cartels and goodness knows what else.


It is not about Ireland! It's not about the small change here. Ireland, much to the chagrin of their EU partners guaranteed the primary bondholders full payment two years ago and set a precedent. The European Central Bank and IFM are now de facto also guaranteeing Portugal and Spain as well as Ireland.


International capitalism now has a new set of rules as formulated by the European Community. Invest in a bank and take your profits. Irrespective of how stupid or reckless a bank behaves, the taxpayers are made to pick up the losses.


Part four: The revolt has started


The independent newspaper group publish a daily, evening and weekly newspaper. These papers were the bible and cheerleaders for the rampant, unaccountable, light touch regulation capitalism that got us into this mess.

To-days main headline 'Default! say the people. The sub head 'Irish negotiators raised defaulting but " Europe went completely mad'


The Indo group not only support the establishment, they are one of its principal pillars. When they come out with a headline such as given, it is a case of 'there goes the mob, I am it's leader, I must follow' If they are changing tack, it is not out of principle, it is but an acknowledgement of something that can no longer be ignored. If they want to keep market media share they must reflect the mood of the people.


I saw another indication on Friday afternoon when the Sinn Fein candidate standing for an election romped home. Sinn Fein, a radical left party with less than 10% in National opinion polls to the fairly recent past, got close to 40% of the vote..... .


Small parties do not win by-elections as in multi seat constituencies to fill one seat the candidate must overcome the main parties FF or FG who have enough votes for two quotas. This time Sinn Fein romped home without a final count, with the bottom two candidates eliminated and their votes distributed, the two conservative party votes combined was in low 30% while Sinn Fein had close to 40%. 


That said it all !  This had been one of the safest government seats in the country 


The Sinn Fein candidate had a simple message. 


1.    the government must vacate office now and allow an election for the people to decide what is to be done......

2.   burn the bondholders, they took the risk and should pay the price,........

3.   tax from the top down not the bottom up to pay for the austerity budget. Make what is referred to here as the builders, bankers and wankers pay for their excesses and blunders, not the ordinary tax payers. 


For those out of work the situation is simply appalling.


...  .......  


Many of these young householders came straight from college to a job, a car and within a year or two, a house.  A few prominent figures, economists, politicians and other public figures did warn of the looming banking crisis and coming crash but they were not listened to.


In 2006 our Banks got a full examination from the European Central Bank and all was passed without qualification. Our then Prime Minister, Bertie Ahern TD, speculated in a formal address at a State Function as to why those sounding warnings.... "did not just commit suicide instead of depressing everybody".... Days before the general collapse the banking authorities were still saying publicly that all was well and that they had enough liquidity.


We went to bed one night with everything as normal. The Minister of finance was told after close of business that Anglo Irish was about to experience a run. In the darkness of the night and without consultation of full government or parliament, the foul deed was done and we awoke to find that the Government had bailed out the Banks.


It was crony capitalism at its worst; public servants had been intimated into silence, dissident voices like mine were shouted down. The government had only one policy, lie to the people, lie and lie again. The Minister of Finance was a leading lawyer, well used to taking a dodgy client and presenting a glowing case before the courts for his brief.


The emperor has been shown not to have any clothes, but by the time that was realized he had left the public without any clothes either ! 


The fight back has started, in my next blog I will go into detail of the bail out deal and the institutional corruption running through the system. In this we in the Western World are all in the same situation because the same faceless unaccountable financially corrupt powers are the hidden hand. They do not want solutions to peoples’ misery. They want to maximum return on their Capital and the conditions of chaos, fear and unrest to achieve that.


The ordinary working Irish taxpayer should not have to guarantee the  Irish investment wealth of the fourth richest man in Russia at the expense of their jobs, their families, their schools teacher staff, their hospital services, and the very fabric of everything that makes for civilization. 


No we cannot and we will not !


The fight back is on. When European civilization floundered with the collapse of the Roman Empire it was this little Island in the fringe of Europe that took the light of learning and Christianity back into mainland Europe. We gave a lost Europe leadership before and we can do so again.


Ireland was one of the few countries that was given a choice to vote on the last European Union Treaty ... it rejected it on the first referendum and send shock-waves through Europe. Europe demanded a second referendum and all the stops were pulled out. It was passed in all regions save one Donegal. This was the same constituency that Sinn Fein won. 


Riverdanceset the feet of Europe dancing ... now we must light the spark that will set the feet of Europe protest marching !

100,000 Protest on Dublin's Street 

By James O'shea Staff Writer

30 November, 2010

Source: 100,000 Protest on Dublin's Streets

Over 100,000 took to the streets in Ireland protesting the government’s economic policies and their cutbacks on the poor and the elderly.

Organizers claimed over 100,000 but police said only that the crowd exceeded 50,000 and a major rally was held  in O’Connell Street.

The protest was organised by the Irish Congress of Trades Unions, who have said the austerity measures are too harsh that are being adopted following the IMF bailout. 

The ICTU leadership said: 'If they go ahead with their plans, they will do irreparable damage and turn this country into a social and economic wasteland.' 

Marchers assembled behind the banners of their unions but it appeared many member  of the public were also taking part. 

March organisers also provided whistles to  demonstrators to use as a way to protest. 

Union leaders Jack O'Connor and David Begg, and singer Christy Moore are set to address the march. 

Three demonstrators sailed down the Liffey in a curragh and flew several  banners in support of the marchers. 

There is a massive media presence, with camera crews from all over the world present. 

Police say they are expecting a peaceful protest, but are poised to handle any trouble. 

Chief Superintendent Michael O'Sullivan, said: 'While our policing plan is primarily focused on crowd safety, it will also aim to prevent any disruption. In addition, we will gather evidence of any unlawful or criminal behaviour which might occur with the intention of bringing those responsible before the courts." 

Comments for “100,000 Protest on Dublin’s Streets”

Posted by Maloney on Nov 28, 2010,
 10:37 PM EST

The unions along with all top money controllers will continue to milk their countries and make the little man pay for their greed. Until more is done other than vote one bunch of crooks for another, the cycle will continue. In America, between the greedy, politicians and socialists, there is a lot of cleaning house to be done. The unions spend the workers money on elections & the pensions be damned, let the tax payer bail them out.


Posted by lostgold on Nov 28, 2010, 09:57 PM EST 


Monsoonman unions are not the problem. In historical terms they are only a reaction to capitalist exploitation. Even their membership fees come out of weekly wages that comes from the capitalist. Monsoonman the thing for people like you to fear in Ireland is the beginning of a broad band socialist awareness in Ireland and the pulling down of the international money crooks now in power on both sides of the borderand. The creation of a real united Ireland united for all the people not divided by petty psedo-ethnic and religous differances while capitalist lackeys on both sides play a pea inside the shell game with the working people.


Posted by WoundedKnee on Nov 28, 2010, 10:10 AM EST 


You'll know the game is up, not when Cowen is forced from power but when, like Ceaucescu of Romania he tries to make it to the border incognito. I'm serious, I'm convinced there is enough wrongdoing there under and by Cowen to earn him a life sentence. He doesn't want to be in Ireland when the cans of worms are opened.


Posted by Searlit on Nov 28, 2010, 09:44 AM EST 


The Irish people shouldn't have to pay for the banker's irresponsibility and dishonesty. There can't be any trust or integrity in the banking system, if the taxpayers are punished when the financiers have done wrong. Ireland's economy wasn't in trouble through debt or deficit before the banking crisis. Even in the US, where banks were bailed out, the banks are having to pay back the money to the government. Over half has already been paid back.


Posted by tomgallagher on Nov 28, 2010, 09:06 AM EST 


What a sad state of affairs and the way they want to fix it is to stiff the elderly and the poor. Shame on you.


Update January 21, 2011:


End of the Euro? ... Ireland Prints its Own Notes.  


Private Alternatives to Modern Banking 


Europe’s Shoddy Attempt to Vilify Ireland


4. Following Hungary And Ireland, France Is Next To Seize Pension Funds

Submitted by Tyler Durden 

28 November, 2010 

Source: Pension Funds Being Seized 

If the recent Hungarian "appropriation" of pension funds, and today's laughable Irish bailout courtesy of domestic pension funds sourcing 20% of the "new" money was not enough to convince the world just how bankrupt the entire European experiment has become, enter France. Financial News explains how France has "seized" €36 billion worth of pension assets: "Asset managers will have the chance to get billions of euros in mandates in the next few months for the €36bn Fonds de Réserve pour les Retraites (FRR), the French reserve pension fund, after the French parliament last week passed a law to use its assets to pay off the debts of France’s welfare system. The assets have been transferred into the state’s social debt sinking fund Cades. The FRR will continue to control the assets, but as a third-party manager on behalf of Cades." FN condemns the action as follows:

"The move reflects a willingness by governments to use long-term assets to fill short-term deficits, including Ireland’s announcement last week that it would use the country’s €24bn National Pensions Reserve Fund “to support the exchequer’s funding programme” and Hungary’s bid to claw $15bn of private pension funds back to the state system." In other words, with the ECB still unwilling to go into full fiat printing overdrive mode, insolvent governments, France most certainly included, are resorting to whatever piggybanks they can find. Hopefully this is not a harbinger of what Tim Geithner plans to do with the trillions in various 401(k) funds on this side of the Atlantic.  

More from FN on how first France, and soon every other socalized pension regime, will continue to plunder a nation's life saving to fund short-term deficits:


The decision has prompted a radical restructuring of the FRR’s investments. The new strategic investment plan, which will be released in the new year, will see a rapid reduction in its 40% allocation to equities and a shift to cash and short-term government bonds, according to a source close to the situation.

There will be a focus on liability-driven investment, where asset managers are told to minimise risk by matching assets closely to liabilities.

The transfer of the FRR’s assets to Cades is controversial. Force Ouvrière, a trade union confederation, accused the government of “provoking the clinical death” of the FRR.

The decision was taken within the context of this year’s pension reform, which provoked riots with its decision to raise the retirement age. The state old-age pension system, the Cnav, is in deficit, and responsibility for financing the deficit rests with Cades.

The government is requiring the FRR to pay €2.1bn a year to Cades to meet this obligation.


In other words, pension capital will now be used by perfectly rational third party managers to bid up sovereign bonds. Brilliant.


An asset manager said: “Clearly, the move creates new opportunities, because the French asset management market will be reshuffled because of the changes.

But it is also a step back because there are very few French capitalised pension schemes, and the experience around the FRR, the richness of the asset management and the opportunities it created will disappear in a few years.”


And elsewhere, in the UK, things in the pension arena are also starting to heat up as the country is preparing to launch an "auto enrolment" feature for workers, whereby up to 11 million will be eligible for automatic enrolment.


Trades Union Congress general secretary Brendan Barber hailed it as an “historic advance”: a minimum pension to go with the UK’s minimum wage. Pensions Minister Steve Webb confirmed last month that all employers would have to enrol staff into a company scheme. As a result, up to 11 million people will be eligible for automatic enrolment in a workplace scheme, with up to eight million of them saving for the first time. However, there is little evidence that employers are ready for it.


And judging by the Hungarian, Irish and French case studies, all monies auto deposited will soon find a new mandate: one of bidding up sovereing European bonds. More from Financial News:


Staff can opt out to avoid mandatory contributions that will eventually account for half of the minimum of 8% of salary, with employers contributing 3% of salary, and 1% coming from tax relief.

It is impossible to predict how many people might opt out, but Colin Tipping, head of institutional wholesale at asset manager BlackRock, points to an 80% take-up at US companies that have introduced auto-enrolment compared with less than half of that before the mechanism was introduced. The latest annual review of New Zealand’s national KiwiSaver scheme has an opt-out rate of 18%.

The European experience is less encouraging. Italy tried to boost private pensions saving in 2007 with reforms to the Trattamento di Fine Rapporto, a fund traditionally paid to workers on leaving an employer.

However, its policy of “silent consent”, which had the money transferred into a pension unless workers objected, saw only about a quarter participate. Tito Boeri, director of the country’s social policy reform group Fondazione Rodolfo Debenedetti, said: “It was a great opportunity to develop private pension schemes here, but to a large extent it failed.”

Our only question: how soon before the US administration takes this hint of what every proper socialist country does with funds apportioned to it by a gullible public and ends up investing trillions in the worst possible asset classes (while in Europe this obviously means sovereign bonds, in the US by and far the proceeds will be used to make further purchases of such equities as Apple, Amazon and Netflix, in whose continued successful ponziness lies the fate of a vast majority of US-based hedge funds, whose LPs may at some point, in the distant future, actually pay domestic income tax).


5. The Truth is Coming Out--The Nazis Did Not Lose the Second World War

See footage of Lord James of Blackheath addressing the British House of Lords, and making some long-overdue revelations that many have known about for so long:


Also see The Secret Road to Mount Olympus (or The Brute Farce of World War Two?) 

By George Paxinos
July 30, 2009 

A Sordid Story of Intermarrying, Ruling Families, National Aspirations, National Betrayals on national and international levels, wannabe Neo-Gods and Human Slavery ad Infinitum -- unless Man finally stands up on his Hind Legs and has a Real Go at Wiping Out his Would-Be Betters.

We'll seek them here, e'll seek them there,
We'll seek them almost everywhere.
Are they in Heaven, or Down Below,
Evil, elusive, N.W.O.? (GP)'

Have you ever wondered why Cindy McCain liked to dress like a space- princess during her husband's presidential campaign? ? Or why Prince Harry once turned up at a party, wearing the Swastika armband of a Very "Verboten!" Party? 

There might be an explanation to all of this, but unless we re-think our "historically"-received world-view, we won't ever see it ... and for that, and to understand what is really happening in the world and its politics today, we have to return to 1945, to the closing days of World War Two ... 

When, in mid-March of 1945, SS-General Dr. of Engineering Hans Kammler launched the world's very first ICBM (Inter-Continental Ballistic Missile) from Thueringen (Thuringia) in Central Germany and it passed over northern Norway thirty minutes later, (ca. 1'400 miles), to impact the frozen Arctic wastes after 45 minutes' flight, (2'100+ Miles?), guided to a planted radio beacon by its on-board homing-device and missing its target by a full six Metres (around 20 feet) (!) as it slammed into the far Northern ice, it seemed that the Second World War had just been won for Germany, right at the last moment, at "five-minutes-to-midnight" as Hitler had prophesied to his German people -- and that by his long-promised "Wunderwaffe" or "Wonder-Weapon." The accuracy of that homing-device was not to be achieved by either the USSR or the USSA for many decades to come. 

Around that time, a team of German agents had been landed by submarine on the US coastline to plant homing devices in cities like New York, Washington, Chicago, Detroit and others, but was intercepted by the FBI. Everything had been ready to go : Hitler had come through with his long-promised Wunderwaffe. At this time, in mid-March of 1945 in the closing days of WWII, with US General George S. Patton making his desperate dash with his tank army across Bavaria, heading for this secret area of last-stand, Nazi high-tech development, a move historians of the time could not comprehend, (as he should by rights have been heading for the German capital, Berlin), Patton had been ordered there to secure the high technology the Allies had found out was being developed in that area. With Hitler's Thousand-Year-Reich collapsing about his ears after only twelve years, as his enemies moved in on Germany from all points of the compass and he was admonishing his followers to "Hold out, until five-minutes-past-midnight" as an unbeatable Wunderwaffe or Wonder-Weapon would be available at "five- minutes-to-twelve", all his adherents were desperately hoping that he would come through on his promise. Beleaguered everywhere, Hitler had moved his remaining weapons labs and his best forces into the area of Germany known as Thueringen, (Thuringia), where secret underground factories were churning out V-1 Flying-Bombs, V-2 rockets and rumoured electro-gravitic flying saucers ... and the new Amerika-Rakete or "America-Rocket," the world's first true ICBM! 

There were two carrier rockets capable of such a feat : one, the A9/A10, a two- stage, liquid-fuelled, larger variant of the V2 rocket developed at Peenemuende by Dr Walther Thiel, designer of both the V-2's engines and the newer, 200-ton- thrust engines for the booster stage of the new A9/A10 "Amerika-Rakete" and by better-popularised Wernher, Baron von Braun. The second rocket was the three- stage, solid-fuelled brainchild of the SS engineering team at the Czech Skoda works, led by the secretive SS-General Doctor of Engineering, Hans Kammler. 

A few days previously, two independent tests of small, compact, enhanced-fission or, in one case, perhaps even direct-fusion nuclear weapon, had been carried out in that same troop-training area of Germany, near a town named Ohrdruf, in a landscape whose appearance was markedly altered by the micro-nuclear blasts, and near which the German Reich's most-secret research and manufacturing facilities were located deep underground, some of which have not even been found to this very day. The realisation by the Western Allies of truly small nuclear weapons on the scale of the German designs of 1945, variously described by witnesses of the time as being "around the size of a small pumpkin," would have to wait another 20 to 40 years or so. 

The first bomb test created the typically brilliant nuclear flash with fireball and mushroom cloud, the second only the brilliant flash with no mushroom cloud (!). Witnesses with unprotected eyes suffered major problems, and severe headaches were predominant throughout the area. The first test incinerated hundreds of unwanted slave-workers purposely arranged close to the event and over a dozen SS guards and so badly burned many hundreds more workers and several dozen SS men, that they had had to be shot to put them out of their misery [!]. 

Read more here (PDF download):
The Secret Road to Mount Olympus


6. Israel Is The Tail That Is Wagging The World 

By Jim Kirwin 


Since the world was introduced to Israel, the entire world has been upended.

In the case before the world today of TSA's outrageous behavior, that flies in the face of all-humanity, we can easily see that this tyranny will lead directly to the enslavement of the American public if these policies are not brought to complete halt.

Here's the issue in a nutshell: TSA has said repeatedly that "the right to fly is not a right but a privilege." Had this taken place during constitutional times it could have easily been applied then to horseback riding or the use of a carriage. But since there were no planes then, this "right to fly" is being treated as if it is somehow beyond the purview of the US constitution: That is the totally unreal justification being used by TSA and VIPER to undo over two-hundred years of the right to the freedom to travel: based on boy-George's idiocy that led directly to his unilateral and illegal wars upon both Afghanistan and Iraq.

Those "WARS" are illegal, and anything that attempts to prop-up the false justifications for them is also illegal because this entire construct represents 'fruit from the poisoned tree.' The fact that there was no crime committed against the United States of America on 911; but there was however perhaps the largest mass-murder of civilians committed on US soil that was never treated as the crime that it was. The exception being the crime of murder for over twice as many people that died in Florida, under the US occupation and the total isolation of the remaining victims from Hurricane Andrew under GWH Bush's clean-up operations in the wake of Hurricane Andrew that killed over twice as many people as died on 911!

Now, the completely obscene claim that any so-called government agency (or those appointed by it to carry out these sexually oriented invasions of private persons); can finally be seen for what they are; crimes against the public that have nothing to do with either the wars or the aftermath of those wars.

"How so" you might ask? If TSA has the right to do this to all of us-then where is their RESPONSIBILITY to prove to the nation that what they are doing is actually in the national security interests of the United States? As in: "By what authority are these probings and gropings being undertaken" TSA refuses to comment and any continued questions from an educated public that attempts to demand an answer is met with major violence, arrest and prosecution-and all because the offending agencies REFUSE to abide by the same laws they are demanding that we-the-public all follow.

The problem becomes crystal clear whenever anyone realizes that there can never be a "right without the responsibility that authorizes that supposed right, in the first place!

The government does not have the right to torture anyone: by virtue of the Geneva Convention and all US law. That was overridden by the Decider in the Bush Doctrine of 2002. That 'policy' was however the product of an illegal order given by a man that was not the president (by any lawful means). He was appointed by the US Supreme Court acting outside theirconstitutional role within the government: which itself was another unconstitutional act, that because of what it did, produced Bush-the-Imposter who then began to issue illegal orders (everything he did was illegal thereafter) especially and including the wars he declared without the oversight of the congress whose job that congress illegally gave to the imposter in order to distance themselves from this coup that supplanted the legal government of the United States and cleared the way for everything, including the TSA of recent infamy and VIPER, that will soon began to make its appearance felt unless we stop this insanity!

This country needs to throw away the rose-colored glasses we've been wearing since the selections of 2000 and begin to deal with the realities of today: Firmly, and decisively before we all end up in Israeli prisons.

Today it was announced that Israel killed JFK, as part of her need for Nuclear Weapons and Kennedy's determination to inspect Israel's nuclear weapons programs.

"In a startling accusation, nuclear whistleblower Mordechai Vanunu has alleged that Jerusalem was behind the assassination of US President John F. Kennedy, who was exerting pressure on the then Israeli head of state to shed light on the Dimona nuclear plant.

In defiance of a ban on talking to the media and meeting with foreigners, Vanunu is said to have made the accusation in an interview to London-based Al-Hayat newspaper.

As per the interview published in newspaper's Arabic supplement Al-Wassat yesterday, Vanunu said according to "near-certain indications", Kennedy was assassinated due to "pressure he exerted on then head of government, David Ben-Gurion, to shed light on Dimona's nuclear reactor".

"We do not know which irresponsible Israeli Prime Minister will take office and decide to use nuclear weapons in the struggle against neighboring Arab countries," he is quoted to have said, adding, "What has already been exposed about the weapons Israel is holding can destroy the region and kill millions."

The whistleblower, who was released in April after 18 years of imprisonment on charges of treason for divulging state secrets, also said that the reactor in Dimona, could become a second "Chernobyl", Israili media reported. He said an earthquake could cause fissures to the core and that would cause a massive radiation leak threatening millions.

Vanunu warned that Jordan should test the residents along the border with Israel for exposure to radiation and give them pills just like the Jewish state decided to do for its citizens. Criticising the visit of head of the Atomic Energy Agency, Mohammed el-Baradei, to Israel early this month, he said, "He (Baradei) should have refused to visitIsrael (because) he was not allowed to inspect the nuclear reactor."

It was not yet clear how al-Hayat did the interview, which the publication claimed is the first with Vanunu since his release. If it turns out that he in fact gave such an interview in violation of the conditions laid down for his release, severe sanctions might be imposed on him.

An Israeli Justice Ministry statement said "the statements that Vanunu made will be examined and if it is determined that he violated the law or his restrictions, then steps against him will be considered."

"The opinions on Vanunu are divided," said Ra'anan Gissin, a spokesman for Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. "Some say let him speak and it adds to the ambiguity policy, while others say the more he speaks the more he raises tensions, particularly in the current atmosphere."

Brushing aside the latest allegations, he said that serious people understood that Vanunu was speaking nonsense and his comments on JFK were not worthy of a reaction." (1)
Really-Well what do you think about the possibility of Israel having been responsible for the murder of JFK? And are you willing to accept whatever Israel says about that world-changing event? If not then are you willing to accept that what TSA and the government are saying about their new invasive procedures are "required" to protect a flying public while so many other aspects of the transportation industry remain untouched: buses, trains and the shipping ports of the entire nation?

There ought to be a 'Fire in the Blood' within far more Americans than we have so far witnessed: So "what's in your veins" is it real blood or ice-water when it comes to what these people at these checkpoints continue to do to our children, to pregnant women to the sick and elderly as well as to everyone else that tries to fly? 

These programs were designed by Israel to intimidate Americans into giving up all of what remains of our rights in order to turn this place into a prison without walls, in all but name. And every single one of you that actually agrees to let this happen to you, whether it's at a checkpoint or in a boarding line at the airport, are in collusion with the same people that murdered the 35th president of the United States: The 47th anniversary of JFK's murder just happens to be TOMORROW ­ how will you memorialize that infamous black-day!


7. The Vile Trick of Labelling People 'Anti-Semitic'

Sunday, November 28, 2010  

By Gilad Atzmon




See the Video here: 


"It's a Trick, We Always Use It." (calling people "anti-Semitic")  




8. The Complete Idiot's Guide to Wikileak's Document Dump

By Michael Rivero

November 29, 2010-11-30 




The Complete Idiot's Guide to Wikileak's Document Dump.

Wikileaks, following much media fanfare (reason for suspicion right there) has just released a huge number of documents supposedly leaked to WikiLeaks and no other websites'. The media is denouncing this as a threat to the United States while US politicians wring their hands and wonder when they will be free of the curse of the First Amendment and all that troublesome nonsense about Freedom of Speech. Many observers think this is a propaganda set up and that neither Julian Assange or WikiLaeks should be taken at face value. After all, Julian Assange keeps insisting there was no 9-11 conspiracy and the 9-11 truth movement a "distraction." Apparently Julian Assange has patented conspiracy and nobody else may expose one except himself!

Of course, there is really not that much that is new in this latest dump. Like prior WikiLeaks dumps, most of it is old news mixed with some rather dubious claims. In his last such dump, Julian Assange included a claim that Osama bin Laden is still alive and controlling Al Qaeda. Of course, it is well documented outside the United States that Osama bin Laden has been dead for many years and that Al Qaeda itself is a fake front group created to hoax Americans into endless wars of conquest, much as the fictional Emmanuel Goldstein was used in George Orwell's 1984.

In yet another infamous propaganda attempt, WikiLeaks tried to claim that weapons of mass destruction had been found in Iraq, justifying the invasion. No such weapons were ever found. [Nazarene Remnant comment:John Howard of Australia was one of the first treacherous politicians to fall in lock-step with the sinister plans of the Nazi Fourth Reich, a.k.a. the New World Order]

As for the present batch of documents, again it is a rehash of stories already known to the blog-o-sphere. Even those people who did not know US diplomats spy on their United Nations counterparts did not find it surprising or in any way a new idea.

So what is the real purpose of Assange's little charade? Propaganda.

Propaganda is like rat poison. 95% of it is tasty, healthy food. But the purpose is to get you to swallow the poison. The same is true of the WikiLeaks document dump. The bait are all these old stories which we already knew about, used to convince us that the entire pile is "tasty, healthy food," except that it isn't. Buried in the pile of delicious, albeit past the expiration date morsels are the bits of poison which the US Government knows you will no longer accept at face value from the controlled media, but hope you will eat if handed to you by a con artist posing as hostile to the government.

So, given that 95% of the current WikiLeaks is really old news, as a public service I will point out the bits of poison that Julian hopes you will eat. 

1. Iran is bad so you should all want to kill them.

2. Saudi Arabia is bad because they are funding Al Qaeda so you should all want to kill them.

3. North Korea is bad because they gave really long range missiles to Iran for Iran to put their nuclear warheads in, so you should all want to kill them.

4. China is messing with your computers, so you should all want to kill them.

That about sums it up. Oh yes, there is nothing negative about Israel in all these diplomatic messages, an impossibility given the lethal Israeli attack on the Aid Flotilla last May. That suggests who Assange really works for.

Funny thing about rat poison. After a while the rats learn to eat the food and leave the poison behind.

[Nazarene Remnant comment:The major reason for the existence of Wikileaks and what it does is to aid the vilification of the Hofsjuden (the “Court Jews”), the “fall guys” for the real sinister forces that control this world. For the how and why of this vilification, see our free The Usher of Desecration, available here:

The Usher of Desecration

Also see Gordon Duff’s article “Wikileaks: War Through Deception,” here:


Wikileaks Update December 14, 2010:

WikiLeaks Release: Why Law is Powerless to Stop WikiLeaks from Publishing 

Julian Assange Wined and Dined at US Embassy 

WikiLeaks cyberwar: Hackers Target Paypal 

Profile: Wikileaks Founder Julian Assange  


9. The Importance of a Woman's Dress

By Charlotte Groth

November 24, 2010

The Importance of a woman's dress.

I read your Web site from time to time.  Have to admit ... I'm not always in agreement with you, but every so often you hit an issue that I know ... for a fact ... inside out ... not only is true... but is more powerful than people realize. The issue ... about women wearing dresses?  The truth is, regardless of what any woman thinks about dresses, there is a truth--tried and true ... connected to not only wearing dresses, but knowing how to dress and practicing it that is ... probably one of the biggest secrets in the professional world.  You don't necessarily have to wear a dress every day, but you better ... I mean ... if you really care about your life--you better ... dress with all the feminine taste you have ... every day.  The jeans and t-shirt should be reserved for days you don't leave the house, and even then ... it should be tasteful.  In short ... don't ever dress ... like you don't care--no matter what you're doing. 

When I was in my twenties, I was trained, and then in turned trained people to get the jobs they wanted; how to maximize opportunity; what you do ... to make all those serendipitous moments come about.  Because I was young ... I believed them and ... practiced what they preached.  In turn, I was offered every job I interviewed for, and ended up with more choices; more opportunities.  They started calling me "the star", when in truth--there were people involved in the training that were smarter than myself; more experience, probably better choices than me but ... I got the offer--everytime, during a time when there just weren't any jobs to be had.

There are many little tips I can share that will help, but ... out of all of them ... the most effective is ... how you dress.  They told me at the very beginning that ... they didn't care if I was just leaving the house to get a gallon of milk--that I was to dress like I was going to interview for the job I wanted--no exceptions.  No running out the door at the last minute in sweats and a ponytail.  Even if I wasn't planning on going anywhere (because you never know what the day will bring) ... to dress ... as if I was.

There came a day ... a Friday--during training, that I was supposed to go into the office to check in.  Up until that point ... I'd been following the dress code rule--religiously, but ... this was a Friday.  It had been snowing; I'd have to drive 20 miles into town just to get there, knowing no one else was going to be there on a day like that, and truth is?  All I wanted was a warm fire and a good book.  I had jeans on--and a sweatshirt.  I put a scarf on my hair and headed for the door thinking ... I'm going to make this short and sweet ... get in; get checked in; go home--get it over with.  

I literally had my hand on the doorknob when I was ... struck ... with the cardinal rule ... of the dress code, so, I went upstairs ... changed into nylons and nice ... slack/jeans; a sweater/blouse combination--did my hair and makeup--and went into town.

Henry ... that day changed my life.

Because it was so nasty out ... pretty much everyone else in the program ... had the same idea I did.  I got there and ... in the office complex was this huge banquet meal stretched out. The local television station was there ... and so was Senator Packwood.  The place was packed with local dignitaries and "important" people. A friend of mine ... who was liaison for the program, approached me, almost relieved; said ... you're the only person here prepared to do this ... come here ... I have people for you to meet.  

I met the senator; I sat with him while they filmed and ... I met my new employer that day.  Had I showed up ... like I wanted to ... on my "weakest link" day?  I would remember it as the day I dropped the ball.  Instead ... I did right--when I especially didn't want to and ... "the star" ... took the show ... again. Not because I'm special but because ... I followed ... the dress code.

Just wearing a dress isn't enough; tacky is tacky regardless of which you choose.The important thing is ... feminine grooming--with a generous smattering of dresses, or skirts.  Do the hair; do the makeup--even if its just to run out for milk.  

It will ... I guarantee it ... change your life.


10. The Big Squeeze ... If We Take This, We'll Take Anything


Clips from John Pilger's The War You Don't See 

Bank-Owned Foreclosure Notice and Evicted Family



We need a mass refusal to vacate homes foreclosed by the banks because of the economic catastrophe caused  by the banks.



The David Icke Newsletter Goes Out on Sunday 


The foundation of this whole process is to bankrupt countries, bankrupt populations and put them at the mercy of a reconstituted Rothschild-controlled banking system based on a world central bank that would dictate all global finance and oversee a single global electronic currency by imposing its policy on regional and national central banks. 


The Rothschild network is also waiting for the price of land, resources and everything else to crash to cents-on-the-dollar prices before stepping forward to use their gold-laden assets to buy up vast tracts of the world and its economy – far beyond what even they own today. 


They are planning to underpin this financial control with control of the food supply, which is why legislation is constantly being passed to target small farmers and those who grow their own food. The maxim is: control their pockets and control their bellies and you control their lives and actions. 


The word to focus on here is ‘system.’ The Rothschilds and the Illuminati control the banking and economic system and so they can't lose while that system is intact in some form. Individual banks going out of business or merging is no problem when you control the banking system


For example, if you control American football, it doesn't matter if the Green Bay Packers triumph over the Dallas Cowboys or vice-versa because no matter what happens you control the game and so you can't lose unless the whole sport goes under. 


The Rothschilds are manipulating to change the structure of global banking system by crashing it in its present form and replacing it with one that is fiercely centralised and so even more controllable by the few, and even more effective in imposing a global financial dictatorship. 


It is time, long past the time, for us to say 'no more'. If we don't, we've seen nothing yet. 


11. Swedes, Australians, and New Zealanders, Reformulated as New World Orderlies

Original title: Swedes Reformulated as New World Orderlies 

(In Sweden)

December 4, 2010

 Swedes, Aussies and New Zealanders

But Swedes (and Aussies) are none the wiser, blind to their own folly, as they continue living in their dystopian utopia. I guess it is all part of the master plan to demolish the Western nations in order to establish the one world government. I am very sorry to say that Swedes (and Australia) are leading the way... 


Comments for "Swedes Reformulated as New World Orderlies" 

Curtis said (December 5, 2010): 

Fantastic article on Sweden. Another interesting point about Sweden: corporal punishment has been banned since 1979. A couple has recently been jailed for spanking their children: 

I personally dislike corporal punishment - and am opposed to abuse – but it is probably better for a child to be occasionally spanked than unruly and spoiled. 


Sonia said (December 5, 2010): 

Henry - I find Jens' article " Reformulated Swedes" quite interesting. There are always certain people in every society who can "sit back and view with insight" what's happening around them. We've been fed myths about the Swedes (Scandinavians, as a whole) for a number of years, so it was surprising to see the Swedish trilogy "Girl with a Dragon Tatoo".  

I realize this was acting by Swedish performers, but I left the theater with the suspicion that in reality this was how Swedes act and react in their everyday lives, i.e. not much facial or body emotion. No jubilation, crying, outrage, etc. Just dour responses like their weather. They appear to be similar to an Englishman's description [the late Philip Jones] of the Danes on Rense's site. 


Jerome said (December 5, 2010): 

Concerning this article:
Then I worked in Sweden 7 years ago and the women were lovely, feminine and like all Germanic girls need not take an effort to look very healthy, that includes sexy. 

Western Media is full of poison about Swedish girls, perhaps in order to excuse the Arab invasion and overtake and perhaps in order to actually deter foreigners from hunting Swedish girls. 


AM said (December 5, 2010): 

It is so liberating to read this material on your site. Sometimes one wonders "is it just me" when contemplating the completely unsatisfying (in every domain) elements of marriage today. I don't live in Sweden and what this writer has described is a blueprint of relationships and the culture in which I find myself in Australia. 

When I say this a liberating read, I mean this in the sense that, self-deprecation and self-chastising is minimised in relation to what "I am doing wrong in this relationship". I have been married now for 26 years and my marriage is more unsatisfactory by the day, my wife is a post-modern zombie who feeds on every ounce of NWO propaganda (forgive me dear if you read this), I hope she awakens one day. 

Once one is awoken to the intricate engineering that has and is going into the devolution of the bedrock of, one can then truly shout.."it's NOT all about me!!!" and we see that, yes "I have faults" but that, more importantly, we are all victims of an extremely masterful and heinous universal plot that bares great pressure on us all. Unfortunately for our Swedish brethren, they were the 'labrats'. 


Dan said (December 5, 2010): 

I wonder if Jens and young Swedes today know that Sweden was promoted as the first country plunged into the 'sex revolution'....way back in the 1950's. It started with government sponsored sex education combined with legal live sex shows in Stockholm. Long legged curvy long haired blond girls frolicked nude on the beaches, and were imported to London and America to Hugh Hefner's Playboy Clubs. Obviously it was as Jens knows the 'beta test' country in Europe due to the factors he identified. 

I still remember my adolescent mind being eroded by a then infamous X rated movie in 1969 from Sweden called "I Am Curious Yellow".,_Film 

"Sex revolutions" never really last longer than a decade. These involved pushing a naive pristine generation who had been born in a safe traditional insulated culture into licentiousness with no warning that what happens is unanticipated emotional upheavals, epidemics of genital infections/ diseases, abortions, unanticipated emotional upheavals, rapes, loss of ability to bond, and all the rest of it. Then follows a decade of moratorium when the sexes withdraw in fear and loathing of each other. The generational transition then settles into the brilliant result Jens and other young Swedish men have been reporting since 2005. I hear it's even worse in Denmark. 


12. A Serious False-Flag Attack Warning For November 6, 2010 … And Why It Matters

Update posted 20 November 2010


As posted on 



The correct date should have been 30 November, 2010


“Many of us have been following a thread by Signals [see next heading "October 14, 2010"] touting 11/06 as the date there would be a false flag attack predicted by an episode of The Simpsons ... just as The Simpsons had previously predicted 9/11. Unfortunately the video that explained this has been removed from youtube by FOX [it’s available at the above link]. But for those of you who have been following the thread, ATS member skywatch made a good point about the scene with the clock showing the purported time of the attack. The big hand was on the eleven and the small hand was on the six leading many people to think the date was 11/6 but think about it ... as you were reading the time on the clock in your head you read it as eleven thirty didn't you? Of course you did, making the correct date for the false flag attack 11/30. And don't forget the number 10 was also there in the shape of the mounting brackets that had held the clock on the wall making the correct date 11/30/10.


 Home Simpson predicts false flag attack on 30 November, 2010


October 14, 2010


Clif High [Nazarene Remnant comment: Cliff High has been identified as a probable Illuminati shill, so his testimony will more than likely be a mixture of truth and lies. This is the Illuminati modus operandi. They don't feed us all lies. They feed the mixture, and always they like to keep us guessing. For a deeper insight into this see our freely available book, The Fozdyke Letters.] describes himself as a ‘Radical Linguist’. He’s multi-lingual and also proficient in several computer programming languages. Around 1997 he began analyzing language patterns scavenged from the internet by his ‘web bots’ or spiders. He found that people’s language patterns changed in response to certain emotional impacts. He analyzed this by putting certain emotional subjects into various ‘buckets’ that he gave generalized and sometimes whimsical names to, in order to group various subjects for analysis. Then he found that people’s emotional language actually began to change IN ADVANCE of certain events that impacted them. It seems that people are subconsciously prescient to a degree, and this subconscious knowledge leaks out in the language they choose to use.


In a nutshell, that is how the ‘predictive linguistics’ of the web bots project works. Scavenging data is purely mechanical. But the interpretation is human labor, software, and knowledge intensive by Clif and assistants. His ‘hit rate’ exceeds pure chance by something better than 50%. It’s not perfect, and it becomes more and more ‘foggy’ as one tries to elicit fine details out of a subject. It does not predict actual events, but the emotional ‘headline’ response to those events, with certain keywords or phrases attached to them. So yes, it’s kinda ’squishy’…. but still stunning when it gets a ‘hit’ and you see the actual language anticipated that is later used to describe an event. Sometimes, some strong language pops out everywhere and grabs his attention and can be used as a ‘temporal marker’ to verify a chain of possible events upcoming.


In July of 2001, Clif found a large ‘emotional tipping point’ coming in a matter of months. It had keyword associations of ‘military’ and ‘accident’, among others. It had an intense emotional impact lasting about four hours, and lingering emotional release lasting several days. He wasn’t sure what it was, until Sept. 11, 2001.

The event lasted several hours, and the lingering effect of grounded airlines lasted for several days. It changed life as we know it.


In trying to financially support the bandwidth for the web bots, Clif offered the technology to the government. They were not interested then. He found a foreign investor who paid him to keep it running, and this foreign investor made large sums of money by using the information the project supplied. That has since ended. In one scan of the net, the web bots made it into a Chinese server that was doing the same kind of work, so Clif knows that the Chinese are actively doing this kind of project also. There are also indications that the US government has taken the idea and quietly started using it, also.


In predictive linguistics, it seems that the further in advance they sense something coming, the bigger the event, or emotional impact is. For a year or two now, Clif has been looking at the largest ‘emotional tipping point’ he has ever analyzed. This one is predicted for Nov. 8-12 approximately. It has an intense emotional impact over four full days, and a cascading emotional release period well into March 2011. This event is predicted to have 10 to 100 times the impact of 9/11 in changing our lives forever after. Clif says it will start in the US and spread globally.


What could it be? Much speculation and an array of various clues and aspects from the ‘time monks’, but there is much, much happening in the world tensions, as you may have noticed in recent months. Nuclear war? Global Financial collapse? False Flag attack on the US? All the above?


Clif was in the process of a short-term analysis this month, attempting to resolve what was coming as we get closer. His previous reports have been antagonistic to TPTB, and it seems they do not want this information released. Yesterday the ISP for Clif’s website shut him down without explanation, and not for financial reasons. It seems apparent the government is trying to silence him.


This is great reason to fear what is coming. It is also highly suspicious that the President will be on his longest overseas trip and out of the country when this timeframe ‘goes hot’. They know something is coming. You should know, too, and that is why I wrote this. Caveat Emptor. Something wicked, this way comes.


Status reports on Clif can best be found from George Ure at:

If ‘they’ try to shut off the DNS lookup to Urban Survival, the numeric link directly to his server is here:


Also see: 


Also on the 'not to be missed' list on YouTube, this video which speculates on a false flag attack in November...a definite must watch for the wary.


Homer Simpson predicts 911.

Homer Simpson predicts 911.


False Flag Attack November 2010 Possibly Predicted!!



13. What Really is Happening in Australia?

What is Today:

A centralist Government in Canberra implementing the UN's secret orders.

A government fully prepared to keep all in the dark and trap them at every opportunity.

Consider the following material very carefully …

 's precarious position


We're witnessing the end stage of a centuries old push towards a global totalitarian state, but people such as the UPP in Australia, the APFN Network in the USA, the Canadian Action Party, IAHF and allied pro vitamin access, libertarian groups worldwide are sharing information to expose and counter this agenda to "harmonize" the laws world wide to suit the greed driven genocidal actions of the ruling elite, the UN and the multinational corporations that control the UN.


Please see the recommended reading section at and especially take notice of the last book listed: MASS CONTROL Engineering Human Consciousness, by Jim Keith which I strongly encourage people world wide to read.

It has been shown that the Australian Constitution is Invalid

But where to next?

The two options.

(1) A takeover by the UN as suggested by the Institute of Taxation Research (ITR), thus fulfilling the desire of a hidden elite for world domination with all countries subject to UN rule. ITR base their information on factual evidence, in the most part identical to that of UPP, but the ITR solution is the direct opposite to that of UPP.

(2) Australia runs its own affairs, the right of a free and sovereign nation, a view supported by the United People Power (UPP) . ITR have invited the UN to take control of Australia, whereas UPP invite the Australian people to take control of Australia via a fresh Constitution.

Take the time to familiarise yourself
with the issues.

Declaration of Governing Principles for all Australians


The Australia of today has sadly lost the liberty of yesteryears. The government has not been the government of the people, consequently, the employed have become the disemployed, our industries have been moved offshore, our farmers have been forced off their land, the peoples utilities have been handed over to private investment, our wealth has been exported, the foreign debt hangs like a millstone around the neck of each Australian present and future, our very means of livelihood has been legislated away!




The UN to Establish an Interim Military Government in Australia.


This development is now imminent (written November 21, 2010) in Australia. We are now witnessing the "invasion" of Australia by US troops (from Okinawa in the North Pacific), who are actually UN troops! The ignorant and gullible people of North Queensland (no insult intended, as this has been done through lying and deceit coming from our Australian treacherous "leaders" at every level of government) are even excited about the propect of these troops being stationed at Lavarack Barracks in Townsville.


Even the adjoining city further South, Bowen, is hoping that a contingent of these troops will even be stationed there. No one is able to perceive that Australia is going to soon become the headquarters of the New World Order money-power elite, and that this will kick off in Queensland, specifically in North Queensland in the zone Northwards of the natural barrier formed by the Silver Link bridge over the Burdekin River. This area will become sealed off from the rest of Australia, and the world, and it is from here that much of the End-Days strategies will be directed.


Even our Australian troops are beginning to lose their last piece of distinctive identity, and getting themselves kitted up in UN gear. Beginning with our troops in Afghanistan, we are starting to see the thin edge of the NWO-wedge, because our troops now are being kitted out in a new uniform! It is the same unform as worn by US soldiers, who are just a front, anyway, for UN forces. It is called the Multicam combat uniform, and the makeover is expected to be completed by March, 2011. See the story "Our Troops Follow US," (with pictures), in the Townsville Bulletin, November 20, 2010, page 13.


Australian soldiers with the old (left) and the new (right) uniforms.

Australian soldiers with the old (left) and the new (right) uniforms.
Source of image: Townsville Bulletin, November 20, 2010.


Of course treacherous Prime Minister Julia Gillard has been briefed by her bosses from England (where she visited, along with Tony Abbott, recently), and America (she attended the G20 in South Korea this month). Hillary Clinton's visit this month also would undoubtedly be closely connected with the developments we are writing about here. Gillard, along with other traitors, and the lying media troope she is carting along for the ride, are due to meet with their real heaveyweight boses, the Israeli Zionist overlords, when they fly out for Israel in December, 2010.


"Through their corporate cartels, the Illuminati bankers (i.e. the Australian Reserve Bank) fund both the Left and Right in the Australia. Australian politics is basically a shadow play. 

The Illuminati bankers want to expand their monopoly over government credit into a monopoly over everything. Government is the ultimate monopoly. Thus corporations and government become one, i.e. Communism. The government is the corporation's biggest customer.

At the same time, their monopoly is extended to human thought and spirit using the mass media and education.

Do you hear Australian politicians questioning the Australian commitment to Israel or the bogus war on terror?  Do you hear them calling for more civil liberties or an investigation of 9-11, or wanting to find out the true facts about the war in Afghanistan?

The Illuminati goal is to demoralize Australians and lower their living standard so they may take their place in new world order as lowly equals. In fact Australia is one of the five foundation nations of the New World Order (the other four are Britain, Israel, the United States, and China).

Australia cannot address its problems because it cannot define them. It cannot unite against its real enemy because everyone in a position of influence, from Julia Gillard to Tony Abbott, is a Mason and indirectly works for the bankers."




I Joseph Richard Bryant attended a public meeting held at the Burwood RSL Club on Sunday 8 October 2000.


The meeting was called by The Institute of Taxation Research (ITR) and was addressed by a Mr John Lamont (M.D.) an Mr Wayne Levick (lawyer).


The speakers announced that:


The ITR and its co-organisation The Institution for Constitutional Education and Research has invited the United Nations into Australia to:


1. Establish an interim military government in Australia.
2. Install an interim Constitution filed with the UN by the ITR.
3. Abolish the existing Federal, State and Local governments.
4. Abolish all foundation and existing law.
5. To give Australia a totally new start.
6. That copies of the interim constitution filed with the UN are not available.
7. That the speakers had not seen the interim constitution.
8. That this was to be the last ITR public meeting due to the fact that they would be completely tied up with UN procedures from this point of time.
9. That they expect the UN to take control within weeks.
10. Two books of papers said to be the UN application were on display.
11. On sale a book containing the papers as filed with the UN (not including the filed constitution) to bring about the above actions.


This is the first time I have been made aware of the proposal. I spoke against it at the meeting. The proposal is an act of treason of the highest order.


Joseph Richard Bryant. 418 Roper Road St Marys NSW 2760. Ph: 02-9826-1337.


END publication.


A letter was faxed to the UN on the 11 October requesting confirmation or denial of the first 9 points of the above public notice, no reply received to date 25-10-2000.


ITR are attracting a support based on avoiding taxation and using this support and the funds it generates to bring about a UN take over of Australia.


ITR base their information on factual evidence, in the most part identical to that of UPP, but the ITR solution is the direct opposite to that of UPP.


ITR have invited the UN to take control of Australia, whereas UPP invite the Australian people to take control of Australia via a fresh Constitution.




Subject: Fraudulent Appointments of Australia's Governor-Generals.


Tuesday, May 11, 2004


Dear Fellow Australians,
For anyone interested in viewing the emails from the Privy Council and the letter from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office confirming that Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second does not and can not appoint Governor-Generals to the Commonwealth of Australia, these documents are now on my website at   


Because Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second is the Head of State of the United Kingdom, she has no executive powers exercisable in Australia, contrary to Chapter II, Section 61 of the Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom to Constitute the Commonwealth of Australia (63 & 64 Victoria, Chapter 12) [9th July 1900] which says that .  


Therefore, Major-General Michael Jeffery is not the legitimate Governor-General of Australia and the Prime Minister, John Winston Howard, MP, is an accessory to the fraud and deception, as he has countersigned the fraudulent Commission document bearing the forgery of Her Majesty's Sign Manual (ie: signature of Elizabeth R) "Given at Our Court at Buckingham Palace on twenty-ninth of July, 2003. By Her Majesty's Command,  (signed) John Howard Prime Minister". This document can be found in the "Commonwealth of Australia Gazette No. S 309, Monday, 11 August 2003", which is available in all Law Libraries.  


On Monday (22nd March 2004) I went into town to the Australian Federal Police at 110 Goulburn Street, Sydney and reported these crimes to a young man and woman in the foyer. I gave them this evidence and advised that, at this stage, the offences should be kept simple, i.e.: fraud and false representation under various parts of Section 29 of the Crimes Act 1914 with penalties ranging from 2 to 10 years imprisonment. I phoned the lady officer today and she said they would let me know if they were going to procede with the charges.   


There is also the matter of all the supposed appointments of Judges by those supposed representatives of Her Majesty, i.e.: the Governor-Generals and the State Governors. The Judges' appointments are equally invalid. Attached is a leaflet I have entitled "Australian Judges are Frauds, Liars, Criminals, Traitors & Fools."   


Now that the Truth has emerged, it is time for ordinary Australians to reclaim their Laws, their Rights and their Country.  


Yours sincerely,


John Wilson.



Australian Judges Are Frauds, Liars, Criminals, Traitors and Fools.


Written by John Wilson:     


Frauds: Federal Judges must be appointed by the Governor-General and State Judges by the State Governors who must have been appointed by Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second. However, Privy Council and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office in London confirm that the Queen does not and can not appoint the Governor-General nor the Governors because she is the Head of State of the United Kingdom and has no executive powers exercisable in the Commonwealth of Australia. Therefore, any appointments made by these false representatives of the Queen are also fraudulent and those "Judges" have no authority or jurisdiction, whatsoever.


Liars: Common Law demands that an essential element in the creation of a contract is "certainty of terms". Variable interest rates render a contract void for uncertainty because "variable" means "uncertain" and "certain" means "not variable" (Oxford English Dictionary). However, Australian Judges say and maintain that variable interest rates are indeed certain. That is a lie with which they conceal the illegality of variable interest rate loan contracts.


Criminals: Australian Judges conceal 2 major counts of fraud committed by Banks. The first is the fraud of variable interest rate loan contracts (above) and the second is the fact that Banks create money for themselves "out of thin air" and inject it into the economy as loans, which they recoup with interest. These fraudulent practices by the Banks amount to hundreds of billions of dollars and have resulted in the illegal dispossession of homes and businesses as well as bankruptcy, family breakdown, suicide and hardship to many ordinary Australians. Australian Judges aid and abet in this atrocity.


Traitors: Australian Judges swear to well and truly serve Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second and to do right to all manner of people without fear or favour, affection or ill-will. In the Queen's Coronation Oath, she promised to execute Law and Justice with Mercy in all her Judgments. Apart from the Queen being the Head of State of a foreign power, Australian Judges betray that allegiance and betray the Australian People through their Corruption and the denial of Justice.


Fools: Listed in Australia's Constitutional Enactments are Magna Carta 1297, Petition of Right 1627, Habeas Corpus 1640 and Bill of Rights 1688 which guarantee the Right to Trial by Jury - the denial of which is punishable by 5 years imprisonment (Imperial Acts Application Act 1969, section 43). Bill of Rights 1688 actually says that "counsellors, judges and ministers" who "subvert and extirpation the laws and liberties of the kingdom" are "evil". All evil-doers are fools.


Written by John Wilson, 


Australia is a Country Owned Not By Australians But By a "Closed-End Investment Company" in Switzerland.

A note from John Wilson:


Dear Fellow Australians, 


1.  Local Governments in Australia are corporations, e.g., the Coffs Harbour City Council is a corporation registered on the Australian Business Registry with the number of 79 126 214 487.  


2.  State Governments in Australia are corporations, e.g., the NSW Parliament is a corporation registered on the Australian Business Registry with the number of 89 288 775 026.  


3.  Federal Government in Australia is a corporation, i.e. the Commonwealth of Australia is a corporation registered in the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission with the number of CIK (0000805157) SIC: 8880.  


CIK is the Credit Suisse Asset Management Income Fund, Inc. (the Fund) - is a diversified, closed-end investment company. The Fund's investment objective is to seek current income through investment primarily in debt securities.  


SIC is the "Standard Industrial Classification" and the SIC Code of 8880 has the "Industrial Title" of "American Depositary Receipts" ( ).  


The Commonwealth of Australia is a "debt security," packaged up as a "corporation". 


Do the People of Australia know  their country is owned by a "closed-end investment company" in Switzerland? 


What does that make the People of Australia? ....... personnel or merchandise?  


Yours sincerely,  


John Wilson.  


December 10, 2010 Update


Prerogative Writs Of Mandamus Served In The High Court of Australia!


In an historic first for Australia, Prerogative Writs of Mandamus were served in the High Court in Canberra at about 3.48 pm this afternoon Wednesday 8th December 2010 pertaining to the illegal "corporations" that have been formed, operated under the "Commonwealth of Australia" ABN122 104 616 and the America Securities Exchange Commission No. 000 080 5157, and commanding that this fraudulent "corporation," and all of the fraudulent subsidiary "companies" be dissolved.

In an historic first for Australia, Prerogative Writs of Mandamus were served in the High Court in Canberra at about 3.48 pm this afternoon pertaining to the illegal "corporations" that have been formed, and are being operated under the "Commonwealth of Australia" ABN122 104 616 and the America Securities Exchange Commission No. 000 080 5157, and commanding that this fraudulent "corporation," and all of the fraudulent subsidiary "companies" - being those in each of the States - be dissolved.

Queenslanders will no doubt be familiar with the "Brigalow Corporation," brought to the attention of the people some years ago by Sue Maynes in New South Wales, Brian Shaw in Victoria, Wayne Glew et al in Western Australia, as well as many other good and hard-working people for the cause in many other States.

This action will have repercussions throughout Australia, and around the world, and result in the formation of the King's Bench, which may result in the dissolution of all of the governments - State and Federal - as they are all guilty of fraud - and possibly the arrest and jailing of a number of people - politicians, government "advisers" and lackeys, judges, and many others. The list is already quite extensive, including former politicians and Prime Ministers, Premiers, on and on it goes! As we said in a previous issue of the Voice, "Runnymede, here we come again!" 

This is the result of people realising their sovereign rights under the Australian Constitution Act 1901, sections 1 to 128, Section 61 of Magna Carta 1215/1297, and the Statute of Monopolities 1623-4, where there has been a number of frauds of gigantic proportions perpetrated on the sovereign people of Australia. 

We congratulate people like Sue Maynes and many others, who have toiled for years to try to get something done about the situation. We have waited and waited for someone to act, hoping someone would, and having waited for years, with nothing happening, we decided to do it ourselves. Together, we quietly formed an alliance with other hard working sovereign people from other States, issued the writs this week and carried out an "ambush" in the High Court, serving them this afternoon. It was a tremendous rush, to get them in to the High Court before they close tomorrow for the year, and we sincerely thank all those who gave their all to get them sent in time for issuing this afternoon in the High Court in Canberra.. 

The Chief Justice Mr. French does not have long to act, and he must act. If he does not, he may be charged with high treason, which according to law, is punishable by death. 

You won't see this in the mainstream media any time soon!

Brian McDermott 

Download or read the document served HERE - and the affidavid of support HERE



Further Reading on This Subject:


Australian Government Now Officially Illegal


Consolidating the "Legal" Foundations for the Nazi Fourth Reich in Queensland


Sue Maynes: The Removal of All Ownership Rights in Queensland and All Other States of Australia (the Brigalow Corporation):


Australia is still a British colony? or


Hidden Aspects of Australian Democracy: or


It has been shown that the Australian Constitution is Invalid:


Australia's Constitutional Position Today: or


John Wilson: The denial of the Common Law Trial by Jury transfers supreme power from the People to a ruling élite: a despotism or oligarchy. The denial of the Juror’s rôle and Duty denies Trial by Jury:

The Australia Act 1986: available free of charge from your Federal representative. 


Our Treasonous Political Leaders:


The Fabian Society's Deadly Agenda


Note that most of our politicians are members of the Fabian Society, which ought to ring warning bells in the ears of every person in the world. Examples of members of the Fabian Society: Bob Hawke, John Howard, Tony Blair, Gordon Brown, Harold Wilson, Emmeline Pankhurst, Leonard and Virginia Woolf, Sidney and Beatrice Webb, Sir George Buchanan, Lord Alfred Milner Jawaharlal Nehru, Muhammad Ali Jinnah, Lee Kuan Yew, John Dewey Eleanor Roosevelt, John Maynard Keynes, Walter Lippmann, George Bernard Shaw (who said: “Fabianism feeds on Capitalism, but excretes Communism.” He also said: “Our propaganda is one of permeating – we urged our members to join the Liberal & Radical Associations in their district, or, if they preferred it, the Conservative Associations - we permeated the party oganisations and pulled all the strings we could lay our hands on with the utmost adroitness and energy, and we succeeded so well that in 1888 we gained the solid advantage of a Progressive majority full of ideas that would never have come into their heads had not the Fabians put them there.").


The Coat of Arms of the Fabian Society was a “wolf in sheep’s clothing”:


Motto: "The inevitability of gradualness"


Note:  1. The word "politician" derives from an Old English word meaning prostitute.

2. "The British Fabian Society plan to takeover the world by the City of London financial community was first published in a book entitled All These Things by a New Zealand author and journalist, A. N. Field. (I have personally spoken to her to confirm that she was persecuted after the publication of this book.)" (Sue Maynes)


14. Australian Politicians Do Not Serve Those Who Have Elected Them

Original Title: Canada, Australia and NZ Are Still Colonies 


By Henry Makow, Ph.D 
December 12, 2010  




Truthers hounded by thugs.

On November 30, Satanist insider Aloysius Fozdyke wrote "I have been busy hosing down an event which could have turned into a disaster for our plans and mission that relates to an alleged solicitor and an interview on American and Internet radio. Fortunately hardly anyone noticed it."

Aloysius graciously provided links to the interview disbarred solicitor Wayne Levick had on the Vinny Eastwood show in NZ.  He believes the "sheeple" have demonstrated their impotence and more disclosures won't make any difference. 


Australian Constitution is invalid - Ex-Solicitor Wayne Leonard: Vinny Eastwood Show 15/10/10 Part 1/3  


Australian Constitution is invalid - Ex-Solicitor Wayne Leonard: Vinny Eastwood Show 15/10/10 Part 2/3  


Australian Constitution is invalid - Ex-Solicitor Wayne Leonard: Vinny Eastwood Show 15/10/10 Part 3/3 

The interview confirms that former British colonies, Australia, New Zealand and Canada never actually achieved independence. World government is an extension of the "British Empire" and independence would have been a step in the wrong direction. So they faked it. 

This means that the laws, corporations and currencies of these countries have no legal foundation, and that the governments do not represent the people, nor are they in a position to defend their interests. 

As Ken Shaw writes on his website,, their "elected Government and entire Judicial Systems are totally unlawful, fraudulent and invalid ... This has enormous ramifications when considering International Treaties entered into by the these Governments, any political appointments, the banking laws, the whole Court System, taxation, just to name a few, have NO legitimacy and are totally null and void."

"The governments participating in this fraudulent cover up, do not want the general public to know the true situation, as it is part of their overall hidden agenda to manipulate and control the citizens of these countries.

"Also consider the global ramifications against Queen Elizabeth II and the Royal Family who have knowingly participated greatly in this massive fraud.

"Regarding the New World Order, are then the UN Treaties signed by these Countries valid, as they are not Nations??"

Aloysius Fozdyke, senior member of the satanic Alpha Lodge of Sydney, which controls the Australian government, asked to "make contact with [Ken] as he obviously has special knowledge."

Ken refused saying Aloysius was an agent of the Australian government.

Aloysius continued: "The people behind the website are irritants, that's all. We've already destroyed them. There is not a journalist in the world who will publish their boring material. Shortly their website will cease to exist. Accidents happen! Indeed, sometime ago I was attempting to lure journalists, checking the water temperature, so to speak. No one was interested then or now. QEII is controlled by our people; as is her system."

Ken wrote today, Dec 12, 2010: We have been really in a state of shock and were fearful for our safety after being targeted by ruthless thugs, who I can only believe are employed by the Australian Government or big business to threaten and intimidate with the view to keep us quiet. After our website was literally destroyed, our computers hacked, then being followed by supposedly inconspicuous people, unfamiliar cars parked directly across from our homes with 2 occupants within and our home suspiciously infiltrated by professionally skilled thieves, we thought it was time to go underground and to be honest we have until very recently been in hiding.

However it gets to the point when you need to decide what is more important, being fearful of your values and beliefs especially if you are Patriotic and love your country. I know that over the years many thousands of people have given up their lives fighting for injustice within their own Nation. At some stage someone has to stand up to stop these fraudulent criminals from destroying this Country and the lives of the citizens living here. In Australia, even though these evil people control and run this country, whether it is through the Politicians, the Judicial System or the Banks and Multi-National Corporations, they have to be prevented from the continual and blasé actions of their deceptive and despicable behaviour and their hidden greedy agendas.



This article by Ken Shaw is from Aug. 8, 2010.

I have now taken the opportunity to read some of the Fozdyke material and although I am unable to comment on the Satanism aspects of it, I can say that he appears to have a very good understanding of the political situation in Australia, New Zealand and Canada. He also seems to know about the workings of the British Royal Family and government.

For many years a number of Australians and others have been working to rectify some fundamental constitutional, political and therefore legal problems in Australia. These problems, with minor variations, also exist in New Zealand and Canada. I wish to stress that even with the website being down, there is still abundant information available via the Internet to prove all of my assertions. It now appears that maybe it was the Alpha Lodge that had something to do with our website being taken down.


When the Commonwealth of Australia came into being on the 1st of January 1901 the Commonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, 1900 (UK) defined it "as a self governing colony." (See clause 8). The monarch of the now defunct United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland was sovereign. That monarch gave vice-regal authority to an unelected, monarchy appointed Governor-General.

Prior to the end of WWI American President, Woodrow Wilson began pushing for an international body of nations to attempt to prevent any future global bloodbaths. The British at the time still had a sizable empire. The British government decided that if it kept its colonies these would not get a vote in what became the League of Nations. For purely political reasons they decided to grant their colonies freedom, independence and sovereignty knowing that their former colonies would vote with Mother Britain in the League of Nations.


Ninety years ago the British were still the mightiest kingdom on Earth. Their navy surpassed all others. The peoples of Australia, New Zealand and Canada felt safe with the protection of Britain. Australia and New Zealand were on the other side of the world surrounded by non-white foreigners and Canada was living next door to an America already formulating its own colonial ambitions (by any other name).

Truth be told, with the exception of South Africa, Britain's former colonies didn't want their freedom and they didn't want it for very practical military, political, economic and cultural reasons. It was forced upon them for cynical but again, practical reasons.

World War II or The Great War: Part II

When WWII broke out the Americans were not officially involved, however after America orchestrated itself into that war, there was a problem. At a time when international law still meant something, the American Administration was worried that if its troop fought with Australians, New Zealanders or Canadians, they could be hauled before the League of Nations for fighting with colonists who didn't have the ability to declare war (with the exception of wars of independence only nations can declare war. This is basic international law.). Despite what is often stated, the Statute of Westminster, 1931 (UK) recognized what was the continuing colonial status Britain's Dominions; otherwise why pass it into law? Australia was forced to pass the Statute of Westminster Adoption Act, 1942 (Cth) so that the Americans felt comfortable fighting with us!

At the conclusion of WWII the United Nations was born. As its name makes clear, only nation states could be full members. The Commonwealth of Australia was a founding member.

Now certain pressing questions arise:

1. How can Australia be a free, independent and sovereign nation state if Australia's Federal and State parliaments can't pass laws without the vice-regal signature of an unelected Governor-General or State Governors, all of whom are appointed by a Queen, herself appointed by the Parliament at Westminster? The same question applies to New Zealand and Canada!

2. On the 11th of November, 1975 a democratically elected government of the Commonwealth of Australia was dismissed by a Governor-General appointed by a foreign Queen! The titles 'Queen of Australia', 'Queen of Canada' and 'Queen of New Zealand' are titles for the same woman appointed by the same foreign parliament. The 'Queen of Australia' is not a title found anywhere in the Commonwealth of Australia Constitution Act, 1900 (UK)!

Some Examples of How This Information is Used

Most people think that these issues are esoteric at best, but ask the Japanese government (whaling in Australian Antarctic waters); the American government (with bases on Australian Antarctic territory searching for resources); the government of Sri Lanka (which slaughtering Tamils in the full knowledge that if the truth be told they held a devastating international secret) or the government of Burma (content to securely breach all manner of human rights whilst they hold close their knowledge)? Ask the Israeli government how it can act like a pariah with immunity? Examine the Chinese government's record on dissidents, minorities or the Tibetans and wonder why the governments of the western world kowtow. (The Chinese government has long been aware of the situation but nonetheless copied the website several times.)

There is a lot more information and documentation which is held throughout Australia. We merely await a journalist of integrity who believes that they can get this story and these documents published. Once published, we maintain that the United Nations as a front organization for the coming New World Order will collapse. After the economic and political fallout the leaders of the world will be forced to either commit to freedom, democracy and the right to self determination as expressed in Articles 2, 4, 6, 102 and 103 of the Charter of the United Nations or come clean and demonstrate how the world really works.

Our story includes easily provable forgery of the signature of Queen Elizabeth II on an Appointment document for at least one Australian Governor-General, correspondence by Charles the Prince of Wales, lies told by Tony Blair, the complicity of many major British politicians (including David Cameron), interference in the Judicial system of the United Kingdom by Australian Prime Minister, John W. Howard and the unmistakable nature of the United Nations.

Unfortunately we still await a journalist of integrity.

Any further help you or any of your supporters can provide would be greatly appreciated not only by myself, but by all the citizens of Australia, New Zealand and Canada!!

Perhaps Fosdyke is more on the money than any of us initially thought.

Regards and thanks,


For further information whilst the websites are still up please refer to:

The Charter of the United Nations

Australia: The Concealed Colony.

Transcript of the film Young and Free

A Constitutional Timebomb: Is New Zealand's Government and Court system unlawful? 



Comments for "Canada, Australia and NZ Are Still Colonies"

Charles  said (December 13, 2010): 


The whole E.U. is fraud and illegal. If you haven’t already, please refer to Christopher Story website: for further information under the archive section. He has written a book on the subject as well. As you probably know, Christopher died under mysterious circumstances last July. 



Kay said (August 10, 2010): 


Hi Henry, I'd like to update you on a point made regarding the invalidation of Australia; good article by the way! 


I don't think Ken realises that the Queen has NEVER appointed the Gov Gen of Australia, the crooked federal govt has been doing this for some time!! 


I have been following this for quite a few years and I know for a fact that there was a few people in Australia who had written to the Privy Council in London with the question: 


"Has the Queen ever appointed the GG in Australia?"

The answer was,"No, the Queen has never appointed the Gov Gen." 


I have been told that there is suspicion that the current Gov Gen, Quentin Bryce, "forged" documents to indicate that she was appointed by the Queen. There has been massive fraudulant activity here to forge documents that the Queen never consented to! 


We have the British Constitution in Australia that has never been changed and doesn't belong to us! You cannot have two Prime Ministers under the same consitution! There will be changes taking place shortly for the common good. 


The Queen has addressed the UN on 6th July 2010 as Queen of 16 nations of the UN, which includes NZ, Canada and Australia. Now, how can it be that we now have two "heads of state" and not one! Bryce has the gall to call herself "head of state" of Australia and seems to fail to recognise the Queen and deliberately ignore her speech. 


I strongly urge to view the Queens UN message on Youtube. 

Hopefully, it clears up this important bit of info and I feel it is important to get the info right. 



Patrick said (August 10, 2010): 


I have no doubt that Canada is in the same situation as Australia because I have been struggling against the system for a few years now, after exposing some of the fraud in British Columbia. I had the details of this fraud-extortion on for some time and I should re-post it soon. 


By a complete coincidence I recently found myself speaking to a man in the closest pub to where I live. It was a warm night and I hadn't been in a pub for years but there I was. 


We got talking because he was from Australia and a bunch of people were speaking about soccer (world cup). 

A while later he mentioned that he worked for government and was involved in the preparation of documentation of all kinds. 

When I learned this I asked him straight out why there had to be all the need for using fictional "persons" in his documents. He seemed surprised that I knew and since I have a Scottish accent it was obvious that I was from Scotland originally.
I told him that I had researched into things and that I believed Canada was still a British colony. 

At this he just calmly said "why do you care. It works out better for you". 

I told him that I was concerned because of the secrecy and that most people didn't know. He said that "most people don't want to know," again very calmly. 

I protested that people were being robbed. Again calmly "why do you care?" 

He asked for an example and I mentioned the driver's licence. At this he seemed to panic and said "go on". 

I told him that I had read it carefully and that I know how to read English. There is an apostrophe in "Driver's" meaning that "this is your Driver's licence" means "this is the licence belonging to your driver". 

This of course means that there are two entities present. Either the driver isn't you and you have a driver, or a fictional entity has a driver.

He turned chalk white and left immediately. 

The latter is true. The fictional entity has his name in ALL CAPITAL letters and you are his driver, albeit unwittingly. 

The statutes apply to the "person" but not to the man operating the automobile.
I had exposed one of his documents for the fraud that it is. We have all been carrying false ID so that police forces can charge the fictional entity "person". I have a whole page explaining this in detail so I should put it back on the site. 


The point is that we have all been deceived for a very long time. I should probably feel OK because I am Scottish, but I don't because I am honest. For me this certainly explains a lot because I know many freemasons who are Scottish who are very friendly sometimes, yet they gather at other times in obvious "closed company". It would be like them flicking a switch from being in conversation with people like me to moving into a corner as a group. Then later they would fan out and go back to talking to others. I always thought that their behaviour was weird. It happens in bars, at functions like weddings, etc. 





JACK said (August 10, 2010): 


I suspect Ken already knows that a journalist of integrity is like hen’s teeth; they don’t exist. And besides, journalists do precisely what their job title implies. They’re enablers of evil, daily distorting reality. 


Australia, as one of the nations mentioned, essentially followed the fraud perpetrated upon the lands called Amaracu aka America. One might be able to trace the US Constitution to the Babylonian Talmud, the latter a product of The Magi of ancient Babel and the regions of Perat-Maishan. 


The modern world of man is a Zionist construct. But Zionism is not an inference to the biblical Mt Moriah. Zionism is a loan word conveniently borrowed by European Moloch worshipers. Zion means ‘sunny’ and refers to the Light of Illuminism. In the pre-Flood earth this Light was a visible phenonomen that stretched into the heavens, but later adopted as metaphor for the dark spiritual light of the spirit creature, Nachash (The Serpent). 


15. The Five Foundation Nations of the New World Order

By John Mulligan
November 2, 2010

As you can see from the following organisational chart, the five nations that are the foundational nations for the Nazi New World Order are:

1. England
2. Israel
3. America
4. China, and
5. Australia

The treacherous leaders of these five nations have been scurrying to and fro and meeting with each other lately, no doubt intent on the next part of the deadly charade they intend bring against a dying and deceived world. Both the Australian Opposition Leader, Tony Abbott, and PM Gillard, have been in England, undoubtedly taking last minute orders from their superiors. Currently the Foreign Minister of Australia, Kevin Rudd, is in China, the Prime Minister of Australia, Julia Gillard, is in Vietnam meeting with the US Secretary of State, Hilary Clinton. Clinton has been on an extensive trip through the Asian region, including visits to China, Vietnam, Cambodia, Papua New Guinea and New Zealand.

While in Vietname, Gillard held her first face-to-face meeting with China's Premier Wen Jiabao since becoming Prime Minister. She has accepted his invitation to visit China next year. News sources say that Gillard and Premier Wen Jiabao had broad discussions on the economy, defence and education. No doubt Gillard would have been most interested in updating Wen Jiabao on the effectiveness of the Chinese Dangan that has long ago been implemented in Australia. For information on the Dangan, see the article below "The Coming Enslavement: The Chinese Dangan in Australia."

The five foundation nations of the New World Order

For more information on the Nazi (NWO) Takeover of the World by these five countries, see:

Reading 77: "The Nazi Fourth Reich To Begin in Australia," of The Real Crisis is About to Unfold, and It's Not Financial, which contains the following articles:

Article #1: "Australia is One of the Five Founding Nations of the New World Order."
Article #2: "The NWO Plan for the Takeover of Australia."
Article #3: "The UN to Establish an Interim Military Government in Australia."
Article #4: "Fortress Australia: Hidden Agenda."

Also see:

Article #5: "NATO's Afghan War Model Is Prototype for the Takeover of the World."'s-afghan-war-model-is-prototype-for-the-takeover-of-the-world.html

Article #6: "Fortress Australia and the Nazi Takeover of the World."


16. UN Invasion of Australia is Imminent (Phase 1)


(From the article "What Really is Happening in Australia?" above)


This development is now imminent (written November 21, 2010) in Australia. We are now witnessing the "invasion" of Australia by US troops (from Okinawa in the North Pacific), who are actually UN troops! The ignorant and gullible people of North Queensland (no insult intended, as this has been done through lying and deceit coming from our  treacherous Australian"leaders" at every level of government) are even excited about the propect of these troops being stationed at Lavarack Barracks in Townsville.


Even the adjoining city further South, Bowen, is hoping that a contingent of these troops will even be stationed there. No one is able to perceive that Australia is going to soon become the headquarters of the New World Order money-power elite, and that this will kick off in Queensland, specifically in North Queensland in the zone Northwards of the natural barrier formed by the Silver Link bridge over the Burdekin River. This area will become sealed off from the rest of Australia, and the world, and it is from here that much of the End-Days strategies will be directed.


[UPDATE: You must see a refinement of this claim in Last Days Watch, Issue #40, under the heading "'Capricornia,' Australia's Secretive Seventh State, Starting to Appear on Australian Maps." Also check out the surprising revelations in our free book The Usher of Desecration, under section 14: "The Illuminati money-power elite, and treacherous national leaders, will disappear into their underground bunkers and hideouts while the Culling is being carried out."]


Even our Australian troops are beginning to lose their last piece of distinctive identity, and getting themselves kitted up in UN gear. Beginning with our troops in Afghanistan, we are starting to see the thin edge of the NWO-wedge, because our troops now are being kitted out in a new uniform! It is the same unform as worn by US soldiers, who are just a front, anyway, for UN forces. It is called the Multicam combat uniform, and the makeover is expected to be completed by March, 2011. See the story "Our Troops Follow US," (with pictures), in the Townsville Bulletin, November 20, 2010, page 13.


Of course treacherous Prime Minister Julia Gillard has been briefed by her bosses from England (where she visited, along with Tony Abbott, recently), and America (she attended the G20 in South Korea this month). Hillary Clinton's visit this month also would undoubtedly be closely connected with the developments we are writing about here. Gillard, along with other traitors, and the lying media troope she is carting along for the ride, are due to meet with their real heaveyweight bosses, the Israeli Zionist overlords (their real identity is Ashkenazi Jews, and these satanic people are descendants of the bastard line of Cain, whose father was satan himself), when they fly out for Israel in December, 2010.


"Through their corporate cartels, the Illuminati bankers (i.e. the Australian Reserve Bank) fund both the Left and Right in the Australia. Australian politics is basically a shadow play. 

The Illuminati bankers want to expand their monopoly over government credit into a monopoly over everything. Government is the ultimate monopoly. Thus corporations and government become one, i.e. Communism. The government is the corporation's biggest customer.

At the same time, their monopoly is extended to human thought and spirit using the mass media and education.

Do you hear Australian politicians questioning the Australian commitment to Israel or the bogus war on terror?  Do you hear them calling for more civil liberties or an investigation of 9-11, or wanting to find out the true facts about the war in Afghanistan?

The Illuminati goal is to demoralize Australians and lower their living standard so they may take their place in new world order as lowly equals. In fact Australia is one of the five foundation nations of the New World Order (the other four are Britain, Israel, the United States, and China).

Australia cannot address its problems because it cannot define them. It cannot unite against its real enemy because everyone in a position of influence, from Julia Gillard to Tony Abbott, is a Mason and indirectly works for the bankers."


17. Israel, We Bless Thee

By Mark Glen 
November 9, 2006


Today, while driving through town, I wound up behind a minivan that had a big sticker on the back. The sticker had an Israeli flag in the middle of it, and under it the quotation from the book of Genesis that reads “I will bless those who bless thee.” 


I would like to take this time to list my own reasons for thanking and blessing Israel, our lone ally in the Middle East, for everything she has done for us, since I am quite sure most Americans are unaware of just what kind of friend she has been to us. 


·          For extorting from me and my fellow Americans $4,000,000,000.00 a year for the last 4 decades, we bless thee.


·          For taking our most sophisticated weapons technology and stealing it for yourself without paying the American patent holders, we bless thee.


·          For taking that high-tech military technology and selling it to our enemies, such as the Russians and Chinese, thus further endangering us, we bless thee.


·          For using that weaponry in a sustained attack against a United States ship, the USS Liberty, in an attempt to sink her, thus preventing US servicemen from revealing to the rest of the world information concerning the war crimes they witnessed you commit against Egyptian soldiers in the Sinai Desert during the Six Day War, as well as for the purposes of dragging the US into yet another one of your murderous adventures, we bless thee.


·          For killing 35 and wounding 170 American sailors aboard the USS Liberty, we bless thee.


·          For bribing the United States government into covering it up, preventing any justice from being done for the benefit of the families of the lost sailors – as well as the American People, we bless thee.


·          For sending your agents into Egypt and blowing up American buildings for the purpose of blaming the Arabs in an event known as the Lavon Affair, we bless thee.


·          For sending your agents into Libya during the Reagan administration, and broadcasting radio messages in Arabic that were designed to sound like “terrorist cell planning” so that the US would initiate military strikes against Khadafi in an event known as Operation Trojan Horse, we bless thee.


·          For withholding information from us concerning the planned attacks against the US Marine barracks in Lebanon, attacks you knew about through your moles in the Islamic world and about which you deliberately refused to warn us in order to further your interests against the Arabs, we bless thee. 


·          For employing Jonathon Pollard, an American serviceman paid to spy for Israel in order to steal even more of our National Security secrets for your parasitic purposes, we bless thee.


·          For blackmailing President Clinton through one of your sayanim, Monica Lewinsky, in order to prevent a coherent peace program from being pushed forward between yourself and the Palestinian people whom you have brutalized and murdered for the last 50 years, we bless thee.


·          For breaking every agreement you have made with your Arab neighbors, stealing their land, displacing, murdering, and treating them like the animals you see them as, we bless thee.


·          For using your agents within the first Bush administration to involve us in the first Gulf War, causing the deaths of American men and women, and exposing our servicemen to whatever bioweapons were and are responsible which have led to Gulf War Syndrome, we bless thee.


·          For your role in the September 11 attacks in this country, and for blackmailing and bribing the US government into deporting back to Israel the 100 or more intelligence agents that were arrested after the attacks, we bless thee.


·          For suppressing the information from the American people of your involvement in the September 11 attacks and sending us in the wrong direction in search of answers, we bless thee.


·          For using one of your agents in the US Army Weapons Lab to steal anthrax and distribute it into our mail system, terrorizing US citizens and killing several in order to blame the Arabs, we bless thee.


·          For using your agents in the US Government, namely, Rumsfeld, Wolfowitz, Perle, Abrams, and the rest into initiating this war in the Middle East so that you could bring to heel all the enemies you have made during the last 50 years, we bless thee.


·          For using your agents in the media to lie to us on a minute by minute basis about the war, lying to us as to how “just” this cause is, and what the real reasons behind it are, we bless thee.


·          For using your agents in the Christian Evangelical community, such as Falwell, Graham, Swaggert, Robertson and the rest who praise you as God’s chosen people and further keep Americans in the dark about who you really are what you have done, and what you are truly about, we bless thee


·          For bringing idiots like Limbaugh, Liddy, Hannity, Beck, O’Reilly and Savage to the forefront as paid liars who will support you and further lead Americans astray, we bless thee.


·          For making America [and Australia, and 45 other foolish nations] your attack dog, and for sending her sons and daughters to fight and die in all your future wars, we bless thee.


·          For using your influence in the media to hide the real statistics about the war, the dead and wounded on both sides, we bless thee.


·          For using us in such a way that not only further inflames the Arab world against us, but as well has succeeded in our alienating ourselves against those nations with whom we have been friendly for over a century, we bless thee.


·          And finally, for using your influence in our media and academia to flood our minds with pornography and lies, as well as inculcating in us a hatred for our history, religion, and culture, for dividing our nation between races and sexes, and for releasing into our society all of your plagues and filth that have left us a rotted out corpse of a once great nation, oh Israel, our friend, 


we bless thee. 


2006 by Mark Glenn 


Anyone interested in verification of some of the information contained in this piece should read either of ex-Mossad officer Victor Ostrovsky’s books, By Way of Deception, and The Other Side of Deception, as well as ex-US Congressman Paul Findley’s books Those Who Dare To Speak Out and Deliberate Deceptions.


18. The Zionist Billionaires Who Control Political Discourse

By Henry Makow Ph.D.
September 21, 2010

Lenin: "The best way to control the opposition is to lead it"



David Koch

Libertarian sugar daddy, David Koch

Douglas Reed: "The plan, I think, is the old one of world dominion in a new form. The money-power and revolutionary power have been set up and given sham but symbolic shapes ('Capitalism' or 'Communism') and sharply defined citadels (' America' or 'Russia'). Such is the spectacle publicly staged for the masses. But what if similar men, with a common aim, secretly rule in both camps and propose to achieve their ambition through the clash between those masses? I believe any diligent student of our times will discover that this is the case."

The Sept 20 issue of The New Yorker contains a profile of David and Charles Koch, "The billionaire brothers who are waging a war against Obama." 

According to the article by Jane Mayer,  the Koch's bankroll a plethora of Libertarian and "right-wing" lobbies, think tanks and foundations, which in turn fund and direct the "grass roots" Tea Party movement.

"The anti-government fervor infusing the 2010 elections represents a political triumph for the Kochs," she writes. "By giving money to "educate," fund, and organize Tea Party protesters, they have helped turn their private agenda into a mass movement."

Mayer neglects to mention that the Koch's are Jews or crypto Jews; instead she tries to give them a "goy gloss."

Patriarch Fred Koch, a founding member of the John Birch Society, was a "real John Wayne type." He was the son of a "Dutch" printer who emphasized "rugged pursuits.' He took his four sons "big game hunting in Africa" and made them do "farm labor at the family ranch." 

Surprising then to learn that Fred and his sons are on  lists of Jewish billionaires, and "free-enterprise-Fred" made his fortune building refineries for the genocidal Communist dictator Josef Stalin in the 1930's.

Liberals whinge about these nefarious "red necks" who oppose Obamacare and climate change, and lobby for less taxes and government interference. But that's not the real story here.

Sam Newhouse

Sam Newhouse 

The real story is that Jane Meyer works for another Illuminati Jewish billionaire, publisher Sam Newhouse.Her job is to create the illusion of free democratic discourse. Between the Sam Newhouses  and George Soros' on the Left, and the Koch's and the Rupert Murdochs on the Right, a dozen Illuminati (Masonic) Jewish billionaires are able to define political discourse in America. 

So while we're busy arguing about government intervention, we ignore the long list of things these billionaires apparently agree on: Israel, 9-11, the war on terror, the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, the Federal Reserve, trillion dollar bank bailouts, liberal immigration policy and "equal rights" for gays and lesbians, i.e. undermining marriage and family by promoting homosexual norms. You can bet they also secretly agree on world government.

This is why nothing important changes. This is why crack dealer and bathhouse boy Barack Obama is our President. Why the conservative alternative is Wasilla AK Mayor Sarah Palin. The Billionaires of Zion are laughing up their sleeves at the goyim. 


Koch Industries is the second-largest private company in America after Cargill.  "With an annual revenue of $100 billion, the company was just $6.3 billion shy of first place in 2008. Ownership is kept strictly in the family, with the company being split roughly between brothers Charles and David Koch, who are worth about $20 billion apiece...Today, it operates thousands of miles of pipelines in the United States, refines 800,000 barrels of crude oil daily, buys and sells the most asphalt in the nation, is among the top 10 cattle producers, and is among the 50 largest landowners."

Read the Full Story:
The Zionist Billionaires Who Control Political Discourse


19. How the Illuminati Manipulates Jews

 Jewish children in concentartion camp

“Jews constitute an important base for the Illuminati. They draw upon this population for recruits to manage their system. In their war against Christian culture, it is invaluable to have people who are both highly capable but also highly alienated.”

By Rollin Stearns

November 4, 2010

At the end of World War II, my family lived in an all-Jewish neighborhood. Though we were Gentiles, my parents didn't stress the differences and everything seemed normal to me. My parents had Jewish friends and so did I.  I was sorry when we moved.

Back then the world was hearing about the Holocaust for the first time. It was part of my moral education. I saw the photos of the living skeletons, the crematoria and the mass graves. It was disturbing. I was looking at evil, an evil perpetrated by the Nazis. No wonder we had gone to war against them.
This first impression stayed with me. But, about the time I graduated from college, I came upon a book called Perfidy by Ben Hecht. He was bitter about the betrayal of the European Jews by the Jewish Agency for Palestine (headed by David Ben-Gurion) and by Zionist organizations in England and America. "One Cow in Palestine is worth more than all the Jews in Poland" said Izaak Greenbaum, head of Jewish Agency Rescue Committee during World War II.

My eyes were opened. There was more to the story.I came to realize that the word "holocaust" means "a burnt offering, a sacrifice." You can only sacrifice something that is yours.
Evil now took on a deeper, more disturbing dimension. Hecht was a radical Zionist who accused the Zionist leaders of sacrificing their own brethren to gain power for themselves as well as their cause.
How could they do this?
A few years later I read another book (in French) by a man named Paul Rassinier. He was a man of the left, a member of the Resistance. He had been captured by the Germans and imprisoned in Buchenwald. He was one of the survivors, one of the "living skeletons."
After the war, Holocaust stories portrayed Buchenwald as a death camp, a place of deliberate extermination. Even though many prisoners died at Buchenwald, Rassinier knew this was not true. So he began to question the Holocaust story in general.
He didn't question that the Nazis had brutally persecuted the Jews and that many had been killed. But he concluded that the camps in Germany had not been extermination camps and that the number of deaths had been exaggerated.
Not long after this I came across a second witness. As a student,  I was browsing the stacks at the New School for Social Research. This is a graduate school in New York City whose faculty then was still composed largely of European Jewish emigres.
There in the stacks I ran across an obscure journal of interest only to scholarly Jews. It probably had a circulation of a few hundred, if that. The editor, in his comments to his small circle of readers, stated matter-of-factly that of coursethey knew the scale of the Holocaust had been exaggerated. He treated this as an acceptable fiction.
Years later, in the 1980s, I learned that Jewish sources no longer claimed that Dachau and Buchenwald were death camps. Even the number of deaths said to have occurred in the Polish camps where extermination took place was significantly reduced.
This was done quietly, so as not to disturb the figure of six million that had been fixed in the public mind. But it was apparent that much (though not all) of what Rassinier had said was tacitly accepted.
I've had a lot of Jewish friends, and my wife's background is Jewish in part. This has helped me see how many Jews feel about themselves, and about America and the Holocaust.
They are afraid. You wouldn't think so at first, as Jews are not notoriously shy. But there is a deep insecurity; they don't trust non-Jews. This has deep historical roots. But many feel that even in America, the "other" could turn against them. Even as "insiders" they have the psychology of the outsider.
Some of my Jewish friends would say things that showed they thought most people were anti-Semitic, at least "latent." No doubt this is sometimes true, but it often occurred in a context where it seemed a little crazy.
This became dramatically clear once when my wife took part in a lay counseling group. In this group, people get together in pairs, and each  helps the other discharge patterns of distress, using certain guidelines.
My wife counseled with a young Jewish woman named Nicki. She was attractive, intelligent, and successful. From all appearances you would never guess how she really felt about life and about the future.
In the counseling sessions Nicki would reveal a state that could virtually be called terror. She had nightmares, waking nightmares, centered on the Holocaust. She felt very deeply that "they" could come for her one day, that she could be a "burnt offering."
This is an important part of the way the Illuminati exploits the Holocaust. Every politician knows it's important to have a political base, and to make sure his base remains solid.
Jews constitute an important base for the Illuminati. They draw upon this population for recruits to manage their system. In their war against Christian culture, it is invaluable to have people who are both highly capable but also highly alienated.      
Such people will feel like nonconformists even as they conform to the new world order; they will feel like outsiders even as they assume positions of control; they will feel threatened even as they engage in systematic oppression.
Thus both Jews and Gentiles are victims of the Illuminati Holocaust propaganda. Mobilized and controlled by fear, as well as by rewards, Jews are being exploited as surely as Gentiles are.
What about the Illuminati? Aren't they Jews too? No, they're not. Many of them are called "Jewish," but they are "those who say they are Jews but are not, but are a synagogue of Satan." Their God is not the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. Their God is the Masonic god, Lucifer.
They are Sabbateans. They sacrificed their alleged "lesser brethren" in the Holocaust. If need be they will scapegoat and sacrifice the Jews again. The day may come when Israel itself (with its six million Jews) is sacrificed, if it will strengthen the choke-hold the Illuminati is fastening upon the world's neck.
But the day may also come when the spell will be broken. If Jews and Gentiles can see the Illuminati for who they are, then the power of the Illuminati -- which rests upon illusion even more than it does upon financial control -- will be over for good.


20. 33rd Degree Freemason John Howard and the Haunting Echo of 1929

John Howard closeup



Thirty-third degree Freemason, and Prime Minister of Australia, John Winston Howard, Pays a secret visit to the US Federal Reserve, May 2006 … and nothing at all is reported about these secret proceedings in our controlled press and media. As background to this information, you need to know that the people who own the US Federal Reserve also own the Reserve Bank of Australia, and the Bank of England.


The global financial elite—and the prostituted policials they have in their pocket— that aims to enslave humanity now feels that they are sufficiently entrenched so that they can reveal their true identity without fear of being successfully overturned. For example, in Montague Norman’s day a visit to the US Federal Reserve was clouded in total secrecy,[1] but in May 2006 the Australian Prime Minister, John Winston Howard, made an open visit to see the new Chairman of the US Federal Reserve, Ben Bernande, which was reported in some Australian newspapers,[2] but the purpose and details of the meeting were kept totally secret, and never reported to the public, as usual. And I'd reckon we'll find no mention of this in his recent autobiography Lazarus Rising. Nor will we be told that John Winston Howard is actually a 33rd degree Freemason! (When a Freemason reaches the 33rd degree level, he swears allegiance to the top echelon of Freemasonry, its controlling body,the Order of the Garter. At the head of this satanic order is none other than Queen Elizabeth II, the modern world's Queen Semiramis of Babylon. According to David Livingstone, writing in Terrorism and the Illuminati (in chapter 16, "The Round Table"): "According to researcher Dr. John Coleman, who interviewed a Grand Master at Oxford, the Knights of the Garter are the inner-sanctum, the elite of the elite of Her Majesty’s Most Venerable Order of St. John of Jerusalem. The Knights of the Order of the Garter are the leaders of the Illuminati hierarchy, and Queen Elizabeth II’s most trusted 'Privy Council.'" In other words, the very moment John Howard was elected to the top responsibility for looking after the interests of the Australian people, he leaves the country, receives his 33rd degree "riding spurs," and obediently swears allegiance to the Illuminati, via the back door of the Order of the Garter! Again according to David Livingstone, The inspiration of the Order of the Garter, founded in 1348, as 'a society, fellowship and college of knights.' was King Arthur and the Round Table.)


Of course this also brings to our attention that no politician or political party in Australia has revealed to the Australian people this important fact: who actually owns the Australian Reserve Bank. Hint: It's not the Australian people!

Carroll Quigley explained in his monumental work, Tragedy and Hope, how the global elite and our traitorous politicians secretly work hand-in-glove, to promote the return to worldfeudalism, a two-class system, last seen in Europe in the Middle Ages:


“The powers of financial c apitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country an d the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist  fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreementsarrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations.”[3]


Andrew G. Marshall puts the right interpretation on the direction our politicians have been taking us for decades now:


“Indeed, the current ‘solutions’ being proposed to the global financial crisis benefit those who caused the crisis over those who are poised to suffer the most as a result of the crisis; the world’s dispossessed, poor, indebted people.


The proposed solutions to this crisis represent the manifestations and actualization of the ultimate generational goals of the global elite and thus represent the least favourable conditions for the vast majority of the world’s people.


Kevin Rudd and John Howard exchange Masonic handshakes.
Thirty-third degree Freemason John Howard and Kevin
Rudd exchange Masonic handshakes at their 2005
public debate prior to the Federal election.


It is imperative that the world’s people throw their weight against these ‘solutions’ and usher in a new era or world order, one of the People’s World Order; with the solution lying in local governance and local economies so that the people have  greater roles in determining the future and structure of their own political economy and thus their own society.”[4]


"It is gradually becoming common knowledge that it is not the Hitlers, Mussolinis, or Stalins (much less the umbrella-waving Chamberlains) who are the real dictators, but the men who lurk in the shadows behind the beflagged and besloganed rostrums - the, for the most part, little-known men who dictate to the 'dictators.' Montagu Norman is one of these: perhaps the most powerfulof all ..." [5]


Fast Forward and
RE-RUN in 2008

Dr. Gerald Corrigan, in his 2005 report, “ ... did not even mention the possibility that men exist who are in a position to initiate such shocks and to do so when they have pre-arranged for themselves the most advantageous circumstances for such a shock to take place.”

Corrigan gives not even a hint that a shock originating in this way is a possibility. What is more obvious than the existence of this moral hazard, this opportunity for successful gain from kleptastrophe without being detected or penalized?

(Dr. Gerald Corrigan is the author of The Corrigan Report of July 2005 written when Dr. Gerald Corrigan chaired the Counter Party Risk Management Policy Group. Dr. Gerald Corrigan, the worlds leading expert on “systematic financial shocks.” Corrigan's "credentials" should make us take warning: "Corrigan is Goldman Sachs Managing Director, Co-Chair of the Goldman's Risk, Global Compliance and Controls Committee committees. He himself was President of the Federal Reserve Bank of NY from 1985 to 1993. From 1993 to 1995 he headed the Council on Foreign Relations. He is a member of the Trilateral Commission. He is Co-Chairman of the ASPN Institute Program on the World Economy. He on the Board of the Chicago Merchantile Exchange. He is a member of the Institute for Financial Stability studying the conditions under which financial catastrophes obtain, the conditions responsible for instability. From 1991 to 1993 he was Chairman of the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision with other governors of the central banks of the "Group of Ten" countries. He joined the Fed in 1968 and spent 25 years there.” From Dick Eastman, "Expose The Criminals Before They Kill You." Source: )


"On January 31, 1989, the late Maxwell Newton wrote a feature article in The Australian headed 'Towards a Golden World.' He said:


'While you are beginning to stir next Saturday morning, getting ready for the beach or for golf, a meeting will be taking place in Washington which could make you richer or poorer. What is more, you don't get to elect any of the men who are going to have so much to do with your material well-being. Some participants at this secret cabal may have names familiar to you, some you may never have heard of. They all have one thing in common - they have a very, very big say in your material well-being. They have names like Alan Greenspan, Robin Leigh-Pemberton, Karl Otto Poehl, Jacques de Larossiere, Satoshi Sumita and John Crowe. They are the leaders of the world's central banks.


The central bankers have a dream; they dream of a world where currencies will have stable values in relation to each other. The dream is that with stable currencies, the whole world financial system will gently glide onto a smooth growth path where inflation, stockmarket crises, recessions and high interest rates will disappear. In this sanitised, cool world, we will come upon a new millenium, a millenium called a New Gold Standard. Currencies, tied to each other by a golden rope, will not fluctuate and will come to bear a constant value in terms of gold. Gold prices will cease to fluctuate because there will be no need for gold any longer to provide the standard of measure that in the long run has kept governments and central banks honest. Eventually commodity prices such as those for wool, lead, zinc, copper, oil and coal (on whose prices Australia's destiny ultimately rides), will also glide smoothly down the soft green sword of the Wonderful World of Currency Stability.


It may seem incongruous but one can imagine that within the breast of Alan Greenspan, the slight, stooped chairman of the US Federal Reserve, there beats a burning desire to stand up, like Martin Luther King in Washington to declare:


 'I have a dreammmmmmmmmmm!'


And the Multitudes will cry out unto him:


 'Yo, Alan, Yo, Yo, Yo - give us our freedom, brother!'


 The dream is of a new world in which all men will be free to carry on their work and their trade, never again fearing that currency or inflation violence will intrude.


Don't underestimate the dreams of bankers or bureaucrats; they may look like straight guys but they have big dreams that often emerge from the world of the imagination to have big, often ugly results for those of us who are not asked for our opinion ...


It is an old dream, one that has been handed down from generation to generation. The dream is that there will be one world of money, with one standard of value, and that will be gold. Gold will keep us free ...'


Newton's article brought no response from any sitting Australian M.P. However the Hon. W.C. Wentworth, a retired Liberal Minister, and member of the early pioneering Wentworth family, replied with a significant letter, which appeared in the February 7, 1989 Australian:


 'The Haunting Echo of 1929:


 Sir, Max Newton (The Australian, 31/1, Towards a Golden World) reminded us of the importance of the World Central Bankers' meeting about to take place in Florida, and told us of the central bankers' dream.


For me this raised haunting memories and disturbing doubts. In July 1929, Montagu Norman, then Governor of the Bank of England, told me in personal conversation of his dream for the world. It was word for word the same as Max's account of the central bankers' current dream.


Who can forget the crash of October 1929 and the 'Thirties Depression which followed, as a consequence of trying to translate this dream into reality? Let me put on record how this personal conversation came about.


In 1929 I was a member of the Oxford and Cambridge athletic team, visiting America to run against American universities. Late in July we split up to return, and I, together with some other members, boarded a smallish passenger vessel in New York. (There were, of course, no aeroplanes in those days)


A fellow passenger was 'Mr Skinner' and a member of our team recognised him. He was Montagu Norman, returning to London, after a secret visit to the U.S. Central Bank, travelling incognito. When we told him we knew who he was he asked us not to blow his cover, because if the details of his movements were made public it could have serious financial consequences. Naturally we agreed and on the days following as we crossed the Atlantic, he talked to us very frankly.


He said, 'In the next few months there is going to be a shake-out. But don't worry - it won't last long.'


He then went on to tell us of the dream which he and his U.S. counterparts had for the world. It could be put in the words Max used to describe the current dreams of the central bankers. (i.e. 'In the new world currencies will have a stable value in relation to each other. With stable currencies the whole world financial system will gently slide onto a smooth growth path where inflation, stock market prices, recessions and high interest rates will disappear. In this sanitised, cool world we will come upon a new millenium called a New Gold Standard.')


I can almost hear Montagu Norman now, for that is what he said in July 1929. We were immensely impressed - do you blame us? Here was the most important figure in the financial world, talking confidentially to us and we were very young.  The October crash three months later ushered in the World Depression, the ravages of which were only halted by Roosevelt's New Deal. When Congress spragged the President, world recovery faltered, to be revived by war preparations and the 1939 War. No sane person would hope for these last remedies today.


Ever since the Depression I have ceased to place unquestioning trust in the wisdom of central bankers and I cannot hope for a revival of my faith even today.


Is the centralised world economy towards which we are working really appropriate to the present world where there are still sovereign nations, each pursuing its own national interest and where there are very different political systems and living standards?


Will low-wage countries always have low productivity so that the developed nations need not fear low-priced imports? Do stabilised exchange rates impose intolerable rigidities upon the world economy and preclude the adjustments which would avoid local unemployment? Should a country allow free trade when it means buying goods which it cannot pay for? These are only a few of the disturbing questions which should arise. Let us hope that this week, when the central bankers of the world meet in Florida, they will keep them in mind. (W. C. Wentworth, Sydney.)'


Both Newton and Wentworth had touched on an unfolding programme remorselessly edged into place over the course of the 20th century. Despite many disclaimers as to the existence of such an operation,it was exposed beyond argument with the publication of Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in our Time, authored by the United States' most eminent historian, Professor Carroll Quigley. Published by MacMillans in 1966, Quigley's Tragedy and Hope revealed evidence of a long-term programme which many had suspected but none had been able to verify with suitable documentation. [[6]] ...


What had Quigley revealed which prompted such extraordinary efforts to curtail the distribution of his book? Not only did he confirm there was a long-term plan by an inside international banking group aimed at centralisation of power on a global scale, but he had given personal access to some of the private papers of those involved.


Let Nature Take the Blame
For The Great Depression

“Early in 1929, with the bubble of stock market speculation fully inflated, an abrupt change in policy occurred. In February, Montagu Norman arrived in the US, conferred privately with Federal Reserve officials, and then with Andrew Mellon. Griffin suggests that it was in these meetings that decisions were made, or orders transmitted, to reverse the expansion, making it appear, of course, that it was just happening by itself. He quotes Galbraith: ‘How much better, as seen from the Federal Reserve, to let nature take its course and thus allow nature to take the blame.’ ...

But before the fleecing of the public could begin, the insider worker bees had to be gotten out whole. The financial fraternity was warned to get out of the market, the Fed on February 6 issued instructions to its member banks to sell their stock market holdings, and Paul Warburg similarly advised the stockholders of his International Acceptance Bank. The lists of preferred customers of Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and of JP Morgan & Co. were similarly warned.


History shows that the Wall Street biggies came through very well indeed, including John D Rockefeller, JP Morgan, Joseph P Kennedy, Bernard Baruch, Henry Morgenthau, Douglas Dillon, etc.


As Griffin puts it: ‘Virtually all the inner club was rescued. There is no record of any member of the interlocking directorate between the Federal Reserve, the major New York banks, and their prime customers having been caught by surprise.

It was a different matter for the public, of course.’



[1] Edwin G Griffin is the author of The Creature From Jekyll Island, a book I thoroughly urge you, whatever nation you’re from, to acquire and digest, because it shows how the banking elite, and their prostiture underlings, have managed to obtain and today exercise economic control over all our lives.


[2] Jones, Alan B, How The World Really Works, ABJ Press, pp. 116-117.

In his own words:


'I know of the operation of this network because I have studied it for over 20 years and was permitted for two years in the early 'sixties to examine its papers and secret records ... I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies ... but in general my chief difference is that it wishes to remain unknown ... The names of some of these other banking families are familiar to all of us and should be more so. They include Baring, Lazard, Erlanger, Warburg, Schroeder, Siligman, Speyers, Mirabaud, Mallet, Fauld and, above all, Rothschild and Morgan ...'


To the oldtimers mentioned by Quigley must be added some newer club members - Dai-Ichi Kangyo, Fuji, Sumitomo, Mitsubishi and Sanwa of Japan, Bank of America, Citibank, Westpac, National Australia and A.N.Z., Banque Nationale de Paris, Credit Lyonnais and Credit Agricole Mutual de Paris, plus a number of others.


If it were possible to detail the asset-portfolios of the banking brotherhood one would find the title-deeds of practically all the buildings, industries, farms, transport-systems and mineral resources of the world. Their secret is that they have annexed from governments, monarchies and republics the power to create the world's money on debt-terms requiring tribute both in principal and interest."[7]




FromSecrets of the Federal Reserve: The London Connection, by Eustace Mullins, Chapter 11, “Lord Montagu Norman.” 


“The collaboration between Benjamin Strong and Lord Montagu Norman is one of the greatest secrets of the twentieth century. Benjamin Strong married the daughter of the president of Bankers Trust in New York, and subsequently succeeded to its presidency. 


Carroll Quigley, in Tragedy and Hope says:  


“Strong became Governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as the joint nominee of Morgan and of Kuhn, Loeb Company in 1914.” (Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope, Macmillan, New York, p. 326


Lord Montagu Norman is the only man in history who had both his maternal grandfather and his paternal grandfather serve as Governors of the Bank of England. His father was with Brown, Shipley Company, the London Branch of Brown Brothers (now Brown Brothers Harriman). 


Montagu Norman (1871-1950) came to New York to work for Brown Brothers in 1894, where he was befriended by the Delano family, and by James Markoe, of Brown Brothers. He returned to England, and in 1907 was named to the Court of the Bank of England. 


In 1912, he had a nervous breakdown, and went to Switzerland to be treated by Jung, as was fashionable among the powerful group which he represented. (When people of this class are stricken by guilt feelings while plotting world wars and economic depressions which will bring misery, suffering and death to millions of the world’s inhabitants, they sometimes have qualms. These qualms are jeered at by their peers as "a failure of nerve". After a bout with their psychiatrists, they return to their work with renewed gusto, with no further digressions of pity for "the little people" who are to be their victims.)

Lord Montagu Norman was Governor of the Bank of England from 1916 to 1944. During this period, he participated in the central bank conferences which set up the Crash of 1929 and a worldwide depression. In The Politics of Money by Brian Johnson, he writes,  


"Strong and Norman, intimate friends, spent their holidays together at Bar Harbour and in the South of France." 


Johnson says, "Norman therefore became Strong’s alter ego. . . . " Strong’s easy money policies on the New York money market from 1925-28 were the fulfillment of his agreement with Norman to keep New York interest rates below those of London. For the sake of international cooperation, Strong withheld the steadying hand of high interest rates from New York until it was too late. Easy money in New York had encouraged the surging American boom of the late 1920s, with its fantastic heights of speculation." (Brian Johnson, The Politics of Money, McGraw Hill, New York, 1970, p. 63) 


Benjamin Strong died suddenly in 1928. The New York Times obituary, Oct. 17, 1928, describes the conference between the directors of the three great central banks in Europe in July, 1927,  


"Mr. Norman, Bank of England, Strong of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, and Dr. Hjalmar Schacht of the Reichsbank, their meeting referred to at the time as a meeting of ‘the world’s most exclusive club’. No public reports were ever made of the foreign conferences, which were wholly informal, but which covered many important questions of gold movements, the stability of world trade, and world economy." 


The meetings at which the future of the world’s economy are decided are always reported as being "wholly informal", off the record, no reports made to the public, and on the rare occasions when outraged Congressmen summon these mystery figures to testify about their activities they merely trace the outline of steps taken, and develop no information about what was really said or decided.” (Secrets of the Federal Reserve: The London Connection, by Eustace Mullins, Chapter 11, “Lord Montagu Norman.” This book can be freely obtained online here:



[1] Montague Norman, when he visited the US Federal Resve prior to the Great Depression of 1929, travelled in total secrecy under an assumed name, which was never included on the ship’s manifest.

[2] The visit was reported, for example, in The Port Macquarie News of May 15, 2006, page 15, in the National News section.

[3] Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope, quoted in the article “The Financial New World Order,” by Andrew G. Marshall, Nexus Magazine, August-September, 2009, p. 79.


[4] Andrew G Marshall, “The Financial New World Order,” Nexus Magazine, August-September, 2009, pp. 79-80.

[5] Hargrave, John, Professor Skinner, alias Montagu Norman: The Biography of the Governor of the Bank of England. Wells Gardner, Darton and Co Ltd. Kingsway, London, 1939.

[6] Tragedy and Hope was first reviewed by W Cleon Skousen in his great book, The Naked Capitalists, published in 1970. Quigley’s sympathy with the secret goals of the banking elite is demonstrated, says Skousen, in the title of his book, “Hope” referring to the men composing the elite group, and “Tragedy” the men opposing that group.

[7] Lee, Jeremy, Australia 2000: What Will We Tell Our Children?, Pickford Productions Pty Ltd., PO Box 1234, Toowoomba, QLD, 4350, Australia, 1997, pp. 25-31.


21. Freemasonry—Two Organizations, One Visible, The Other Invisible

Subtitle: This is a short article we hope every Mason will read before he begins to read any of our other articles. There is a Masonic organization out there most of you know nothing of, even if you are a 33rd Degree Mason. 

We have constantly received emails from Freemasons who are absolutely anguished over our articles depicting Masonry as being Satanic. They honestly proclaim to us that this is NOT the situation in their Lodge; further, they say, they are 32nd or 33rd Degree, and would certainly know what Freemasonry is and what it is not; and, they boldly proclaim: Masonry is NOT Satanic. 

We are both right: You are right when you claim that Freemasonry is certainly not Satanic as you have practiced it in your Lodge. And we are right when we say that Freemasonry is Satanic to the core, and is striving mightily to produce the New Age Christ [Antichrist]. 

How, you ask, can we both be right? Simply put, Freemasonry is an organization within an organization. One organization is deliberately lied to and mislead with false interpretations, while the inner organization knows the spiritual Truth of Freemasonry, and embraces it with heart, soul, and mind. 

Description Of The Organization Of Freemasonry 

Let us hear Masonic author Manly P. Hall describe this two-dimensional organization of Freemasonry. Masonry is comprised of two distinctly different organizations, one visible and one invisible. Hall describes this two-level organization: [Hall was honored by The Scottish Rite Journal, who called him 'The Illustrious Manly P. Hall' in Sept, 1990, and further called him 'Masonry's Greatest Philosopher', saying "The world is a far better place because of Manly Palmer Hall, and we are better persons for having known him and his work"]. This is what Manly P. Hall said:  

“Freemasonry is a fraternity within a fraternity --
an outer organization concealing an inner brotherhood of the elect ... it is necessary to establish the existence of these two separate and yet interdependent orders, the one visible and the other invisible. The visible society is a splendid camaraderie of 'free and accepted' men enjoined to devote themselves to ethical, educational, fraternal, patriotic, and humanitarian concerns. The invisible society is a secret and most August [defined as 'of majestic dignity, grandeur'] fraternity whose members are dedicated to the service of a mysterious arcannum arcandrum [defined as 'a secret, a mystery'].” [Hall, Lectures on Ancient Philosophy, p. 433]  

Many well-meaning men are members of this visible society with no knowledge whatsoever of the inner invisible society. In fact, Albert Pike had some things to say about the brethren in the visible society:

“Masonry, like all the Religions, all the Mysteries, Hermeticism, and Alchemy, conceals its secrets from all except the Adepts and Sages, or the Elect, and uses false explanations and misinterpretations of its symbols to mislead those who deserve only to be mislead; to conceal the Truth, which it calls light, and draw them away from it.” [Morals and Dogma, p. 104-5, 3rd Degree]  

Did you hear these key words from Pike? Masonry is a religion after all, after the order of the Satanic Mysteries, the equally Satanic Hermetic Philosophy, and Alchemy! Masonry conceals its secrets from the brethren in the outer visible society, no matter their rank; only the Elect in the inner invisible society ever know the truth. The poor brethren in the visible society are spoon-fed "false explanations and misinterpretations" of its symbols" -- for what reason? -- those poor guys in the visible society "deserve only to be mislead". 

Read the Full Article:
Freemasonry—Two Organizations, One Visible, The Other Invisible


22. Lazarus and His "Drunk as a Monkey" Mate

August 11, 2008

The Zionist and Traitor,
John Winston Howard

"There was at least one other ‘Zionist’ Western politician in London on the day and that was John Howard, the Prime Minister of Australia. Come to think of it, The Australian Prime Minister was also in America on the day of 911, visiting his Zionist friend Rupert Murdock, you know, the owner of the compliant British mainstream media, and another good friend of Bibi Netanyahu." Come to think of it, 33rd degree Freemason John Howard was also Prime Minister at the time of the Port Arthur Massacre, wasn't he? ("Who Did London the London Bombings? The Hard Proof," available here:    )


Lazarus Rising: Book Description from the publisher, HarperCollins



John Howard spent decades under media scrutiny, and while his credentials as a political leader, devoted family man and sports tragic are beyond dispute, in this autobiography he reveals much more about himself. In Lazarus Rising, Howard traces his personal and political journey, from childhood in the post-World War II era through to the present day, painting a fascinating picture of a changing Australia.


We see the youngster who had to overcome serious deafness and who latched onto the family passion for current affairs and politics. From school debating, to a legal career, to the Liberal Party and life with Janette, it all seemed such a natural progression. Yet no one would say that Howard had it easy; not when his own colleagues sidelined him . . . twice. An economic radical and social conservative, John Howard's ideology united many Australians and divided just as many others.


Long before he attained the role of prime minister, he first had to convince his fellow Liberals that he was the man they needed. To do that, he had to tough it out; it took several attempts and many years biding his time. When he finally got his turn to take on the ALP, he proved wrong all his doubters, and showed a whole nation that it had been a mistake ever to underestimate John Howard. He led the Liberal Party to victory in four elections and became the second-longest-serving PM in the nation's history.


Lazarus Rising is history seen through the eyes of the ultimate insider; an account of a 30-year political career. No prime minister of modern times has reshaped Australia and its place in the world [Nazarene Remnant comment: As an evil rogue nation, and one of the five founding nations of the New World Order!] as forcefully as John Howard. As part of his reform agenda he privatized Telstra, dismantled excessive union power and compulsory trade union membership, instituted the unpopular Goods and Services Tax, and established the ‘work for the dole' scheme.


“Most people do not know that J. W. Howard’s first overseas trip, as Prime Minister of the Commonwealth of Australia, was to receive his thirty-third Masonic degree, for in matters of his true faith he manifests a decidedly disillusioned romantic apprehension. His is the perfect example of parallel lives and a compliant media well and truly out of their depth. The same could not be said for Harold [Holt] and his parties and the fact that people were noticing and indeed, Sir William [McMahon] was invited.” ( From Australia’s Global Satanic Legacy And Future Part 1)

Do you know that a 33rd degree Freemason must also be a practising satanist?

Then there are the insights into political leadership and character, the stuff that drives history. Without his deep reserves of resilience - and the support of a strong wife and loving family - there would have been no Prime Minister John Howard walking the world stage. He tells us how he responded on issues vital to Australia, such as gun control, the aftermath of 9/11, Iraq and the rising tide of asylum-seekers. He also shares his thoughts on his former Treasurer and leadership aspirant, Peter Costello, and the Rudd-Gillard debate.


Lazarus Rising takes us through the life and motivations of John Howard and through the forces which have changed and shaped both him and the country he led for 11 years.


John Howard's "Drunk As a Monkey" Close Friend ...

This is Australian Prime Minister, and 33rd degree Freemason, John Howard's good mate, George W. Bush, 'Drunk As A Monkey' at the 2008 Beijing Olympics. John Howard has just released his autobiography, called Lazarus Rising, in which he describes ex-President G. W. Bush, as a close friend.

U.S. President George W. Bush presents former Australian Prime Minister John Howard with Medal of Freedom
U.S. President George W. Bush presents former Australian Prime Minister John
Howard with Medal of Freedom during a ceremony at the White House January
13, 2009 in Washington, DC. The Medal of Frredom is the highest civilian award
given in the U.S. (Photo by Mark Wilson/Getty Images) The message on George's
face says it all!

In Lazarus Rising John Howard makes the following assessment of his "close friend" George W Bush:

"He impressed me as a highly intelligent man with a well-organised mind. He had little patience for intellectual pretensions and did not waste his time airing his knowledge on subjects irrelevant to the topic under notice. He was self-confident but, so far more being arrogant, I detected at our first meeting a tendency to humorous self-depreciation ... Although highly intelligent, he had no pretensions to being an intellectual. In fact a lack of pretensionwas a Bush hallmark. He dealt in principles and broad concepts. This infuriated the liberal elite in the United States."

These pictures won't reach the media -- Bush "drunk as a money" at the Olympics. One picture actually shows a red scraping on his arm. Wonders how he got that.

 GW Bush drunk at the Beijing Olympics.

 GW Bush drunk at the Beijing Olympics 2

GW Bush drunk at the Beijing Olympics 3

Read the Full Story Here (and see even more pictures):
Lazarus and His "Drunk as a Monkey" Mate

But here's a much better book than the lies of John Howard's Lazarus Rising ...

Guilt By Association

By Jeff Gates



Guilt by Association explains how the U.S. was deceived by elites and extremists to wage war in the Middle East. It also describes how both deception and self-deceit were essential for this criminality to succeed. This first book in the Criminal State series makes treason transparent so that national security can be restored and financial security protected from the transnational criminal syndicate chronicled in this account. 




The book also shows how guilt by association was deployed to discredit the U.S. by its entangled alliance with the state of Israel. And how association is routinely used as a political tool either to accredit or discredit. 


View the Index 

Read the Introduction 

Read Ch. 4: McCain Family Secret: The Cover Up 


“Breathless just reading it.”– Noam Chomsky, Massachusetts Institute of Technology


John Howard's Father: A Member of the Fascist New Guard




Australia May 20—At press conferences all over the nation on May 19, Citizens Electoral Council spokesmen released the shocking evidence indicating that Prime Minister John Howard's father had been a member of the 1930s fascist New Guard in Sydney, according to members of his own family, buttressed by evidence unearthed by CEC researchers. The Big Business-sponsored New Guard, like its fraternal bodies, the Old Guard and the Melbourne- based League of National Security, had planned to seize power from the federal Labor government of James Scullin and the NSW Labor government under Premier Jack Lang, rather than allow those governments to direct credit for job creation and the Common Good, in preference to paying debt to the City of London banks.


With a new great Depression looming today, CEC spokesmen charged that Howard is continuing the fascist tradition of his father, in ramming through draconian police- state laws, which already give the Government more power than Hitler had immediately after the Feb. 27, 1933 Reichstag fire, which the Nazis themselves set, in order to seize power. Then, the excuse was "fighting the Reds"; today, it is "fighting terrorism". In reality, such laws are to give the government police-state powers to control the population under Depression conditions, so that brutal austerity can be enforced on the Australian population on behalf of the financiers which own Howard and his government.


CEC spokesmen also announced that the CEC intends to mount a campaign against the latest police-state bill, the Anti- Terrorism Bill 2004, which, among other things, proposes to recognise, under Australian law, the offences under American law, which gave rise to the notorious hell-holes at Guantanamo and Abu Ghraib in Iraq.


"The present Australian government is a 'beast-man' regime," charged CEC National Secretary Craig Isherwood at a press conference in Melbourne, "no different than the bestial regime of the Cheney and Rumsfeld-led neocons in the U.S." And Labor under Latham has now joined the push for a police state, Isherwood noted.


Beyond the barrage of fascist police-state laws passed over the past few years, which are far more sweeping than anything existing in the U.S. or U.K., "If you want to see the real character of the Howard government", said Isherwood, "look at its inhuman response to the recent Human Rights and Equal Opportunity Commission inquiry into the detention of children, which charged that such detention is 'cruel, inhumane and degrading'. Nurse Barbara Rogalla, who served at Woomera for three months, cited chapter and verse of the awful abuse to which the children were subject in her submission to the HREOC, and concluded, 'The Australian government is thereby culpable of torture of children.'

"Anyone who reads the HREOC report, along with the accompanying submissions, is forced to draw the same conclusions as Barbara Rogalla," emphasised Isherwood.


"Howard and Vanstone have rejected the report and the HREOC's findings. It is time that the Australian population rejected them, beginning with this hideous new police state bill. Judging by his push for a police state, and his treatment of the most defenceless sector of our population, John Howard is indeed his New Guard father's son," concluded Isherwood.


23. The Lies of Our Leaders (and a Reply)

By John Kaminski



Americans believe it's no longer important to tell the truth.


President Bush and virtually the entire American power structure lied to the whole world when they said Iraq possessed weapons of mass destruction that were an imminent threat to the safety of the so-called free world.


Now beyond any doubt, these assertions have since been exposed as falsehoods. Still, few Americans really give a damn, and business goes on, in the foreshadow of a massive worldwide economic collapse, as usual.


President Bush [Nazarene Remnant comment: And of course this includes Australian Prime Minister John Howard, and British PM Tony Blair, and our current crop of lying leaders—Gillard and Rudd—who continue to perpetrate the lies.] and virtually the entire American power structure lied when they said we needed to invade Afghanistan to bring to justice the alleged perpetrators of the 9/11 horror. Shortly after the invasion began, Gen. Tommy Franks announced it wasn't important to capture the so-called ringleader, Osama bin Laden, even as the Afghani Taliban government offered to furnish him for trial in a neutral country. The real objective, Franks said during the attack, was to subdue the whole country.


With the fictional al-Qaeda network still being used as a pretext for permanent war against the entire world by the United States and bin Laden still uncaptured, it has become obvious to everyone that the reason for obliterating Afghanistan with nuclear weapons and murdering tens of thousands of innocent people was something other than capturing a suspected terrorist, although none of us are quite sure what that reason was. Talk of Enron, oil pipelines and geopolitical strategies are generally censored from the television news.


The situation is identical is Iraq. What was the purpose of blasting several thousand innocents into heaven when the situation it produced is actually more of a threat to our security than was the continued dictatorship of Saddam Hussein? None of us are quite sure what that reason was, although we all have our favorite suspicions: oil, Israel, expenditure of military stockpiles and creation of lucrative contracts for corporate supporters of the war machine to revive a disintegrating American economy.


Those two lies — justifying depraved mass murder in two defenseless countries — now stand as the ranking horrors in American history. In the 227 years of our history, from the smallpox blankets of Colonial days to Waco, America has done nothing worse (although many military adventures, notably the Philippines in 1899 and Vietnam in the the 1960s, were almost as bad and unjustifiable).


But the real question as America sinks into the suffocating hell of a totalitarian dictatorship is this:  If our leaders have been proven to be liars about the sick and sinful destruction of humanity in Afghanistan and Iraq, why do a majority of Americans still accept what these same lying leaders said about the 9/11 atrocity, that it was the work of foreign terrorists who envied our freedom? As Gerard Holmgren once so aptly said, this is the most ridiculous of all conspiracy theories.


To a special few, responsibility for the 9/11 butchery has always been obvious. Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote about the need for it in a book, and the Republican-dominated Project for a New American Century recommended it as a desirable event for achieving its goals.

But most simpleton Americans are afraid to even contemplate such a frightening possibility. They would prefer to believe the lie, without really realizing what will happen to them if they do.


In the history of the world, there has never been a bigger lie than 9/11, yet most Americans still cling in closed-minded terror to the official story, swallow their pride at airports as minimum-wage fascists probe their private parts, stick flag decals on their cars in hopes they won't be pulled over and jailed for something they don't expect by Ashcroft's new stormtroopers, and watch in numbed banality as the official government investigation begins by saying they already know who did it, so there's no sense investigating that.


Americans have swallowed the lie whole-hog that we need to beef up security because there are terrorists in our midst, when the obvious fact is that the terrorists reside in Washington, and are terrorizing the whole world, with the eager help of your neighbors, the corrupt local police and corrupt local judges, who accept what their superiors order them to do just as the guards at Auschwitz did.


Let that one roll through your mind: American cops are now just the guards at Auschwitz, participating in the elimination of all those who won't participate in the American master plan of enslaving the world. Can you say "death chambers at Guantanamo with no real trial"?


How can this possibly be happening? How can Americans have gone brain-dead all at once? It didn't happen overnight, I can tell you. From the Kennedy assassination onward, Americans have been conditioned to accept phony excuses for political crimes as protests and questions are all blunted in a mind-numbing miasma of bureaucratic mazes. So everyone gave up trying to ask questions, and rationalized their indifference as not critical to their survival. Time to guess again.


Even more disturbing than the murderous plans of Bush and his petronazi gang of Zionist manipulators is the silent acquiescence of the so-called opposition. These "liberal" Democrats CREATED the Patriot Act, which castrates our Constitution. These gutless bureaucrats, ever mindful of the need to attract corporate campaign contributions, went along with Bush's invasions for fear of losing the votes of mindless, flag-waving fascist Americans.


Consider the Democratic opposition for a moment: Hillary Clinton, Kerry, Lieberman, Gephardt, Edwards, Dean, Mosely-Braun, Sharpton — all but one of the Democratic candidates BACKED the military moves of Bush. And all of them — no exceptions — endorse the lies we have been told about 9/11, as well as the fiction that Israel is a benevolent democracy.


I get a big laugh out of all these calls for petitions on various issues. Ha! And the same goes double for all this talk about the next election. Ha!ha! The elections of 2000 proved Americans no longer have elections. It doesn't matter who you vote for. Who they want to win will win, and they have both the technological expertise and the cash on hand to make it happen. Just ask any Supreme Court justice.


Take your presidential candidate and stuff him. The American system of democracy is dead. [Nazarene Remnant comment: Ditto for Australia, New Zealand, the UK, Ireland, the EU, Canada, etc etc.] The presidential campaign is a sideshow to delude the American populace into thinking they still have a choice about what happens.


They don't.


No one in Congress is telling the truth (OK, you might find one or two who are telling the truth about SOME things, one less without Paul Wellstone, who was clearly murdered). [Nazarene Remnant comment: No one in the Australian parliament is telling the truth either! That also holds true for the EU, the UK, the NZ, and the Canadian parliaments as well. We are ruled by a bunch of treacherous liars who have been bribed and cajoled into this cowardice.] No candidate for any office anywhere in the United States is saying that 9/11 was a hoax, a cynical gambit to scare the American people into accepting police state measures. That's why no candidate now running for any office is telling the truth.


No one who thinks of running for public office can seriously entertain the notion they can fix anything. Because to fix anything, you have to dig into the big problems that keep the war machine afloat, principally the pervasive influence of Judaism and Zionism, which have fatally infected most of the societies in the world with their manipulative brand of behavioral bullshit, and undermined morality everywhere. When morality is relative, evil prevails, because temptation and corruption are the human conditions.


No one running for public office will begin to address the obvious issue that 9/11 was aimed at defaming Muslims, thereby legitimizing two horrible American crimes: the Israeli genocide of the Palestinians, and the conquest of all the oil resources in the world.

And when the religions themselves have grown corrupt by their own power over people, there is no hope, anarchy follows and chaos triumphs. There is no hope. That is the situation we now face.


Eventually, after thousands of photos of bloodied bodies, after all the uteruses of our soldiers' wives are bleeding from the effects of radioactive ammunition, after you realize that one day you are out of money and there's nowhere to get more because the fat cats have stolen it all and surrounded themselves with Wackenhut wackos, you'll come to the realization about blame.


There's no real sense blaming Jews or Catholics, or oil executives or money launderers. We've done all this to ourselves, simply by not paying attention to what's actually happening.


It isn't Bush or Daschle who are the real scumbags, the real killers of innocent people in the pursuit of profit. It's nobody but us, we the intelligent citizens of the world who failed to pay attention, or took a bribe, or looked the other way when we saw somebody doing something wrong because it was easier that way.


It is we who kept our mouths shut during all those scams, Vietnam, the savings and loan robbery, Waco, 9/11. We were too afraid to ask real questions, and thought we could get by waving our flags and going along with the crowd. But each new government atrocity got worse, right up through 9/11.


And, sadly, the worst has yet to come. [Nazarene Remnant comment: For what is to come study our free book The Usher of Desecration]


It's too late now. Nothing can be done. They can't be stopped. We waited too long. We waited until they had amassed their armies, their biological identification devices, their roadblocks, their internment camps for protesters, the death penalty in Oregon for protesting, their genetically modified food supply (guaranteeing billions of needless deaths), their aluminumization of our atmosphere, their privatization of our water, their shaping of our very brains through Zionist educational philosophies and Zionist entertainment programming until our minds were so zapped out on misleading trivialities that we couldn't even ask the most basic question of all anymore.


Which is this:  Why couldn't we see this would happen because we didn't pay attention to all those other horrors?


Why didn't we know you can't turn your back on the world, and expect the world to still be there when you turn back around?


There is no forgiveness, and no way to put things right without a massive bloodbath now. Which is just what they wanted, just what they practice. They've won. And we've lost.

But don't blame it on the lies of our leaders. Blame it on the lies we told — and are still telling — ourselves.


John Kaminski ( is a writer who lives on the Gulf Coast of Florida whose Internet essays are seen on hundreds of websites around the world.




Reply to John Kaminski


By Leonard Spencer




This is a reply to John Kaminski's The Lies of our Leaders


Dear John,


I've just read your article 'The Lies of our Leaders' on Peter Meyer's Serendipity website (a couple of my articles can be found there too).


I thought I'd drop you a quick line because I was struck very much by the article's gloomy tone and conclusions. Things may be bad, John, but the situation isn't yet hopeless. Who knows, there may even be some grounds for cautious optimism. Dubious? Consider the following.


1.  You may despair at the painful blindness of the American public, but in most other countries of the world I think you'd find cause for great encouragement. Take the UK. From the support given to Bush by Blair, many Americans probably think that the British public are right behind them. They would be horrified to know the truth. The great majority of the British people opposed the Iraqi invasion. On February 15th [2003] over two million people rallied in London's Hyde Park to oppose it — the biggest political demonstration in British history. The British people on the whole loathe Bush. He's seen for precisely what he is — a very dangerous buffoon wholly unfit for the office he holds. It is accepted as a commonplace that the whole Iraqi adventure was about oil and the mainstream media makes no effort to convince anyone otherwise. People are thoroughly cynical about the Bush administration's motives and its transparent hypocrisy. These are not the views of a few intellectuals pontificating on the internet, they are the views of the great majority of the British people and are expressed quite openly. This is rather heartening given that most of them have yet to be enlightened about the truth of 9-11. I should add too that the Iraq crisis had a remarkable effect on young people in the UK. School children (from about the age of six upwards) took matters into their own hands and organised their own mass demonstrations all over the UK, forcing schools to close and requiring teachers to accompany them. A whole new generation has been highly politicised by the crisis and it is profoundly opposed to US imperialism.


That's the situation in the UK, the USA's apparent best friend. You can rest assured the situation is pretty much the same if not more so throughout the rest of Europe and indeed the world.


2.  Although the rest of the world rightly fears US might and ambition, the Bush administration would be wise to fear the rest of the world. [Nazarene Remnant comment:Leonard, you should read The Usher of Desecration to see what these traitors have in store for the world!] The US may be accustomed to winning its military battles but it is accustomed also to picking enemies who offer no real resistance. The last time it took on real opposition, the mighty Vietnamese, it lost. It will soon run out of soft targets. If its ambitions are to be realised it will eventually have to take on opposition of much sterner military pedigree. The Russians and the Chinese, for instance, not to mention the North Koreans. In history, no aggressively expansionist empire or would-be empire has ever succeeded in its goal, however overwhelming the odds once seemed in its favour. They make mistakes and errors of judgement. They get bogged down with unforeseen problems. Opponents fight with more tenacity and ingenuity than expected. The whole thing just unravels. The Bush administration has already shown itself to be error-prone and heavy-footed and there's very little to suggest that it will succeed where more sophisticated minds have failed in the past. It has for instance foolishly and avoidably painted itself into a corner over the Iraqi WMD issue, such that it will never be able to use that pretext again without raising howls of derision from around the world. [Nazarene Remnant comment:Too late Leonard! The WMD’s are already in place against the chosen targets, most of which are in the Northern Hemisphere. And the targets are us!]


3.  Its biggest mistake however may turn out to be 9-11 itself. 9-11 was a pretty risky undertaking in the first place; immense rewards if successful, probable disaster if it failed. They must have thought they'd got away with it in the first few weeks, but maybe now they're not so sure. Despite their best efforts there is rather a lot of incriminating evidence lying around out there. 9-11 'scholarship' is getting sharper and more sure of itself as time goes on. Your own work is a fine example of this trend. Those who express uncomfortable truths in a time of mass deceit may be ridiculed, but their work will not go away and it will become only more pertinent as time passes. Its circulation can't be stopped either because there's as yet no way of controlling the internet. Are they really confident they can suppress the truth indefinitely? Mass brainwashing of the American public, though a successful ploy so far, is a rather precarious and desperate strategy over the longer term.


4.  Things could be much worse. The invasion of Iraq was not as horrific as many, including myself, feared it would be. Baghdad was not nuked and the death toll was relatively modest compared with some expectations. There has not been a major terrorist incident involving nuclear or biological weapons. Some of our gloomier prognostications thankfully remain unrealised. They got their oil, but everywhere except in the USA itself the propaganda war was lost. The majority of the world's citizens now view Bush's every word and deed with great suspicion. The situation of the American people is indeed perilous. Its public institutions [Nazarene Remnant comment:This holds true worldwide, but especially in the Commonwealth countries.] are rotten to the core and probably irreparably so. The powers of state have been skilfully co-opted by a shadowy, sinister junta whose top priority appears to be the imposition of a police state. [Nazarene Remnant comment:Actually it’s the Nazi Fourth Reich.]But at least the internet guarantees freedom of speech, whatever The Patriot Act or its successor may say. And at least the American people still have their guns [Nazarene Remnant comment:The guns in the hands of Americans will not stand a chance with what is coming against them.], a right that may yet prove its value in the very manner that Jefferson wisely envisaged when drafting the Bill of Rights.


So cheer up John, all is not lost. [Nazarene Remnant comment:The prophecies say otherwise, Leonard: “And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.” (Revelation 6: 8) ] There's still a lot to fight for. It may feel a bit lonely sometimes down there in Florida, but people all over the world read your every word. Millions of well-balanced, intelligent people share your views. You may feel you're banging your head against a brick wall, but you're not. The war is by no means lost. In 9-11 the Bush regime has a very sensitive Achilles heel and we must attack it constantly. You've got a fine quiver of arrows and are a good shot, so please stick around a bit longer. It is worth it you know.


Kind regards,


Leonard Spencer


24. I Quit an Illuminati Law Firm

By Ben Lacoste





Back in the mid '90s to early 2000s, I was employed by one of the largest law firms in the United States.  I was not a lawyer but a tech support person.  As we know, the Illuminati controls all aspects of the media, entertainment, and big business. This includes the legal profession.   As you will see, the major law firms of this world are part of the machine we call the NWO. 


Every year this law firm gave a presentation on the history of the firm. It was all standard fare except for one thing; the founders of the firm were members of the Bohemian Grove and so were the partners.   


A little background on the firm: it was founded in San Francisco during the late 1800s. This firm currently has thousands of lawyers within and outside the United States.  They have been able to survive the poor economy by having a conservative approach to their business.  They primarily practise corporate law once in a while they will do litigation in a criminal law setting as long as it's "white collar crime" and lots of money is involved. 


There were some partners at the law firm whose code to unlock their computer was the number of the beast. When a person had a laptop computer it was literally locked down with a cable with a lock that had three digits.   Being in the tech department and having to work on these computers when the partners were away they often time gave me their code.  

I was so shocked when a few of these mild mannered partners had the code that was the number of the beast.   I chalked it up to just people in their '40s who were fans of Iron Maiden and other metal back when they were in their teens and 20s.  Now that I learned about their association with the "Grove" and the spiritual side of the "Machine" and how they encompass law, entertainment, business and all areas that affect us I knew they were satanists. 


The most effective trick of the devil is to make people think he does not exist.  Well another trick is to make us think that his followers don't exist and that they are nice.  These partners seemed like some of the nicest people you'd meet but what darkness lurks in their lives.  What sort of rituals do they take part of at the "Grove" and elsewhere? It does not surprise me that this firm is close to the "Grove", as we know who the prince of the world is.  


As a Christian I am glad I got out of that place.  I know other Christians who had quit, some lawyers and some staff.  I don't think these Christians had a clue about the NWO or the Illuminati but they just felt a bad presence there.   


Part of it is even though the firm had aconservative appearance they were left wing liberal inside. This firm was associated with the ACLU and all that destroys Christian and family values. So these Christians who quit left on that basis not the "Machine" or anything I described about the "Grove" but about morality.    


Are all partners involved in the darkness since they all are part owners?  I doubt it, I think it's an insider's club within the firm who taken only those who have proven over the years to be trusted with such information and those who show they are truly wicked deep down inside.  It's too bad that people have sold their soul to the devil.   


The late Malachi Martin said there are those who are possessed and those who are perfectly possessed. The perfectly possessed ones openly invite the spirit of Satan in them as opposed to those who mess around and become possessed.  But  if any of them repent and receive Jesus in their lives, they'll pay the price of losing their earthly success but they will receive peace and love and light from the Lord our God and Salvation.   If they accept Jesus and turn from their wicked ways they will be in for a big fight but the war was won and they will have a place in Heaven.   


Romans 6:23 " For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord."


Related:  Makow - Bohemian Grove Meets This Week  


25. Analysis of Barack Obama: Insider Revelations

Barack Obama gives the satanic hand signal.

Barack Obama gives the satanic hand signal.

By Henry Makow Ph.D. 


In a series of interviews, a former White House Insider confirms what we have been saying about Barack Obama since before his election in 2008.

He is a light weight, a front man, an impostor, unfit to be President. "Everything was handed to him." He likes to campaign. He doesn't like to govern. He's lazy and prefers to watch sports. He's not that smart. He doesn't have the gravitas to be President. He's more at home in a bathhouse than the White House.

This "insider" helped Obama get elected. But now he's part of a groundswell in the Democratic Party to replace Obama with Hillary Clinton in 2012. After the expected mid-term election debacle, the gloves will come off. A Watergate-like scandal is brewing. It reaches back to Obama's days in Chicago. As with the Lewinsky scandal, the Presidency will be paralyzed.

A couple of quotes jumped out at me. They seem to get to the heart of the problem. Neither Obama nor his wife really identify with Americans.

Here is the first quote:

"The man is an incompetent. The man is a tool of the extreme far left that has utterly corrupted the Democratic Party. The man and those now closest to him in the administration appear to abhor America's history. They detest anyone who does not fully subscribe to their positions. They are corrupt, they are increasingly paranoid, and they are taking this country down a path by which we may never recover.

Here is the second quote:

"Nancy Pelosi is the far left of the Democrat Party, right? Well, Michelle Obama might be to the left of Nancy Pelosi. She really doesn't care for how things work in the country and she wants to see it all changed."

The insider is saying they are Communists, exactly what I said during the 2008 election campaign. This is why his heart isn't in the job. He doesn't care about the United States. He wants to see it disappear in a "New World Order."

This attitude is manifested in a meeting with top generals about Afghanistan.The insider describes it:

"He's late, which apparently is becoming more and more common with him. The meeting was almost canceled. In strolls the president, joking with an aide. He plops down on a sofa, leans over and claps another guy on the back asking how he's been. Apologizes for being late, says he was "held up". He laughs some more. The meeting begins. After just ten minutes, during which time the president appears to almost totally withdraw into himself, an aide walks in and whispers something to the president, who then nods and quickly stands up, shakes a few hands and tells another aide to update him later on the rest of the meeting. As the president is walking out he is laughing at something yet again. He asked no questions of those at the meeting - not one. He left after just ten minutes, coming in laughing and leaving laughing. His behavior during that brief time he was there was described as "borderline manic".

The generals were livid. But why should Obama care about American soldiers in Afghanistan?

Obama loves campaigning.

Obama loves campaigning!

Have you ever wondered how a part-Jewish, part-African bisexual CIA asset at the "extreme far left" of the political spectrum got elected in the first place? He is a joke being played on America by the international financial cartel colonizing it.

Obama was groomed and elected by the Illuminati bankers (using their corporations and media.) These bankers have been waging a covert war against the USA (and humanity) for centuries. They fund the Taliban. So why would Obama really care about US progress in Afghanistan?


Through their corporate cartels, the Illuminati bankers (i.e. the Federal reserve) fund both the Left and Right in the United States. USpolitics is basically a shadow play. 

The Illuminati bankers want to expand their monopoly over government credit into a monopoly over everything. Government is the ultimate monopoly. Thus corporations and government become one, i.e. Communism. The government is the corporation's biggest customer.

At the same time, their monopoly is extended to human thought and spirit using the mass media and education.

The Tea Party- Republican Victory Tuesday will make no difference because the Masonic bankers own them too. Do you hear Tea Party candidates calling for the government to disavow the so-called national "debt" and print its own money?

Do you hear them questioning the US commitment to Israel or the bogus war on terror?  Do you hear them calling for more civil liberties or an investigation of 9-11?

After Tuesday, it will be business as usual. "Partisan" gridlock, disillusionment and frustration. By 2012, Hillary Clinton will look pretty good but she and Bill are Illuminati too. 

The Illuminati goal is to demoralize Americans and lower their living standard so they may take their place in new world order as lowly equals.

America cannot address its problems because it cannot define them. It cannot unite against its real enemy because everyone in a position of influence, from Jon Stewart to Rand Paul, is a Mason and indirectly works for the bankers. 


Wayne Madsen Report adds:

The White House staffer told "Ulsterman" that he was uncomfortable talking about the marital situation between the president and the First Lady, but WMR has previously reported on Obama's bi-sexuality, his activities with gay members of Chicago's Trinity United Church of Christ and an uptown Chicago bath house, in addition to his current controversial relationship with his personal trainer, Reggie Love, and a past short relationship with Larry Sinclair.

Obama's depression and lack of interest in his duties have senior administration officials and some Cabinet secretaries considering the invocation of Section 4 of the 25th Amendment, which deals with the involuntary removal of the president for physical or mental incapacity.

Getting Closer to Home:(Try this exercise)


It’s a worthwhile exercise to substitute the American names for our own country names, as I have done with Australia here, to get a better perspective of what really is going on in the world:


Through their corporate cartels, the Illuminati bankers (i.e. the Australian Reserve Bank) fund both the Left and Right in the Australia. Australian politics is basically a shadow play. 

The Illuminati bankers want to expand their monopoly over government credit into a monopoly over everything. Government is the ultimate monopoly. Thus corporations and government become one, i.e. Communism. The government is the corporation's biggest customer.

At the same time, their monopoly is extended to human thought and spirit using the mass media and education.

Do you hear Australian politicians questioning the Australian commitment to Israel or the bogus war on terror?  Do you hear them calling for more civil liberties or an investigation of 9-11, or wanting to find out the true facts about the war in Afghanistan?

The Illuminati goal is to demoralize Australian and lower their living standard so they may take their place in new world order as lowly equals. In fact Australia is one of the five foundation nations of the New World Order (the other four are Britain, Israel, the United States, and China).

Australia cannot address its problems because it cannot define them. It cannot unite against its real enemy because everyone in a position of influence, from Julia Gillard to Tony Abbott, is a Mason and indirectly works for the bankers. 


Comments for "Analysis of Obama Insider Revelations"


Kyle2 said (November 2, 2010):


You stated,” Don’t quite see how Barry changed anything in regard to terror and war. That was an opportunity he missed."


What I was implying is that the PTB were presenting a candidate that would "appear" to be change in regards to War and Terror but not actual change. For example most Americans believed in Hope and Change. Barry O' promised that he would bring home the troops in short order. I firmly believe that He had NO INTENTION of changing the situation but was rather a "straw man" created to placate the publics distaste for the war. In essence in “the beginning” He was told what to say to quell the dissent in regards to the war.


Once they were placated by his smooth words and looks (nothing "actually" changed in regards to terror) the PTB next helped exacerbate the financial meltdown of which again the "straw man/fall guy" would be blamed.


It was all smoke and mirrors from the beginning just like the tea party has the sheeple running back to the other side believing that the Republicans are going to change things. They too are a created entity by the PTB.


Basically President Obama never had any intentions of doing anything except what his masters told him. I would even argue that He knew that his presidency was only going to be one term. He is a complete creation.


All the hatred and disdain for the neocons has now disappeared in the minds of the public "when compared" to the (purposefully) failed Presidency of Barry O'. Now the PTB can continue with their neocon march on Iran with a Republican controlled Presidency, House, and Senate in 2012.


In simple terms think of it as a girlfriend you dated for 8 years of which you grew tired of. Next along comes this new girl who "appears" to be the perfect girl for you only to COMPLETELY let you down in short order. So now you begin to think about your old girlfriend again and think to yourself she wasn't all that bad after all. So you wind up going back to your ex again even with all her short comings.


That's basically what happened but unlike the simple illustration above regarding girlfriends this was all planned and contrived.






David B said (November 2, 2010):


You have written: "Thus corporations and government become one, i.e. Communism."


The term "communism" is a bit slippery. In practice, "communism" ostensibly results in what appears to be a two-tiered structure, with a slave class at the bottom and a ruling class at the top. It has no room for a middle class. It fears the middle class. The middle class can amass enough wealth and power to overthrow the ruling class. Also the immediate leaders for a revolution arise from the middle class. The lower class never, by itself, overthrows a ruling class. Thus, in practice because he who rules owns, the ruling class at the top "own" everything and not the slaves below. In Russia, the apparent ruling class was called the "nomenkultura" and comprised 10 percent of the population. They had become an hereditary class.


However, the apparent ruling class was kept in power by another class above them, who might just be called the "international elite." They run the banking system and the top international corporations. They engineered the Russian revolution in the first place and kept it in power by sending food and technology, such as the Karma River Plant to Russia. Thus the "nomenkultura," as apparently the ruling class, was, in reality, nothing more than "barn-bosses" within the prison. They were not the "real" upper class; they were only the top level in the lower-class prison system.


Now, there is another system, which is quite similar but has a few important twist to it. It might be called "fascism" or "corporatism." Its structure consists of a few "international corporations" existing in tandem with a government structure, which they control. The elite own the corporations and control the government, which must be totally oppressive so that it can eliminate the middle class and keep the lower class in control so they will not revolt and overthrow the elite.


Notice the similarities between these two systems and their differences. In "fascism" the elite exist visibly present through their ownership of the corporations but secretly present (as a "shadow government") in tandem with the government which they control. In "communism" the elite exist hidden and placed above the government which they control.


Those who want the communist model are said to be "liberal;" and those who want the fascist model are said to be "conservative." The conservative model is also totted as being "the capitalist system." It is not. True capitalism exists through a "free market." True capitalism gave rise to the middle class. And it is for that reason that neither the communist nor the fascist models allow for free markets. As Rockefeller once said: "Competition is sin."


The elite do not care which model, communism or fascism, is in effect. In either case they are on top, there is no middle class, and everyone else is a slave on the bottom.

All the wars and mass murders of the twentieth century (and we are talking about around 100 million brutally murdered) were the result of the elite imposing these two systems upon the world. They used "communism" for the less developed countries (like Russia) and "fascism" for the more developed countries (like Germany and Italy) which already had a multitude of corporations in existence that could be pyramided and conglomerated into the arms of the international corporations.


America was an interesting place for their efforts because,while the fascism model was being set up from the beginning of the twentieth century (with the introduction of the privately owned Federal Reserve), the American people imagined that they were still living under true "capitalism" and thus were totally oblivious to what was happening to America. Today the people are waking up. But they are still having problems conceptualizing this reality as it exists since they do not totally understand the real nature of "communism," "fascism," and "capitalism." The interpretive model the elite has given them to confuse them has "fascism" on the right and "communism" on the left. A true model would have both "communism" and "fascism" on one side and "true capitalism (as supported by the American Declaration of Independence and U.S. Constitution) on the other side.


Once one understand the nature of the true model, he realizes that both the Democratic and Republican Parties are basically the same party, on the same side, and that the present political process does not allow for a party that espouses "true capitalism" and adherence to the "Declaration of Independence and U.S. Constitution." [Nazarene Remnant comment: Basically this is the same model in all Western "democracies." Here in Australia we basically have the two parties, one supposedly representing "Labour," and the other, "the Liberal Party," representing ownership and management. In actual fact both parties are the same.]




Charles said (November 2, 2010):


I think it time to rectify labels. Obama is an extreme far rightist-a communist-this is true. His voting record demonstrates his fidelity to the basic Neo-Liberal DLC Democrat line. His mentor was Joe Leiberman. The Black Commentator explained this quite well up to the Election and after. His loyalty to a vision of the corporate state was never under question.


The irony of the situation is that these tiny labels evidently mean so much to so many and the actual actions mean so little.


One mountain, many views, depending on the light of the day and month of the year but one mountain still.


Perhaps it is time to move beyond "code" words filled with sound and fury. They are not really useful.


Perhaps the phrase to replace "Illuminati" ought to be totalitarian with a further descriptor of Christian totalitarian, Satanic totalitarian, Jewish totalitarian, Corporate totalitarian. You may then add a further descriptor of sexual pervert totalitarian, regular heterosexual totalitarian, chain smoking totalitarian, junkie totalitarian etc.

Wayne Madsen is the man without a map as i recall.




Christine said (November 2, 2010):


As an American, I appreciate your comments that Obama is an impostor. Over the past several weeks, I have attended Tea Party and other political meetings. No one has raised the issue of Obama's legitimacy as President. It is increasingly apparent that they never will, either.




Kyle said (November 2, 2010):


I think I got it! No really! After eight years of Bush the US was tired of WAR, WAR, WAR, all the time. Therefore the Powers That Be long before anyone knew of Barry Sotero purposely propelled this man to the White House for one reason and one reason ONLY.

They needed a “straw man” if you will that would ease the minds of the American public. Essentially the NWO needed a “president” if you will that would relieve the minds of the American people of War and Terrorism.


Once in office the Illuminati would knock down there “straw man” by way of exposing his incompetence. Once this was achieved the American sheeple like lemmings would vote for RIGHT WING, PRO ZIONIST, REPUBLICANS and essentially institute Bush Presidency 3. Enter the Tea Party.


In essence the Illuminati understood that the people of the US were getting tired and apathetic towards War and Terrorism. So they purposely dragged out Barry O’ as a way to appease the masses only to knock him down and bring in the Neocons again so they can extend the Zionist wars into Iran.


Now understand me Henry. We all know “both” parties are illuminati puppets but even the illuminati understand that the American sheeple have their limits. So they propped up the straw man to purposely knock Him down and sway the American sheeple into voting for “so-called” patriots aka Tea Party candidates.


Now the P.T.B with the newly invigorated American Sheeple can extend their conquest into Iran.


However there is ONE MORE thing that needs to be done to put the icing on the cake. The P.T.B need a false flag attack in which Barry O’ botches horribly. Once this happens the sheeple will elect a “so-called” patriot (LOL) Republican President.


You see Henry the American Sheeple were getting too tired and lazy for the Illuminati so they had to have a 4 year hiatus to reinvigorate the US citizens. Just think Henry. Very soon we will have American flags being waved again while we watch innocent Iranians get bombed to hell on FOX News.


Isn’t the Illuminati great! (Sarcasm)



Thanks Kyle


Don't quite see how Barry changed anything in regard to terror and war. That was an opportunity he missed.






John said (November 2, 2010):


Texe Marrs says Obama is breaking ties with Jews who want to control him, which supposedly accounts for recent big resignations. Could powerful Jews make it hard on Obama? Could this partly explain his recent skittish behavior?






Texe might be right but I don't see where he has alienated the Zionists. I think the majority still support him.






Sandy said (November 1, 2010):


I'm glad you increased public attention to the Ulsterman papers. I personally believe they are truthful. It is apparent that Obama is a complete fraud, a slick talker who can't handle anything and is absolutely incompetent when it comes to being President. The Ulsterman papers point out that Obama is not a very smart person, and after the papers mentioned that Obama liked to campaign, but not to govern, I think this supports it. ''Everything was handed to him''... he can't go beyond and think for himself because he is a lazy, spoiled rat. He never had to do anything, and now where the point comes where he has to he is becoming mentally sick and everything is exploding around him, including his relationship to his ''wife''.


The kindergarden show is finally breaking apart from the inside, the prove is the goons that had gathered around him dumping him like a hot potato. I think it will be interesting to see what will happen to Obama in the coming weeks. As WMR and you have said, there is something boiling and about to explode. I wouldn't doubt that the details of his criminal activity will come mainstream (Chicago mob, birth certificate, gay relationships). In the end, the higher the star rises the harder it is going to fall... as always.




Andrew said (November 1, 2010):


First we get Bush, a verbally-challenged buffoon and now we have Obama, a smooth talking Mr Zero.


Under Bush and Obama, America has not changed course significantly.

The wars in Iraq and Afghanistan? NO CHANGE.


The Federal government's run-away spending? NO CHANGE.


The simple message of both presidencies? DEMOCRACY DOESN'T WORK.


There was an interesting WSJ article last week about all the (seven) senior members of the Obama administration who have departed or announced plans to depart ahead of the November midterm election.


Obviously, the people on the inside know something is up.


Your Obama article may explain why the rats are abandoning ship.

Very good article!


And I like your new short and sweet style.




Dick said (October 31, 2010):


Did you notice the Tea Party now has an Israeli franchise: Israels-right-wing-starts-its-own-Tea-Party.html


Obama is not dangerous because of what he's going to do to America – he clearly has no power to act. Even modest anti-establishment propositions like nominating Charles Freeman as a mideast envoy are blocked by people who should have no real power (in that case, by AIPAC's #1 puppet and Illinois US Senate candidate Mark Kirk).


He's dangerous for what he's not willing to do – as you suggest, to take on Wall Street. Those reports make clear what people like Lyndon LaRouche have been saying for a couple years. Obama is a clinical narcissist. He's elevated to power during a time of deep crisis, and his only concern is feeding his own delusional self- image. Reading those reports makes me feel pretty sorry for him has a person.


This won't be a popular sentiment in the conspiracy world, but if Hillary Clinton runs, I'll work and vote for her. I didn't think much of her in 2008 and voted for Ralph Nader, but have reassessed the Clintons over the last couple years. Are they perfect? Heck no.

But Hillary has real political power, is highly intelligent and aware, and is a genuine enough populist to do some good things for a change, if we even make it to 2012.

What's the alternative? Genocidal austerity by America's own Likudniks, posing as "patriots."


Also See:


Will Israel Assassinate Barack Obama?


Zionist Dominance in the Obama Presidency


Tel Aviv, Peace and the Obama Prize  


Israel’s Fifth Column: The People in Between


A Closer Look at Israel’s Role in Terrorism


26. PM Gillard and Opposition Leader Tony Abbott Collude in Telling the Australian People Flat Out Lies About the War in Afghanistan.

"We Fremen have a saying – God created Arrakis (the Earth) to train the Faithful. One cannot go against the Word of God (and live)” (Dune)

Important Note:  When you have finished reading this article, make sure you clearly read and understand this one ...


Christ's Doctrine on War, Bearing Arms, and Resistance to Evil,-bearing-arms-and-resistance-to-evil.html


During the month our national leaders here in Australia declared they were to finally debate the matter of our involvement in Afghanistan. The lying media called it a debate. It was nothing of the sort. It was a dirty, smelly parade of political lies and platitudes. The purpose was to keep the Australian public well and truly asleep, something that Australian are quite fond of doing. We were treated to a degrading performance from the well-oiled mouths of the lesbian and Satanist PM, Julia Gillard, and the “Opposition” Leader, Tony Abbott.

One media shill preached the mantra that we should be thankful that our politicians are debating the nation’s involvement in this war. Tim Southphommasane, employed by The Australian newspaper, writing under his by-line, “Ask the Philosopher,” said: 


“We should welcome parliament debating our ongoing military engagement in Afghanistan. Explanations behind the wisdom behind committing Australian troops without a well-defined exit strategy are long overdue. 


One thing, of course, should  be made clear. Thee war in Afghanistan had just cause in the beginning [Nazarene  Remnant comment: This is a direct lie, of course.]. Al-Qa’ida’s orchestration of the September 11 attacks [Nazarene  Remnant comment: Another direct lie.] in the US constituted an act of war.


The Taliban was a full partner in that enterprise [Nazarene  Remnant comment: Another direct lie], offering Osama Bin Laden a territorial base in Afghanistan. There was a compelling case [Nazarene  Remnant comment: More lies!] for using military force to terminate the Taliban.” (From The Weekend Australian, October 23/24, 2010)


Tim goes on to write more flat-out lies when he says: 


§             “A just war must involve not only just cause but also just withdrawal.” 


§             From this so-called debate in Canberra, all that the Australian people learned from our lying politicians as to why we’re in Afghanistan were the following: 


§             To make sure “… that Afghanistan is never again a haven for terrorists,” and 


§             We’re “standing firm with the US.” 


§             “A premature end to our involvement would tell the Americans and the British that Australia is an unreliable ally and fair-weather friend.” (Tony Abbott, Opposition Leader 


Standing firm with the rogue nations of US/Israel is the real reason for the ongoing deployment of Australian forces in Afghanistan. We are actually showing who we really are—one of the five founding nations of the Nazi  Fourth Reich (known to the naïve and ignorant as the New World Order), which will openly declare its hand in the next few months.


All that this “debate” actually achieved was a powerful statement from our treacherous politicians that they indeed do not take their orders from the Australian people, but from the secret government of the world headquartered in London and New York.


One course no one bothered to tell the Australian people what are the real reasons as to why we are in Afghanistan, but we will! Even the politicans, who profess to be our leaders, don't know why we're in Afghanistan. Perhaps they are waiting for the Israelis and the Americans to tell them. You can find some of the real reasons why were involved in this war just below.

 Bringing democracy to Afghanistan, American style.

B-52 carpet bombing. Bringing democracy to
Afghanistan, American and Australian style.

Transcript of the Lies Told to all Australians:

Prime Minister Julia Gillard and Oppostion Leader Tony Abbott's full speeches to Parliament on the Afghanistan war can be found here: 

What the Australian people were not told
about the war in Afghanistan:

1. The war on Afghanistan was prepared prior to 9/11:

Plans for the bombing of Afghanistan had been in the works for over a year; because of a Unocal Pipeline that needed to pass through that country to get to the sea. See article #5, below, this issue "War: But Which War Is It?"


“The ‘Just War’ theory (justum bellum) has a long-standing tradition. It has been used throughout history to uphold the dominant social order and provide a justification for waging war.


In the case of Afghanistan, 9/11 played a key role in justifying the invasion. The war on Afghanistan was considered a "Just War", waged on humanitarian grounds.


On September 12, 2001, NATO invoked for the first time in its history "Article 5 of the Washington Treaty - its collective defense clause" declaring the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center (WTC) and the Pentagon "to be an attack against all NATO members."

Afghanistan was tagged, without a shred of evidence and prior to the conduct of an investigation, as the "state sponsor" of the 9/11 attacks. The invasion of Afghanistan in early October 2001 was presented as a counter-terrorism operation directed against the perpetrators of 9/11 and their state sponsors.


Trade unions, NGOs and many "progressive" intellectuals endorsed the US-NATO led invasion. The events of 9/11 played a key role in gaining the support of various sectors of American society including the opponents and critics of the Bush adminstration's foreign policy.


The war on Afghanistan was prepared prior to 9/11. War preparations were already in an advanced stage of readiness. The green light to wage war by the US and NATO on Afghanistan was provided within 24 hours of the 9/11 attacks.


The press reports failed to reveal a fact which is known and acknowledged by military analysts: a major theater war cannot, under any circumstances, be planned and carried out in a matter of 4-5 weeks.


9/11 was used as a justification to carry out a "humanitarian war". Known to military analysts, the war on Afghanistan had been planned well in advance of the tragic events of September 11, 2001.” (Michel Chossudovsky, 9/11 and the "American Inquisition.")


2. The Australia Parliament and the people have at no time being informed that our top ally, the United States, actually funds the Taliban in the war in Afghanistan. That means this is a massive haox, and we are actually funding the war against ourselves!


Notice that Wikileaks has been able to confirm that the US funds the Taliban in the war in Afghanistan, and since Australia is going "all the way" (to quote Julia Gillard) with the US, in this war, this means that our treacherous leaders here in Australia are part of this evil plague that rules the world. See the articles "WikiLeaks Head Steps out of the Shadows," and "Wikileaks Confirm US Funds Taliban," in Issue #35, 21 August, 2010, of our Last Days Watch newsletter, available here:

3. That AlQuaida is not an Islamic terrorist organisation, but a terrorist organisation created by the US Government, and set up by the CIA

BBC Video Now Admits Al Qaeda Never Existed


This video discloses the following:

That the many videos of him warning the West were all fake. The fighters gathering around him in the videos were all hired for the day and told to bring their own weapons.
Bin Laden never had any formal organisation behind him, until the Americans invented one for him.
Bin Laden never used the term "Al Qaeda" until after 911, when he realized that this was the term the Americans expected him to use.
Al Qaeda in fact actually never existed.

View the video here:

Explanation of the Term “Al Qaeda:”

“On the train today I noticed a foreigner across the aisle and sat next to him. His darker skin and features told me that he’s probably from Pakistan, which he confirmed. I told him that I am a Christian and he replied that his wife is Christian and from Peru. He asked me what I thought about the preacher guy, Terry Jones, who threatened to burn the Koran on September 11. I said I don’t like people who go out of their way to make trouble between two cultures, nations or religions.The most interesting part of the brief 10 minute conversation was the man’s explanation of “Al Qaeda”. He said this is a name given by the West to anybody in Pakistan they don’t like. It’s comparable to calling a person in Japan “Yakuza” or somebody in America, “Mafia” even if they are not actually a member of any organized crime syndicate. This confirms what I already felt about the term “Al Qaeda.” It exists only in the mind, a tool of mind control to cause fear, and is part of the Hegelian Dialectic method to conquer the world. Thesis (the status quo the elite wants to change) verses antithesis (artificially created problems) which result in synthesis — solves the conflict between the thesis and antithesis — the New World Order.” (Source:

4. The Two Most Basic Truths About the Geopolitics of the Afghanistan War have never been revealed to Australians. 

One of the most remarkable aspects of the Obama Presidential agenda is how little anyone has questioned in the media or elsewhere why at all the United States Pentagon [or the Australian government]is committed to a military occupation of Afghanistan. There are two basic reasons, neither one of which can be admitted openly to the public at large.

Behind all the deceptive official debate over how many troops are needed to “win” the war in Afghanistan, whether another 30,000 is sufficient, or whether at least 200,000 are needed, the real purpose of US military presence in that pivotal Central Asian country is obscured.


Even during the 2008 Presidential campaign candidate Obama argued that Afghanistannot Iraq was where the US must wage war. His reason? Because he claimed, that was where the Al Qaeda organization was holed up and that was the “real” threat to US national security. The reasons behind US involvement in Afghanistan is quite another one.


The US military [including Australia's military] is in Afghanistan for two reasons.First to restore and control the world’s largest supply of opium for the world heroin markets and to use the drugs as a geopolitical weapon against opponents, especially Russia. That control of the Afghan drug market is essential for the liquidity of the bankrupt and corrupt Wall Street financial mafia.


[Australians have been easily duped by their so-called leaders into believing that the war is all about humanitarian and security issues to do with fighting terrorism.]


Read the Full Story:
The Geopolitics Behind the Phoney US War in Afghanistan  


5. That US Sponsored Blackwater is Behind Much of the Terrorism in Afghanistan


Mon Oct 25, 2010



Afghan President Hamid Karzai has said US private security firms, including Xe Services LLC, formerly known as Blackwater, are being behind terrorism in the country.

At a press conference in Kabul, Karzai said that US security companies have been behind explosions that have claimed the lives of women and children.

The Afghan president added that they have caused "blasts and terrorism" in different parts of Afghanistan over the past months.

The Afghan president said his administration cannot even distinguish between the bomb blasts carried out by US security firms and those of the Taliban militants.

"In fact we don't yet know how many of these blasts are by Taliban and how many are carried out by them (US security companies)."

Blackwater has been involved in the murder of several Afghan citizens over the past years. The company has also been struggling with a trail of legal cases and civil lawsuits, including one for killing 17 Iraqi civilians during a Baghdad shootout in 2007.

Earlier in June, the CIA reportedly admittedthat Blackwater had been loading bombs on US drones that target suspected militants in neighboring Pakistan.

The Afghan president has also pointed out that American private security firms are corrupt and have fueled nine years of war.

"Deals under the name of private security companies are cut in the hallways of American government buildings. It involves 1.5 billion dollars," he said.

Karzai has accused security companies of running what he called an economic mafia based on crooked contracts.

"The money, 1.5 billion dollars, is being distributed there (in the United States) on Blackwater [sic] and this and that."

The developments come as the notorious Blackwater has been awarded a five-year State Department contract worth up to USD 10 billion for operations in Afghanistan.

In August, Karzai ordered all security firms to disband before the end of the year.

Some diplomats and military officials say Karzai has been under intense pressure to reconsider his decision.

However, Karzai says he is steadfast in his decision to dissolve foreign security firms in the country despite US pressure to reconsider the decision.

The private companies are said to be in charge of providing security for foreign officials and embassies [Nazarene Remnant comment: Such as countries like Australia and New Zealand.] as well as development projects in Afghanistan.

Karzai has blamed mercenaries for civilian deaths and corruption in the troubled region.

6. That the Australian Troops are “Overwhelmed and Cannot Defeat Taliban.”

By Tom Hyland

October 17, 2010

Source: Troops “Overwhelmed and Cannot Defeat Taliban.”


THE Taliban have ''overwhelmed'' foreign troops and cannot be defeated by military means, one of Australia's top combat soldiers has warned.


Brigadier Mark Smethurst says securing Afghanistan could take decades, but success is uncertain without a fundamental change in strategy.


His critical assessment comes in a report that contrasts sharply with federal government claims of progress in Afghanistan.


While the key role of Australian troops is mentoring local forces, he says the Afghan army cannot operate independently, despite seven years of training, and the police are even worse.


The Afghan government is ineffective and has failed to deal with corruption, human rights abuses and a non-existent justice system. Aid distribution, he says, has been ''wasteful, ineffective and insufficient''.


Brigadier Mark Smethurst implicitly criticises the Howard government's approach, and poses questions about the present government's agenda.


While successive governments have stated we are in Afghanistan to deny al-Qaeda terrorists a base, the brigadier says the key reason is to maintain the US alliance.


In a paper that makes uneasy reading for MPs before this week's parliamentary debate on Afghanistan, he implies that if we haven't achieved our primary aim by 2012 - training Afghan troops - we should pull out.


''Compared with other counterinsurgency campaigns, the chance of a solution in the short term appears remote,'' he says. ''Even with the strongest possible action and co-operation at the national level, it is difficult to see solutions emerging in less than 10 years unless proactive action is taken now.''


Brigadier Smethurst is a highly regarded special forces officer, with service in East Timor, Iraq and Afghanistan in a 28-year career. At present deputy commander of Special Operations Command, he is tipped for a key coalition post in Afghanistan.


While his paper was written last year, he told The Sunday Age the basic tenets held true.

Called Creating Conditions for the Defeat of the Afghan Taliban: A Strategic Assessment, it was recently published online by the Australian Defence College.


He describes the Taliban as a ''very capable adversary'' who are winning the propaganda war and whose tactics had ''overwhelmed the coalition''.


The insurgents ''cannot be crushed by a conventional military campaign'', he says. As public support for the nine-year-old war in the West wanes, foreign efforts have made limited progress.


He calls for a co-ordinated military and political strategy aimed at providing security, building Afghan forces and creating a functioning Afghan government. Yet all three aims face massive obstacles, he writes.


The number of troops in Oruzgan, where Australians are based, is less than half the number recommended.


If Australia fails to reach its 2012 target, ''any further commitment should be questioned, as Australia could be drawn into a greater security dilemma as the Taliban and al-Qaeda networks expand their control further into Pakistan and the region''.


While Australian and Dutch troops in Oruzgan had made substantial achievements, creating ''ink spots'' of security, ''there is little real security beyond the areas of operations''. The lack of security means Australian aid workers and police trainers have had limited impact and ''struggle to maintain a presence''.


Greater progress could have been made if Australia had adopted a ''whole of government'' approach when the Howard government sent reconstruction troops to Oruzgan in 2006.

The nature of Australia's commitment also raises ''many questions'' about the agenda of Labor governments, with the defence white paper issued by the Rudd government last year declaring conflict in the Middle East was not the ADF's principal task.


He warns the coalition must not be seen to fail in Afghanistan, because of the boost it would give to the Taliban in nuclear-armed Pakistan. A solution lies between the extremes of defeating the Taliban and reconciling with them.


He says walking away from Afghanistan risks allowing the country to flourish as a breeding ground and haven for Islamic extremism.


7. That no real progress is being made in Afghanistan at all:


Transparency International has given its verdict on corruption levels in Afghanistan. It has been adjudged as the second most corrupt country of the world. It is indeed a verdict on the efficacy and efficiency of the American [and Australian] ‘Mission.’ High sounding ideals like good governance and elimination of corruption have all along been parroted as cornerstones of American  [and Australian] strategy.


White House progress report on Afghanistan recently forwarded to Congress paints a desolate picture. Data show that ‘only minor positive change had occurred with respect to security’, and progress across the country was ‘uneven’; the bleakest area was governance. Performance of Karzai’s government was evaluated as “unsatisfactory” throughout the first half of the year.’

Instead of taking concrete steps for fixing the things in Afghanistan on a sound footing and ensuring that the country does not tail spin into a chaos after the departure of occupation forces, the approach being followed is of quick-fixes, coupled with over-projection of progress. The ‘success’ criteria are quantity based; nothing is heard about improving governance, fighting corruption or building a legitimate or effective government etc.


Read the Full Story:


8. That Australian Politicians are Deliberately Going Along with American and Israeli Lies, as Far Back at Least to Gulf War I:

By Phil Restino
Veterans Today
January 28, 2011

America’s “Clean War,” Gulf War I,
Exposed As Bush Criminal Scheme

Foreword by Gordon Duff
Senior Editor Veterans Today

By now, most Americans wish we had never invaded Iraq in 2003. Few Americans, very few veterans for sure, have anything but utter dismay at America’s endless war in Afghanistan. Iraq is now clear as a bell, stealing oil, playing at global conquest and duping the American people and the world.

Afghanistan is clear also, drugs, drugs, drugs and drug money to pay American politicians, fund corporate fronts now able to buy American elections and prestage the upcoming attack on Iran for reasons as imaginary as the WMD’s in Iraq.

However, Americans look back, longingly, to the “clean war” against Saddam, 1991. The old stories, Iran Contra, drug dealing and trading with the enemy, Bush senior running that one, those were forgotten. Even the “October Surprise,” the secret deal Bush cut to keep Americans prisoner in Iran to help rig a presidential election, that was shoved aside also, all “conspiracy theory.”

Years ago, we all heard, for a moment at least, that the United States told Saddam he could invade Kuwait and that America was “OK with that.”

We were told that was “conspiracy theory” also.

It wasn’t. Watch this video and learn the truth:

The Truth Behind The 1991 Gulf War Invasion

Today, the veterans of this first Gulf War are dying by the thousands, poisoned by depleted uranium, by untested medicines, by chemical exposure. A generation of Americans are dying, dying again, another “Agent Orange” generation, abandoned by their country, sent to fight for profit, to fight a war based on lies and corruption, a war like Vietnam, a war too much like Afghanistan today and the painful occupation America is enduring in Iraq as we speak.

Half a million young soldiers are disabled, thousands have died by suicide, tens of thousands are homeless, untold thousands languish in prisons.

Tens of thousands more continue to serve, deployment after deployment, numbed by anti-psychotic drugs, sent into the field over and over until they finally break.

Then they are discharged, many losing all benefits, some facing punishment because they had nothing left to give.

Who is going to pay for this?

We have a list of names. They begin with Cheney and Rumsfeld.

It is a long list.

9. The Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India (TAPI) gas pipeline.


TAPI Pipeline: The Real Reason for Four More Years of War in Afghanistan




Christ's Doctrine on War, Bearing Arms, and Resistance to Evil,-bearing-arms-and-resistance-to-evil.html


US to Spend 500 Million Dollars on Embassy in Afghanistan 

Trades Hall President Kevin Bracken Stands by His 9/11 Conspiracy


27. Who Is The Enemy In Afghanistan?

Look Who Created the Taliban: Saudi Arabia and the Brits -  

By Ramtanu Maitra  


September 27, 2009 (LPAC)-- The following article will appear in the upcoming Oct. 2, 2009 issue of Executive Intelligence Review. 

Sept. 25—A common refrain in Washington in some quarters is that if the United States begins withdrawing troops now, Afghanistan will be taken over by the Taliban. The Taliban will, once again, bring in al-Qaeda, posing a threat to Americans residing thousands of miles away. Former U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice said, in an interview with Fortune magazine on Sept. 22, "If you want another terrorist attack in the U.S., abandon Afghanistan.... The last time we left Afghanistan, and we abandoned Pakistan, that territory became the very territory on which al-Qaeda trained and attacked us on September 11th."  

Rice, of course, held office when the U.S. invaded Afghanistan to oust the Taliban regime from Kabul, in 2001; her statement was issued at a time when President Obama and his administration has, under review, options which could lead to a wholesale reconsideration of its strategy.  

It is important to investigate whether her statement is a valid assessment, or was made to rally those in Washington who want the present administration to adopt the British imperial policy and lead America into another Vietnam War, weakening the United States, and endangering the entire world. Is Rice doing exactly what was done by the 1960s' policymakers who lied to the American people that the purpose of the Vietnam War was to prevent Communists from taking over Asia? Remember the "domino theory"? Now, find out how similar that theory is to the one that Rice is propagating.  

The Taliban: A Laboratory Product -  

After the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan in December 1979, the "free world" got together to push the Red Army back and smack the Russian bear. Money flowed into Afghanistan from the West and the Persian Gulf, with the intent of protecting the sovereignty of Afghanistan, preserving Islam, and crippling the Communists. This went on for ten years, during which many Afghan-bred mujahideen (religious fighters) were armed and trained by the Western powers. Ten years later, in 1989, the Soviets, humiliated and badly mangled, left Afghanistan. Then, the groups of mujahideen the West had created fell upon each other and began a civil war, trying to grab control of Kabul.  

During the 1980s, Saudi-funded radical Pakistani madrassas (seminaries) had pumped out thousands of Afghan foot soldiers for the U.S.- and Saudi-funded jihad against the Soviets. They also helped bind the independent-minded Pushtun tribesmen closely to the Pakistani government for the first time in history, easing the acute insecurity Pakistan had felt towards Afghanistan and the disputed border.  

However, only in 1994—almost 15 years after the Soviet invasion began—did the world come to know about the rising force called the Taliban. Afghanistan had never had a politico-religious group of that name, nor had Afghans even heard about the group before. The Taliban was created as a handmaiden of outside forces, including:  

*Saudi Arabia, which indoctrinated a group of Afghans by funding the establishment of thousands of madrassas inside Pakistan;  

*The Pakistani Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), which acted at the behest of Islamabad to gain control of Kabul through a proxy and dependent rag-tag group; and  

*British intelligence, which saw the Taliban as a potent ally that would further British interests in Afghanistan and Central Asia by undermining all sovereign nation-states.  

*All this, while Washington watched the development from a distance, essentially encouraging it.  

To be precise, the Taliban is a laboratory product, created to unleash instability throughout the area. The instability is essential for the empire builders, and those who know how the British Empire was built in the 18th and 19th centuries, would recognize the phenomenon in a flash.  

The Pakistani ISI and the military trained this group of Islamic zealots indoctrinated by Saudi-funded Wahhabism, an ultra-conservative version of Sunni Islam. Beginning in 1994, the Pakistani military, aided by these zealots, went against the somewhat war-weary Afghan mujahideen. With the Islamic flag in their hands and Pakistani soldiers providing the fighting-muscle, the Taliban soon overran most of Afghanistan, but not all. Between 1995 and 2001, when the United States landed its Special Forces from Uzbekistan, the Taliban rule had lost its momentum. Once a binding force in the midst of greedy, power-hungry mujahideen leaders, the Taliban, after it came to power, lost credibility fast. Reports indicate that not more than 5% of Afghans in 2001 still supported these zealots.  

It also became evident in 2001, when the U.S. Special Forces, with the help of the Tajik-Uzbek-Hazara-dominated Northern Alliance, breezed through Afghanistan and took control of the whole country in six weeks, that the Taliban could not fight. Although the Bush Administration did not divulge it at the beginning, it soon became public knowledge that Washington had allowed the Pakistani government to rescue thousands of Afghan Taliban, Pakistani adjuncts of the Taliban, Pakistani ISI and Army officers, al-Qaeda volunteers, and Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan (IMU) members from the northern Afghan city of Kunduz. It is almost a replay of how the bin Laden family members were spirited out of the United States, just hours after the 9/11 attacks, when the entire airspace of the United States was under lockdown  

The defeated Taliban and al-Qaeda had fled to Kunduz after losing battles across the north of the country, and many were surrendering. But then, something inexplicable happened. Over a three-day period, Pakistani military planes made non-stop flights in and out of the Kunduz airport, which was controlled by the Taliban. All the important Taliban commanders and Pakistanis escaped along a safe-flight corridor, supposedly guaranteed by the Americans. That airlift, which American soldiers called "Operation Airlift of Evil," made the Northern Alliance soldiers livid. The Indian government sent diplomatic protest notes to the American and British governments. The Kunduz airlift story became available to the world much later, when a high-level CIA officer, Gary Berntsen, who was reportedly the second-in-command during the operation, described it in his book.1  

Saudi Arabia's Role -  

Following the capture of Kabul by the Taliban in 1996, only three nations—Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, and the United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)—all close allies of the United States—recognized the regime. There is every reason why the Saudis did that.  

Since the disintegration of the Soviet Union and emergence of Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakstan, and Turkmenistan, bordering Afghanistan, the Saudis have pumped in money to indoctrinate the citizens of these nascent states. They provided the money, and Britain provided the manpower, in the form of a religious group, the Hizb ut-Tahrir (HuT). The HuT is headquartered in England, but banned in many Central Asian states. If one were to ask Tony Blair or Gordon Brown about the HuT, one would be told that the group is "peace-loving." Both prime ministers, despite the demands of many Britons, have refused to ban the group's activities in Britain.  

On the other hand, ask the same question of any of the Central Asian heads of state, and he would point out that the most ferocious militant group in Central Asia is the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan (IMU), and almost all the members of the IMU were former HuT members. Both groups are dedicated to destroying Islamic sovereign nation-states and establishing a caliphate. That is what al-Qaeda preaches, and so does Saudi Wahhabi doctrine.  

Presently, the British-run HuT has set up a base in Lahore, the second-most populous Pakistani city, bordering India. The Times of London reported in July, that Hizb ut-Tahrir was preparing for a "bloodless military coup," in order to indoctrinate the region by "military means," if necessary. Members of the group based in Lahore said the group was prepared to bring the Islamic caliphate to power by "waging war."  

As Afghanistan plunged into civil war in the 1990s, the Saudis began funding new madrassas in Pakistan's Pushtun-majority areas, near the Afghan border, as well as in the port city of Karachi and in rural Punjab. The Pakistani Army saw the large number of madrassa-trained jihadis as an asset for its covert support of the Taliban in Afghanistan, as well as its proxy war with India in Kashmir. While in Pakistan's North West Frontier Province (NWFP), bordering Afghanistan, and the gateway to the famed Khyber Pass, madrassas supplied both Afghan refugees and Pakistanis as cannon fodder for the Taliban, the Binori madrassa and others associated with it formed the base for Deobandi groups (not too distant from the Wahhabi), such as Harkat-ul-Mujahideen and Jaish-e-Mohammed, which sought to do the Pakistan Army's bidding in Kashmir. The many Ahle-Hadith seminaries supplied Salafi (Wahhabi) groups, such as the Lashkar-e-Taiba. Arab sheikhs funded madrassas in the Rahimyar Khan area of rural Punjab, which formed the backbone of hard-core anti-Shi'ite jihadi groups like the Sipah-e-Sahaba, and its even more militant offshoot, the Lashkar-e-Jhangvi. All these groups shared training camps and other facilities, under the aegis of Pakistan's ISI.  

The Saudi and Gulf petrodollars encouraged a Wahhabi jihad-centered curriculum. Prominent madrassas included the Darul Uloom Haqqania at Akora Khattak in the NWFP and the Binori madrassa in Karachi. The Haqqania boasts almost the entire Taliban leadership among its graduates, including top leader Mullah Omar, while the Binori madrassa, whose leader Mufti Shamzai was assassinated, was once talked about as a possible hiding place of Osama bin Laden, and is also reportedly the place where bin Laden met Mullah Omar to form the al-Qaeda-Taliban partnership.  

British-Saudi Joint Effort: The 'Al-Yamamah' Link -  

Saudi money does not flow out of the Saudi government Treasury, but from various charities. One such charity is al-Haramain. After al-Haramain figured among a number of Saudi charities accused by Washington of financing terrorism after the Sept. 11, 2001 attacks, the foundation was closed in Saudi Arabia, in 2005. Al-Haramain was said to have received $45-50 million each year in donations, and has spent some $300 million on humanitarian work overseas.  

However, the U.S. accusation has had no effect on the donors. The foundation and other private groups that have been dissolved, and their international operations and assets folded into a new body, have been named the Saudi National Commission for Charitable Work Abroad, which will employ all those who were working for al-Haramain and other charities that were closed because of their support for terrorist groups. In other words, the more it changed, the more it remained the same.  

Where British and Saudi operations converge in the most profound way, is in the longstanding "al-Yamamah" covert operations slush fund, established through the arms-for-oil barter scheme first negotiated between the Margaret Thatcher government in Great Britain, and Saudi Arabia's Prince Bandar bin-Sultan, in 1985, and still operational today. As EIR has exclusively revealed, al-Yamamah has generated hundreds of billions of dollars in off-budget, offshore funds, that were one critical source of Anglo-Saudi funding to the Afghan mujahideen, in their battle against the Soviets. In a 2006 official biography, Prince Bandar's ghostwriter boasted that al-Yamamah was a geopolitical partnership between London and Riyadh, to "combat communism" through the buildup of the covert funding conduit. As recently as 2006, the funds were used to stage a number of attempted coups d'etat in Africa, which had nothing to do with fighting communism, and everything to do with British schemes to engulf that continent in perpetual, genocidal war. The Anglo-Saudi schemes for South Asia are identical, and there is good reason to believe that al-Yamamah is an active feature of the ongoing destabilizations.  

This brings us to the question of the relationship between the Saudis and al-Qaeda. Beside the fact that 15 of the 19 terrorist 9/11 operatives were Saudis, it is to be noted that, although the distance from Riyadh to southern Afghanistan is a fraction of the distance between Kabul and Washington, no airplane ever hit Saudi Arabia's palaces, nor its fabled oilfields. All the major terrorist attacks that occurred inside Saudi Arabia were aimed against U.S. targets there.  

In other words, if one ignores the mainstream media, there remains no doubt that Riyadh and al-Qaeda work hand-in-glove. Both have the same objectives. One of the major figures dealing with the Taliban, and protecting al-Qaeda, was the Georgetown University-educated Prince Turki bin al-Faisal, who was also an Ambassador to the United States. Prince Turki was given charge, in 1993, of dealing with the feuding factions of Afghan mujahideeen. The Taliban began to emerge a year later. Prince Turki was also working closely with the Pakistani ISI and met Mullah Omar inside Afghanistan.  

Turki bin al-Faisal was the Saudi intelligence chief between 1979 and 2002, the crucial years during which the Taliban was "bred," the Afghan Taliban brought al-Qaeda into Afghanistan, and the 9/11 events occurred in the United States. In 2002, the Saudi King appointed Prince Turki as the Ambassador to Britain. The appointment created an uproar in London, particularly among the intelligence community, but Prime Minister Tony Blair personally intervened to accept his credentials.  

Britainin the Saddle -  

While the Saudis and the Pakistani military have played significant roles on the ground, shoring up the Taliban and bringing it together with al-Qaeda, Britain's role was not simply to provide the indoctrinating terrorists, in the garb of the "peace-loving" Hizb ut-Tahrir, but much more, particularly after U.S. and other NATO troops were in Afghanistan. While some 9,000 British troops were sent into harm's way, British empire-servers were also taking good care of the enemies who were killing the British soldiers.  

The British operations came to light when Afghan President Hamid Karzai expelled two MI6 agents on Dec. 27, 2007, on charges that they posed a threat to the country's national security. Afghan government officials said the decision to expel them was taken at the behest of the CIA, after the two agents were caught funding Taliban units. One of the agents, Mervyn Patterson, worked for the United Nations, while the other, Michael Semple, worked for the European Union. Both were Afghan specialists who had been operating in the country for over 20 years; that means they must have been interacting on behalf of London with all the al-Qaeda and Taliban leaders there.  

An unnamed Afghan government official told the London Sunday Telegraph that "this warning," that the men were financing the Taliban for at least ten months, "came from the Americans. They were not happy with the support being provided to the Taliban. They gave the information to our intelligence services, who ordered the arrests." The source added, "The Afghan government would never have acted alone to expel officials of such a senior level. This was information that was given to the NDS [National Directorate of Security] by the Americans." In 2006, U.S. military commanders in Afghanistan had loudly protested the British decision, in a deal with local tribal leaders, to withdraw troops from Musa Qala, opening the door for a Taliban takeover of the region.  

The London Times wrote that, when Patterson and Semple were arrested, they had $150,000 with them, which was to be given to Taliban commanders in Musa Qala. "British officials have been careful to distance current MI6 talks with Taliban commanders in Helmand from the expulsions of Michael Semple, the Irish head of the EU mission and widely known as a close confidant of Britain's ambassador, Sir Sherard Cowper-Coles, and Mervyn Patterson, a British advisor to the UN," the Times wrote. But what has not been told, is that these two MI6 agents were operating in Helmand, the center of Afghanistan's vast opium production. Were Patterson and Semple not simply out to create a British faction within the Taliban, but to arrange for a large-scale opium shipment network, to generate cash for the City of London and Her Majesty's Service?  

Besides its covert operations inside Afghanistan, undermining both Kabul and Washington, Britain also rides American shoulders in Afghanistan. One such attempt that failed, was in January 2008, when President Karzai turned down the joint effort of Washington and London to appoint Lord Paddy Ashdown as the UN's super envoy to Afghanistan. Ashdown, a "liberal" and a "democrat," who wears his vainglorious feudal title on his shirtsleeves, was ready to pinch-hit for London and Washington, which are looking increasingly like colonial powers trying to occupy Afghanistan, to further undermine the "duly elected" Afghan President.  

In addition, Britain works through some others who have the keys to almost all the locks in Washington. Take, for instance, the duo of George Soros and Lord Mark Malloch-Brown. Soros, who has a hook over the world's narcotics cartels, benefits immensely from the explosion of the drug traffic; Malloch-Brown, adequately trained by Her Majesty's Service, serves the interest of the offshore banks and the City of London by helping to procure the much-needed liquidity to keep the imperial wheels greased. In April 2007, Malloch-Brown was appointed vice chairman of Soros's Quantum Fund, whence come Soros's billions. The Financial Times of London reported at the time, that "Sir Mark will also serve as vice-chairman of the billionaire philanthropist's Open Society Institute (OSI), which promotes democracy and human rights, particularly in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union." The newspaper added, in a May 1, 2007 article: "In a letter to shareholders in his Quantum hedge funds, Mr. Soros said Sir Mark would provide advice on a variety of issues to him and his two sons, who now run the company on a day-to-day basis. With his extensive international contacts, Malloch-Brown will help create opportunities for [Soros Fund Management] and the fund around the world."  

Lord Malloch-Brown was earlier Britain's Minister of State in the Foreign and Commonwealth Office. While Soros promotes drug legalization internationally, the Afghan drug lords do their part—with the help of the Afghan militia, illegal cash, and gunpowder. At the same time, the Soros-funded International Council on Security and Development (ICOS), formerly known as the Senlis Council, having enlisted a number of drug-loving bureaucrats, holds seminars on the "impossibility" of eradication of Afghan opium. Behind these shenanigans, the prime objective of the Senlis Council, and its benefactor Soros, is to legalize opium production.  

The 'Axis of Evil' -  

What emerges from this investigation is that the Taliban is not a natural product of Afghanistan, and never existed there prior to 1994. The Taliban is a movement centered on the Wahhabi doctrine, funded by Saudi and Gulf money, as well as by the joint British-Saudi al-Yamamah slush fund. The Pakistani ISI and military train and arm them, and pro-British power players such as Soros and Malloch-Brown keep them in place, to create and launder opium-centered illegal money for the City of London and Wall Street.  

While U.S. and other NATO troops are laying down their lives to fight the "evil incarnates," the Taliban and al-Qaeda, those "evil incarnates" are being strengthened by the "best" allies of the United States—Britain, Saudi Arabia, Pakistan, and the City of London, not to mention Wall Street.  

If Condoleezza Rice and her ilk feel deeply concerned that the security of the United States will be weakened by withdrawal of the U.S. troops from Afghanistan, they should stop issuing their false statements and go after the real "axis of evil"—the British Empire and those who serve it. 



With Ralph Pezzullo, Jawbreaker: The attack on bin Laden and al-Qaeda: A personal account by the CIA's key field commander (New York: Crown, 2005). 



28. Deconstructing a Bush-League Speech

David McGowan 
November 12, 2001


Selected excerpts from Bush's November 8 speech in Atlanta, including portions of the original draft (in red italics) that didn't make the final cut.

Tonight, many thousands of children are tragically learning to live without one of their parents.
Soon it will be tens of thousands, and then hundreds of thousands, and then perhaps millions of children who will be learning to live without one or both of their parents. But that's only if we count the Afghani kids. [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

And the rest of us are learning to live in a world that seems very different than it was on September the 10th.
All of you will be learning to live in a world that looks very much like a police state. Most of you will also be learning to live in a state of denial about how overtly fascist the country has become. Some of you though will have difficulty learning that portion of the program. We have a name for you: "terrorists." . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

The moment the second plane hit the second building, when we knew it was a terrorist attack, many felt that our lives would never be the same.
My handlers wanted me to emphasize that we had no clue that anything unusual was underway prior to the second plane hitting the second tower. We actually knew that there was some serious shit going down long before that time. The fact that no less than four commercial airliners had been simultaneously hijacked and one of them crashed into New York City's most visible landmark provided pretty good clues that something might be afoot. Nevertheless, it wasn't until the second plane hit the second tower that my aides chose to interrupt my reading time to inform me that there might be a problem. I'm still pissed off about it too, because now I'll never know what happened to that goat. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

We have gained new heroes, those who ran into burning buildings to save others: our police and our firefighters.
And just a few short days ago - when we sent Rudy G's Gestapo troops to show them how we deal with those in this country who choose to lawfully assemble to address legitimate grievances - we showed the level of contempt that we have for these heroes. As for the ones still buried in the rubble, we will be skiploading them into trucks to dump at the Fresh Kills Landfill. As you can well imagine, we are having a good laugh about that at the White House. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]


We've seen that type of hate before, and the only possible response is to confront it and to defeat it.
This is the part of the speech where I make the obligatory comparison of our current 'enemy' to Adolf Hitler. My daddy did the same thing with Saddam Hussein, as many of you will recall. In truth though, the only thing that these guys have in common with Hitler is that their rise to power was financed partly by my family, just like the real Hitler's rise was. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]


This new enemy seeks to destroy our freedom and impose its views.
This is actually one of the truest statements that I will be making here this evening. What I won't be telling you though is that the new enemy is me and my cabinet. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

We value education; the terrorists do not believe women should be educated, or should have health care, or should leave their homes.
Neither, for that matter, do any of the other groups who we are considering propping up as the new Afghani government, but we don't generally like to talk about that. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

We value the right to speak our minds;
We may value it, but don't anybody think about trying to actually exercise it. Always keep in mind what my errand-boy Ari Fleischer said about watching what you say and do. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

This enemy tries to hide behind a peaceful faith. But those who celebrate the murder of innocent men, women and children have no religion, have no conscience and have no mercy.
That is why I want you all to go out there and wave your flags and sing God Bless America while we continue to actively assist in an impending genocide of some seven-and-a-half million innocent civilians. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]


We wage a war to save civilization itself.
That, of course, assumes that we are defining 'civilization' as the right of the select few to exploit the resources and the people of this entire planet. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

This is a different war from any our nation has ever faced, a war on many fronts, against terrorists who operate in more than 60 different countries. And this is a war that must be fought not only overseas, but also here at home.
For those who haven't figured it out yet, this is a war against all the people of the world, including all of you. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

I recently spoke to high school students in Maryland and realized that for the first time ever these seniors will graduate in the midst of a war in our own country.
I also realized that, in a few years, a lot of them would likely be dead or missing limbs. Many others will likely develop some mysterious ailments as a result of exposure to all the toxic shit we are dumping in the areas where we will be sending in ground troops. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

We have entered a new era, and this new era requires new responsibilities, both for the government and for our people.
Our responsibility will be to continue lying to you in the hopes that most of you will continue to support our illegal and unjustified military actions, and to continue doing our very best to scare you into surrendering your few remaining civil liberties. Your responsibility will be to continue being scared and to foolishly continue to trust us here in Washington. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

The government has a responsibility to protect our citizens, and that starts with homeland security. The first attack against America came by plane, and we are now making our airports and airplanes safer. We have posted the National Guard in America's airports and placed undercover air marshals on many flights.
This is just a first step aimed at acclimating all of you to the constant presence of armed and uniformed military personnel intruding into your daily lives. And, by the way, don't make the mistake of thinking that all that airport security is ultimately aimed solely at keeping people out of the country. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

Four Americans have now died from anthrax out of a total of 17 people who have been infected. The Postal Service has processed more than 30 billion pieces of mail since September the 11th, and so far we've identified three different letters that contained anthrax.
I can't do the math myself, but they tell me that that means that one in every ten billion pieces of mail that was processed during the outrageously overhyped Anthrax scare was tainted. Now I know that I'm not the sharpest knife in the drawer, but even I can figure out that the risk might have been somewhat misrepresented by our subservient media whores. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

I'm proud of the way our health care and postal workers and the American people are responding with calm in the face of this deadly new threat.
I'm even more proud of the way our faithful servants in the press have obligingly and rather shamelessly whipped all of you into an Anthrax frenzy. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]


To coordinate our efforts, we have created the new Office of Homeland Security. Its director, my good friend and former Governor Tom Ridge, reports directly to me and works with all of our federal agencies, state and local governments and the private sector on a national strategy to strengthen our homeland protections.
I think you are going to like Tom. He's going to help coordinate the creation of a unified, nationwide, highly militarized police force that will operate largely in secrecy. It will look and function very much like the Gestapo. As all you patriotic Americans know, however, Nazi Germany's Gestapo was created for all the wrong reasons, while ours is being created for all the right reasons. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

Our enemies have threatened other acts of terror. We take each threat seriously. And when we have evidence of credible threats, we will issue appropriate alerts.
We will continue to do our very best to scare the hell out of all of you and make you feel as vulnerable as we possibly can. Think of how happy you'll then be when we insist on 'protecting' you. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

A terrorism alert is not a signal to stop your life. It is a call to be vigilant, to know that your government is on high alert and to add your eyes and ears to our efforts to find and stop those who want to do us harm.
If you've been paying close attention, the issuing of a terrorism alert should signal to you that more of your rights are about to get stripped away. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

We are destroying training camps, disrupting communications and dismantling air defenses. We are now bombing Taliban front lines. We are deliberately and systematically hunting down these murderers and we will bring them to justice.
We are carpet bombing with B-52s and making liberal use of cluster bombs, fuel-air bombs and depleted uranium. We have decimated villages, scored direct hits on a hospital, a nursing home and a food distribution center, and have seriously damaged a dam. We have created an unconscionable refugee crisis and have effectively cut off food supplies to millions of starving Afghanis. And we've hardly gotten started. Even if we knew where to find those we have branded as the 'murderers' - against whom, by the way, we have no real evidence - it would be impossible to hunt them down from a jet flying at 40,000 feet. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]


Throughout this battle, we adhere to our values. Unlike our enemy, we respect life. We do not target innocent civilians.
And if you believe that, then I guess you haven't been paying attention to the situation that we've created in Iraq over the last decade. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

We care for the innocent people of Afghanistan, so we continue to provide humanitarian aid, even while their government tries to steal the food we send.
We tell this story so often that it is rather amazing that anyone believes it anymore. This is the standard lie that we use to explain why offering any meaningful humanitarian assistance would be pointless. That is so that all of you don't needlessly burden yourselves with feelings of guilt over the humanitarian crises that we routinely create. In this conflict, we have added a new twist to the purported humanitarian aid being offered – cleverly disguising the food packets to blend in with the cluster bomblets that are already beginning to litter the Afghani landscape. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

When the terrorists and their supporters are gone, the people of Afghanistan will say with the rest of the world, "Good riddance."
If everything goes as planned, the people of Afghanistan aren't going to be saying much of anything. As a matter of fact, we aren't sure that there will be any people in Afghanistan. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]


We are at the beginning of our efforts in Afghanistan, and Afghanistan is only the beginning of our efforts in the world. No group or nation should mistake Americans' (sic) intentions.
Lest anyone has, let me state it as clearly as possible: our intent is specifically to bomb the bejesus out of any and all pockets of resistance to our ultimate goal of global hegemony. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

I recently received a letter from a fourth grade girl that seemed to say it all.
Finally my staffers gave me something to read that I can actually understand, unlike all those briefings they are always handing me. Now this person actually makes sense. I'm going to see if I can create a cabinet position for her, so that I have someone on my educational level that I can confer with. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

Countless Americans gave blood in the aftermath of the attacks.
Countless more will give blood before this is all over, although it won't necessarily be voluntarily. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

Americans have a lot to offer, so I've created a task force to develop additional ways people can get directly involved in this war effort, by making our homes and neighborhoods and schools and workplaces safer.
We want you all to start spying on each other. And please don't hesitate to report anything that you perceive to be 'anti-American' activity, whether the suspect be a neighbor, a co-worker, or even a family member. We already have your employers and your bankers spying on you for us, but we could really use some help from each and every one of you. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

Too many have the wrong idea of Americans as shallow, materialist consumers who care only about getting rich or getting ahead.
I wonder if that has anything to do with the fact that that is the precise set of values that is pitched to Americans by our schools and other social institutions, through our media - both 'news' and 'entertainment,' though how you tell the difference is beyond me - and through the icons of popular culture? . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

Our government has the responsibility to put needless partisanship behind us and meet new challenges:
It is time now to do away with the transparent and rather silly pretense of having a two-party system. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]

I made some proposals to stimulate economic growth, which will create new jobs and make America less dependent on foreign oil.
That at least is the spin that we have tried to put on our alleged 'stimulus package.' In truth, what we are planning to do is hand out massive tax breaks to the wealthiest individuals and corporations in the country. We don't really expect that this will create any new jobs, but it will further consolidate wealth and power into the hands of an elite few. Meanwhile, jobs will continue to disappear more quickly and more frequently than Dick Cheney. . [Added by Nazarene Remnant: And thank the Lord, Australia is with us all the way!]



29. 9/11 and the Holocaust: How Much Truth Does the Truth Require?

Dog Poet Transmitting ...
Thursday, October 28, 2010 




As if there were any doubt, in any way, anymore, about two critical circumstances that shape our world, there should be none now. We can be very fundamental about this. We can go to rank and file. We can go to bedrock and we can also be certain that the truth will not be hid for long now. Not only is 9/11 the litmus test but we have the right to inquire about anything because of the cost it has brought everyone but the ones who did it. For them it is all massive profit. 


Kevin Bracken is a hero. Kenneth O’Keefe is a hero too but you can find out about O’Keefe on your own. These videos bring something to light in ways that even a moron can find reason to be convinced of. One of them is mass media. The same mass media owned by those who were behind both events. 


This 9/11 and this curious foundation for so much in our present day are doing nasty things in their parents beds while their friends listen outside the door. What does it take to wake you up world? Should I take a hammer and go from door to door, town to town, country to country and bang on it so that you can recognize that you have been turned into one if the people in that bed and all of the people listening outside the door? 


I don’t know how anyone will take what I write anymore after the most recent Smoking Mirrors. The early comments made me feel like I was going with that same hammer and begging door to door. I was, but it wasn’t about money or apples. It was about the truth. In the meantime, people who are fighting for the truth are also fighting with each other and I can’t find a side to be completely on the side of so I can only fight for the truth herself and hope it will somehow bring those of us who are together to a place of greater strength and joined in our common struggle. 


There is no one who is reading this right now, or who ever will, who is not affected by these two events. All of us should take this personally. Very few of us got a real apple through the barbed wire while a psychopathic few were getting all of the apples for themselves and raising their own livestock on the livestock’s own land for the purpose of harvesting organs because their own organs will not function because there is no integrity in them. I think this is the real reason that they are behind all of this organ harvesting. There are so few of them and so many organs. Think about it. It is ugly and evil and pornographic beyond description and your imagination doesn’t even want to go there. 

I am confident now that there is no way that the truth can be kept from us. I feel like I can even see the future and that is a scary thing. It should come as no surprise that Jon Faine from the first video looks like Steven Spielberg. I shouldn’t have to be doing this. You should be doing this. Kevin Bracken and Kenneth O’Keefe are doing this. Max Keiser is doing this and we are all doing something by degrees and on levels within the dimensions of our enterprises but it is not enough. Please do what you can, every one of you, from every location to bring into being just a little more of the naked truth even if you have to rip the clothes from her body. 


I’m trying to get to my olive groves and reap my small harvest which costs more than any olive oil would in any store but it’s the real thing and somehow you can’t get that in a store. Meanwhile I am experiencing some of the most terrific pain in my life due to gallstones that have come about because I lost so much weight during all those events in Italy earlier this year. Now I am told I should have my gall bladder removed because this stone is too big to pass. I believe I can pass it with an ayurvedic remedy which I should be out getting the ingredients for but I am writing this instead. I’m pretty much out of my mind and I guess the most recent link pays proof to that. I’m also going back to Italy to do the same thing, more or less so, let’s all do our best. I’m told that if I don’t do something about this stone that it will kill me. That’s not a bad price given the circumstances being outlined here. 


The pain is terrific and it is no less than what I deserve. My main concern while writing this is that this be seen as a metaphor or analogy for something else. It’s all true but that is not my motive. Can it be any less clear that we should all do our best? Kenneth O’Keefe is risking his life. It’s what he does. Kevin Bracken is risking his reputation and all that he stands for in the minds of the people who believe in him. We all need to take this into account. 


If ever I wished I had some Special K and that it was legal, that time is now (grin). I have never seen such strange days as I now find myself in. I can only be so grateful that I have a loving consort and some really good friends who don’t have much themselves but who have been willing to share what there is with me. Doesn’t it always go to show that those with the least somehow are most willing to give the most, while those with too much to even know how much that is, cannot be motivated to share at all? 


In times of darkness even those without much are being constrained from sharing and from working together because of differences in perception and opinion. If only they would put those things aside then we would all have a lot more to share and we could do so much more. We are making mountains out of molehills while our enemies are turning those molehills into bullets and the blazing truth in the first two links of this posting should convince everyone to shut up and see to their own shortcomings. 


People talk a lot about being a Christian but when it comes to behaving like one, they don’t seem to have what it takes. People talk about being a Muslim or whatever it is that they are but practicing it seems to be more than what they are capable of. I feel like taking that hammer and going from head to head right now, instead of from door to door and screaming “Wake up”! 


I can’t live other people’s lives for them. I can only live my own and I’m not doing that as effectively as I could either. I suppose it’s karma and maybe some amount of my own selfishness and laziness but if my respect for anyone else counts for anything then I expect you will try to do the right thing now so that we can all be a little more like Kevin Bracken and Kenneth O’Keefe. 


I should have been on the road already and days ago been where I am supposed to be. It must be the grace of the divine that kept me here because I can’t imagine what kind of a nightmare I would have found myself in on the road by now. Then again, maybe I wouldn’t have a gall bladder now and that would be okay too. Now I risk losing so many of the olives I was going there to get because of the timeline. It’s absurd really. It’s too bad I don’t have someone here to drive down with me because that would solve a lot of problems but maybe that would cause some too (grin). It’s a dilemma and no mistake about that. 


Think people! Study those first two videos and tell me if it could be any more clear what has been going on and what IS going on and tell me what you think you ought to do and even what I ought to do. Mercifully, my pain has backed off for the last few hours and I can’t be grateful enough for that. It is a humbling affair and a teaching moment about things I have taken for granted a little too much on occasion. Maybe I have taken you for granted and I think maybe you have taken me for granted too. Remember, although all of what I am saying is as true as those videos, this is also a metaphor and an analogy and an appeal for all of us to pay a little more attention, to do a little more and to try a little harder so that we don’t turn into what the enemy wants us to. Let’s turn into what we are capable of by finding that Kevin Bracken and Kevin O’Keefe within us instead of the Julian Assange or the Alex Jones that we don’t need right now. Let’s not be our own worst enemies. 


Let’s not see too little too late. Let’s not die by inches and degrees the way a coward does. Let’s do the right thing while we have the time instead of spending forever in hindsight and regret for what we could have been and done. 




911 Hidden in Hollywood


30. Obama Moving White House to India?


Sher Zieve 

5 November, 2010 




Despite yesterday’s election, it is now blatantly obvious that Obama and Co neither cares about the United States of America nor its people. Today, the US tyrant--along with an estimated 50 jumbo jets full of his 3,000 person entourage--will fly Air Force One (followed by the second AF One and Marine One copters) to Mumbai, India where he and his merry minions will take over the entire Taj Mahal and other hotels. The now fully visible to the entire world hedonist and “Neroistc” monarch Obama will spend at least $200 Millions PER DAY of OUR money to indulge his every whim and fantasy. As members of his now wholly-owned media are traveling with him, any news about this grotesque and extreme extravagant waste of taxpayer money--especially considering the US’ current financial disaster brought on principally by this same “monarch”--is virtually, if not literally, criminal.

This sort of trip is unprecedented in US history and leads me to the question “Is The Obama planning to become a pasha-in-exile or is he essentially moving the USA Executive Branch--which was usurped in the first place--to another country; namely India?” 

How in the world can The Obama return to the USA after this extraordinary, open abject theft of taxpayer money which he is now laughing about and shoving--even more so--in our faces? The Obama and his wife are now both laughing uncontrollably and shouting at all of us “Shut up and eat your cake!“ What kind of perverse being now occupies the highest elected position in our land?

While the rest of us have been victimized by Obama and Co’s outrageous behaviors and criminal theft of almost all We-the-People had, The Obama still smiles broadly and tells us “You can’t stop me! Look what I’m still doing to you. Did you really think your petty elections would make any difference? I’m Barack Hussein Obama and you’re not!”

We-the-People have completed Phase One of restoring OUR Republic--taking back the US House of Representatives. Next, we must focus on the US Senate and its Marxist abject election fraud machine. However, it may be time to address the Executive Branch. If the head of it hasn’t committed high crimes and misdemeanors one must ask if those crimes actually exist--at all. Isn’t it time to remove the pretender to the office? Isn’t it?

Obama's Mumbai Visit to Cost and 200 Millions Per Day:

© 2010 Sher Zieve - All Rights Reserved

Sher Zieve is an author and political commentator. Zieve's op-ed columns are widely carried by multiple internet journals and sites, and she also writes hard news. Her columns have also appeared in The Oregon Herald, Dallas Times, Sacramento Sun, in international news publications, and on multiple university websites. Sher is also a guest on multiple national radio shows.


Nazarene Remnant comment: Have a look at The Usher of Desecration to understand the coming vilification of the Illuminati and what it is all about.



31. War: But Which War Is It? 


ByJim Kirwan
28 October, 2010



Americans [and Australians] have very little use for history; but there is history and then there's History (the kind that changes your life and mine directly).  


Everything in politics is always framed as what will happen in the future:


As in "The Library of the Future" or "The Homeland of the Future" but in reality

there is no "future" there is only "now."


History has been used to explain our present nightmare throughout the last ten years-but largely this effort has failed because it's too complicated for most really-busy-people to follow. So let's try something different ­ something very basic, and very simple, that will maybe clear away some of the cobwebs that too many have almost totally forgotten.


BEFOREthe selection of 2000: Bush Jr. began talking about the recession, in September of 2000, when this country still had what Clinton [Australia: substitute John Howard] had created which was a false-positive economy with a budget that was still in the black, instead of the debt of $14.8 trillion that we have now. People were employed, and the there was no department of Homeland Security; no police-state thugs, no checkpoints inside the country and there was no "war" to speak of and the "future still held promise ­until 12-12-2000 when the Bush campaign cut a deal with five members of the Supreme Court who stopped the vote count in Florida and declared Bush the winner of the 2000 selection.


INTERNATIONALLY: Plans for the bombing of Afghanistan had been in the works for over a year; because of a Unocal Pipeline that needed to pass through that country to get to the sea; and it was not safe, so Afghanistan needed a regime change. In Iraq Saddam was still in charge; with the information he had about Poppy Bush's drug world connections. Poppy had removed Manuel Noriega from Panama (his drug cartel leader in the West), at a cost of over 4,000 Panamanians that were killed to cover his tracks on this side of his secret life. Saddam still needed to be silenced since Poppy failed to do that with his 1991 invasion of Iraq-so Junior decided to finish what his daddy started.


STATESIDE: The US was far too comfortable; to actively back what the government felt that it needed to do-so another Pearl Harbor was required, in order to destabilize the public here, so that the changes in policies called for by the global-bankers and the cartels could proceed with world domination. The above was the geo-political scene prior to 12-12-2000.


FIRST THINGS FIRST: After the elections and the swearing-in ceremonies the first thing Junior did was to seal off all of his daddy's records from when he was vice-president, as well as president, from ever being seen by anyone. While the first thing Cheney did was to hold a massive secret-meeting in the White House with all the major energy players; who then wrote the US Energy policies that are still being used today for big Oil & Gas, Nuclear and Coal. These meetings themselves have remained secret from the public to this day: Because Cheney went so far as to seize the White House logs from the US Secret Service, who were in charge before Cheney's tenure and his seizure of this property of the US government, that would have been subject to a public review.


By late February Junior had already begun illegally spying on all US citizens, seven full months before 911. During those seven months he either reversed previous international treaty agreements, or ignored them as he proceeded to make the recession he championed before the selections into a national reality. Also secretly; Cheney and Rumsfeld became responsible for the safety of the country; rather than the president-as Bush could not be trusted to respond properly with 911 on the horizon-this is part of why Bush was taken out-of-the-loop on 911 and sent to Florida to read to second-graders while the twin-towers burned. This change took place in 1997 ­ three years before Bush became the Commander in Chief; and shows the Clinton administrations complicity in what was to come. (1) and (2)


The AFTERMATH: 911 was not an attack it was the criminal murder of nearly three-thousand people-and it was a felony crime of the highest magnitude-yet it was never investigated as a crime of any kind. Instead it was used as the justification-needed to bomb Afghanistan [aided and abetted by the war criminals John Howard in Australia, and Tony Blair in the UK]: And to declare war upon the Muslim world. Secretly; this was the beginning of the War Upon Ourselves.


In the Aftermath, once the president had coerced congress into granting him, his License to Kill, the government finished the 911 coverup and demanded that the public focus only on the WAR and on those Arabs that had supposedly planned and carried out 911 from inside some caves in Afghanistan. Meanwhile the physical evidence, for the most part was gathered up by private-contractors and shipped off to China. Shortly after that spin-control kicked in; under-cover of the government threat against anyone that did not agree with their version of events on 911. This was further enhanced with threats of being found guilty of aiding the terrorists; for anyone that openly continued to challenge the government's version of events on that star-crossed September day.


So we had a very publicly committed crime, for which no forensics were immediately gathered, compounded by no political or criminal investigations that were even considered. Since there was 'no crime' there could hardly have been 'a crime scene'. This was possible to do because all those agencies that would have been tasked with investigating this crime, including the congress were complicit in what happened on that day: Proof of this lies in the fact that not only was no one fired for anything that happened on 911-but many were promoted for the roles that they played on that day. And the public questioned none of this until much later.


"Most people have moved-on, seeking to understand our invasions of other countries or how it is that we've lost our civil rights, and our constitution. Under George W. Bush the constitution is now just a meaningless piece of parchment thanks to the total collapse of the Congress. But at the heart of all of this chaos is our own acquiescence to the plans and promises of this Cretan, and we must not forget the 'deaf ear' we have always turned to politics. We, by our inaction and inattentions, have done this to ourselves. 


At the core of our submission was and is our acceptance of the lies the White House told us, about what happened on 9-11. The committee on 9-11 that held hearings this last week, was well on its way to following in the hallowed footsteps of decades of cover-up investigations. Remember all the whitewashed lies that no one ever really believes? That's the kind of investigation that this committee was hell-bent on being responsible for: Because those kinds of investigations have always followed every national tragedy in this nation. Then came Richard Clarke and suddenly there seemed to be more than one view of what has been going on in the USofA, since the bandits came to town, and maybe even before? [Nazarene Remnant comment: This is true of the other 46 nations that that have been deceived into following the American Eagle—the Nazi sign of Scorpio—into Iraq, Afghanistan, and soon, Iran.]


Why is this so important, among all the other major aspects of our lives that the Bushman holds in his tiny little fists? Because jobs, and health-care, and the environment all of it rests on one simple fact: the total and complete domination of this country by deceit filled creatures whose only motives lie in profits stolen from the lives of others. That is what 9-11-01 is about. Without the events of that day none of what we're living with now could have happened.


Without 9-11 there would be no need for the HOMELAND security farce that the bandits copied directly from the Nazi's in the 1930's. Even the word 'homeland' is foreign, it has no resonance for Americans, it's an old-world European concept. Without 9-11 there would be no need for all the violations of every American [and everyone on the planet] citizen, violations that have always been introduced in the name of national security." (3)


Another side-effect of these events has meant that the future for all of us is something that we've all been living in since Bush Stole the White House on 12-12-2000.


TODAY: The Afghan War was cut short because when the Unocal pipeline reached Pakistan; Pakistan said 'No-Way' and that began another regime-change in yet another country. To distract from what we were doing in Pakistan, Junior went on to finish Poppy's unfinished business in Iraq, under falsified information which the US tried to get the world to accept [and the psychopaths, Australia’s John Winston Howard and Britain’s Anthony Charles Lynton Blair championed]. That information later proved to be totally false-yet this revelation (this criminally contrived excuse for war) did not changed anything about the war on the ground that we're still waging inside Iraq, to this day.


Pakistan is about to be invaded by us, along with Iran and possibly Syria-all of that in collusion with the 'new Israel' which has become an Apartheid state where only one people can reside: Even those Jews that do not agree with the new regime, along with Christians are to be thrown out, as "Israel" is now a Zionist puppet state, and is no longer a democratic place-they have become a totalitarian society. I wonder how many Americans [or Australians, Canadians, New Zealanders etc] know this.


None of these aggressions would have been possible without 911. There would have been no totalitarian police tactics here; no TSA screeners at our airports, or military checkpoints within the country: No reason to spy on every kind of communication engaged in by every American and perhaps most of all there would have been no need for anything like HOMELAND Security-a concept stolen from the Nazi manuals of 1934. America never thought of itself as 'The Homeland' it has always just been called 'this country,' America, or 'home.' How many know that the Nazi party was supposedly created to usher in "The New World Order back in the 1930's? Is this why this government has borrowed so many their concepts, their political tactics and their slogans in this quest to kill American [and World] society? How many people might still have their homes, their retirement savings and even their jobs - if this hellish crime had not happened! And 58 million Americans might still be getting cost of living increases, because the country's finances would not be in the sewer.


How many know that the Grandfather of George Bush, Prescott Bush, was convicted of trading with enemy (the Nazi's) during WWII? How does the great-grandson of a Nazi collaborator become president of the USA [Nazarene Remnant comment: Indeed, how does a Satanist, a known lesbian and pro-abortionist become the Prime Minister of Australia? Tell me the answer to that question!] without having that fact become part of the selection process? (4)


This is just the tiniest fraction of what was behind the nightmare that adds up to The War Upon Ourselves ­ can we really afford to just continue to look the other way! (5)




(1) From the Smoke and Flames the Truth is Rising 


(2) 911 Was Not An Attack, It Was Murder 


(3) Deceit and The Mask of Leadership 


(4) The Bush Dynasty 


(5) The War Upon Ourselves  


John Pilger's powerful new film, featuring interviews with Rageh Omaar and WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, exposes the media's complicity in war.


32. 911 WTC Nuclear Demolition

By nuclear demolition expert Dimitri Khalezov (Part 1 of 26)


This was the best theory I've heard that explains everything that never made sense to me about 911, until I read about Judy Woods and her book Where Did The Towers Go? Evidence Of Directed Free-Energy Technology On 9/11. This book has been described as the most important book of the 21st Century! For more information on this book, see Issue #46 of Last Days Watch,May 25, 2011, available here:

Issue #46 of Last Days Watch



Dimitri also got unofficial verification of his work by the FBI. If you watch the entire video series you will see what I'm talking about. I was BLOWN away when I did my own research and found out that Nelson Rockefeller, hired "Controlled Demolition Inc" on how the WTC towers could be taken down at the end of their life span because they had to submit the demolition plan before they were allowed to build. They concluded that ONLY a nuclear demolition charge would take down the building cleanly because it was so rigid and tall! This is in the public record. This Russian nuclear demolition expert even heard about the nuclear demolition plan in the 70s and the Russians were laughing at how the Americans would actually propose using a nuclear demolition charge to take down this structure. Here's a link that has some history on nuclear demolition also.


See all the videos from here:


911 WTC Nuclear Demolition - Dimitri Khalezov (Part 1 of 26)  


Follow-up article by Glen Canady 


Dimitri Khalezov's Nuclear Demolition Videos Being Scrubbed Off Web!  

On March 15, 2010 Having watched all 26 videos by Dimitri Khalezov, I posted them here @ Facts Not Fairies. There was a total silence from the the '9/11 Truthers' on these most amazing videos - except for a few forums here and there. Youtube has since censored these videos and are being censored throughout the web. Dimitri Khalezov websites have also been taken down. Now is your chance to watch, download, upload these videos and spread the truth.

By Glenn Canady 

Here's the deal. Somebody is busy trying to remove all videos about Dimitri Khalezov's nuclear demoltion theory out of existence on the Internet. At the end of this article I'm going to list all the pages that show this censorship. I feel that Dimitri's theory is the best one because it fits ALL the evidence. He also wrote a book on the entire thing which I want to read also. This type of scrubbing never happened with the Nano Thermite theory. I still believe nano thermite could have been used because something melted a lot of steel before the 150kT nuclear demolition charges were blown in all 3 buildings. I will cover this first and then give you links where you can see all the videos being scrubbed off the web. Please post links to this article on your Facebook walls so we can get people to be aware of Dimitri's excellent research on this.

Why I believe nuclear demolition fits all the evidence we know about.

They didn't call it "ground zero" for nothing! Before 911, ground zero only meant the area below or above a nuclear detonation, after 911, they changed some of the dictionaries to say it was also the place where terrorists attacked the trade centers. It's all mind control.

Dimitri Khalezov has been an expert in nuclear demolition for many years and has an incredible amount of proof that the buildings were taken down by underground micro nuclear demolition charges! I've posted some links to other material such as the melted cars that could have only been done by EMP type effects caused by a nuclear bomb since there was no jet fuel burning at ground level AND some of these cars were missing engine blocks! They were totally melted! How do you melt an engine block when no fire was burning at ground level - many of these cars were 7 blocks away! They were never explained in any way. Also it was never explained why Tritium levels were 55 times more than normal at ground zero. And of course we have ALL the strange cancers from first responders and many of them have died. They were forced to wear "air quality" badges which Dimitri says were really just radiation detectors in disguise so they could monitor everybody's exposure and pull people out of the hot zones for a while when their badges reported higher radiation. Easy to lie to everybody and tell them the badge is to monitor air quality. That is pure garbage if you think about it. There is not going to be that much difference in "air quality around such a relatively small area anyway.

Dimitri even said that in the 70's he was told that the Americans had authorized the twin towers to be taken down at the end of their lifetimes with small nuclear demolition charges! I did some research and it was true! It was determined that only a nuclear demolition charge could safely bring down both Towers and Building 7 because of their construction. Here's some good information on nuclear demolition

This web site hosts temporary download links to all 26 parts of a famous video interview that was removed from the YouTube and from all other video hostings

This web site hosts temporary download links to all 26 parts of a famous video interview that was removed from the YouTube and from all other video hostings.


Please, note that these links may not last long! The ‘Big Brother’ is extremely unhappy with this video. Hurry up to get these files before they are removed from the!


Everyone is encouraged to promptly download these video files and to re-distribute them as freely as he wishes – eg. by re-uploading them to the Internet sharing services (such as , and similar) and giving downloading links to others, by creating torrent downloads, by giving actual physical files to his or her friends, by making DVDs, etc. No modifying original contents of the videos is allowed, though.


You are strongly discouraged from re-distributing the original download links that are shown below, because publishing them everywhere in the Internet would only lead to their quick demise. Try, instead, to download these videos and to re-upload them elsewhere and only then – distribute links to the secondary destinations.


It would be also advisable to re-name the files before hosting them elsewhere and not using any personal names in the file-names – you might name them simply as ‘part01’, ‘part02’, or something similar. It would greatly complicate the ‘Big Brother’s’ work to trace and remove these files quickly. 


33. Who Did the London Bombings?--The Hard Proof

Major rally against cutbacks by government 

The Zionist and Traitor,
John Winston Howard

"There was at least one other ‘Zionist’ Western politician in London on the day and that was John Howard, the Prime Minister of Australia. Come to think of it, The Australian Prime Minister was also in America on the day of 911, visiting his Zionist friend Rupert Murdock, you know, the owner of the compliant British mainstream media, and another good friend of Bibi Netanyahu." ("Who Did London the London Bombings?
The Hard Proof,: available here: )


This analysis evaluates the improbability of evidence such as timing of recent terrorist attacks and media reports of subsequently denied warnings pointing to an innocent third party. The prime suspects are found to have the means, motive and opportunity. We consider how records in Government databases could have been used in framing Muslims for London 7/7. The combination of Leeds criminals together with London scene of crime is also found to be at variance with the official "Islamic militants" line.

This is a very well-written article.  I would believe that the author is no mean journalist, but somebody with a much higher education and experience in this field.   The term, ‘improbability of evidence’ is in the negative, and is connected to two further points, the ‘timing’ of the recent terrorist attacks, and the subsequently ‘denied’ warnings to an ‘innocent’ third party.

The ‘denied warnings’ to an ‘innocent’ third party can only relate to the Israeli ‘Finance Minister’, Benjamin Netanyahu, so this then means that the ‘prime suspects’ with ‘the means, motive and opportunity’ is not Netanyahu related, so must relate to a third party.  In simple terms, this article is out to dispel any theory of Benjamin’s involvement in regard to the London bombing.

The sentence; ‘we consider how records ~ used in framing Muslims for London 7/7’ is interesting. This is now shifting the focus directly upon the British government’s internal Intelligence service, MI5.

 Then we have the final sentence of this ‘introduction’ with the terms, ‘Leeds criminals’, ‘London scene of crime’ and ‘at variance with the official “Islamic militants’ line’ which means that the British government version is in error. 

The only part of this ‘introduction’ that is easy to comprehend is; “denied warnings pointing to an innocent third party” which refers to Netanyahu.  The ‘prime suspect’ is not named or even insinuated, but the inferences to the ‘Government’ must push the view that the perpetrators are within this organization.

Let us look at where the author takes us to.

From their previous record of deception, spying, and carrying out false flag attacks [Ref. 1] [Ref. 2] which is too numerous to list here, Israel would be the prime suspect for the London 7/7 attack. Evidence of complicity would include a specific motive for the timing of recent terror attacks, as well as a more general analysis of who benefits. From the events of 7/7 alone, it should be possible to infer some estimates of the probability of Israel's guilt or innocence.

This paragraph insinuates that Israel’s previous history in ‘false-flag’ attacks would be a prime motive in suspecting Israeli involvement.  This is not correct.  It is the actual Israeli involvement within the various areas of ‘security’ and forewarning that makes Israel a ‘prime’ suspect.  What is more, is that the statement ‘a specific motive for the timing of recent terror attacks’ is new and must be considered with a great deal of interest.

The two most significant terrorist attacks of July 2005 were London 7/7 and Sharm al-Sheikh 7/23. The online MIPT Terrorism Knowledge Base provides the researcher with chronological information of terrorist incidents by region, tactic, target or group [Ref. 3]. Incidents in the database carry a detailed report which includes the associated number of fatalities and injuries. Attacks that are classed as "domestic" are included back to 1998; the data covers international incidents from 1968 to the present. Updating is bimonthly, so very recent incidents are not included. And the "terrorist group" variable is as asserted by the US Government, so could require further analysis to ascertain the true perpetrators. In spite of that, the database is a useful tool.

This paragraph links two different ‘terrorist’ attacks, The London bombing on the 7th July 2005 and the Egyptian bombing at Sharm al-Sheikh on the 23rd July 2005.  There is no basis given for such a link other than they occurred within the same month.  MIPT is a department within the United States of America Department of ‘Homeland Security’, which was set up after 911.

For the UK, it can be seen that London 7/7 (approximately 56 fatalities) was the worst terrorist attack since the Lockerbie plane bombing of December 1988 (270 fatalities). Total terrorism fatalities for UK, 1988, including other incidents is shown as 271. From 1968 to 2005, there were no other UK international terrorist incidents comparable to the 1988 and 2005 attacks. Domestic incidents (e.g. IRA) sometimes claimed about 10 to 20 lives, and are not included pre-1998. But over the period 1968 to 1997 there were no domestic terrorist incidents with 50+ fatalities. Hence, erring on the high side, if we count London 7/7, the frequency of a 50+ fatalities terrorist attack in the UK (immediately prior to 7/7) could be taken as once every 17 years.

This paragraph endeavours to link the ‘Terrorist Acts’ of Lockerbie with the London Bombing on the 7th July 2005.  This is akin to linking an apple with an orange, they are each a piece of fruit, but that is the only connection.  With Lockerbie and the London bombings, they are both ‘terrorist’ acts, but there is absolutely nothing to link them together.  This must be viewed as a ‘red herring’, but let us see where it leads to.

For Egypt, there were between 64 and 88 fatalities in the Sharm al-Sheikh attack of 7/23, with the actual figure probably closer to 88. Attacks of October 2004 killed 34 in two other Sinai resorts. Back in November 1997, an attack in Luxor resulted in 74 fatalities. The total terrorist fatalities for Egypt, 1997, is shown as 84. Going back to 1968, there are no Egypt incidents of similar magnitude. Hence, again erring on the high side, we can take once every 8 years as the frequency of terrorist attacks in Egypt on a similar scale to the July 23 attack (e.g. 64+ fatalities).

Again, this paragraph endeavours to link the various ‘terrorist attacks’ within Egypt over a period of time, that being between 1997 and 2005, and then using this period as a data base for a mathematical equation.  However, it is also pointed out that Egypt suffered no similar attacks from 1968 until 1997, which in reality negates the mathematical equation to absurdity.  The absurdity becomes even moreso when you take into account the ‘Lavon Affair’ of 1954.

British Gas recently discovered significant offshore gas fields in Palestinian Authority (PA) areas off the Gaza coast. Israel did not express any interest in this gas, even though gas from Egypt was more expensive. For political reasons, Ariel Sharon preferred to deal with Egypt, fearing that a $150+ million annual cash flow to the Palestinians would be used to bankroll terrorism against Israel.

Ariel Sharon was the Prime Minister of Israel from 2001 until the 4th of January 2006.  Since it is now over three years since this deal was made, has there been any sign of the Palestinians being able to use that money to bankroll terrorism against Israel?

On June 30, Israeli and Egyptian officials signed a $2.5 billion deal for the sale of Egyptian natural gas to Israel over the next 15 years, with options for a further 5 years. Israel then found out that Egypt and British Gas had struck a secret deal behind her back, whereby Palestinian gas would be sold to Egypt [Ref. 4]. Effectively, Israel would be purchasing from Palestine after all, but having to pay a premium price into the bargain.

Ref.4 is a media report on this ‘gas deal’ struck between Israel and Egypt, dated on the 5th July, 2005.  There are now only two days to go before the London bombings.

Read the Full Story:
Who Did London the London Bombings?--The Hard Proof

Also See:

The London 7/7 Bombers Were Inncent Patsies: or google "7/7 bombers 'were innocent patsies'"

The Trial of Muad'Dib (9-12 May 2011)

Landmark Case Could Stymie Legal System

"9/11 Ripple Effect" about the September 11th, 2001 false flag attack in the U.S.

"7/7 Ripple Effect" about the July 7th, 2005 false flag attack in the U.K. 


34. Israel Carried Out The October 2002 Terror Attack In Bali



20+ Killed in Bali Blasts

Israel carried out the October 2002 terror attack in Kuta, Bali, murdering over 200 to ensure Australia would join the coalition of the killing in Iraq. On October 1, 2005, just days after it was suggested that Australia would soon be withdrawing 450 troops, a powerful message was sent to show who's boss - the same as happened on 7/7/05 (London) and 7/23/05 (Sharm al-Sheikh) just after the UK announced plans for a phased withdrawal, and just after British Gas did a deal with Egypt on Palestinian gas that was not sanctioned by the Jewish Mafia. Israel is demanding that Iran be attacked next, under the same lame pretext of "WMDs". Iraq has already been looted and ruined; its main importance now is as a beachhead from which to launch further invasions.


Expect to see the usual nonsense about "Islamic militants" and noises from the Australian Government to indicate that they will "stay the course" in Iraq, after all. Invariably, the "Muslims" are somehow clever enough to prepare highly unstable home-made highly explosive compounds and transport them without blowing themselves up en route, but stupid enough to guarantee never to hit the right target at the right time. Ten out of ten for practical chemistry, but zero for game theory, group dynamics and applied psychology.

Read the Full Story:
Israel Carried Out The October 2002 Terror Attack In Bali


35. Julia Gillard, Australia's Prime Minister, Continues to Support the Lies about 911

Julia Gillard, it is not stupid to believe that 911 was an inside job. It was a well-planned murder you and the Australian Government are fully implicated in.

9-11 Was Not An Attack, It Was An Inside-Job Murder


By Jim Kirwan
March 26,  2004




Rumsfeld in trying to explain his actions on 911 to PBS on 3/5/04 said:


"The Department of Defense, of course, is oriented to external threats. This was a domestic airplane that was operated by people who were in the United States, against a US target, which makes it historically a law enforcement issue. The Department of Defense deals with external threats coming into the United States-and that's what the department is organized, trained and equipped to do."


Donald Rumsfeld is wrong - in this case dead wrong. This view is what cost thousands more American their lives on 911, than what would have happened, if the White House had not failed to do its job in preventing everything after the first plane hit!


There is something called NORAD, The North American Defense Command, which came into being somewhere back near the 1950's. Its headquarters today is located beneath a mountain in Colorado. Since its creation the United States has spent untold trillions of taxpayer dollars just to prevent something like 911 from ever happening here.


Everything that flies in or over this country is tracked by both civilian (FAA) radar, and military (NORAD) radar. This system is vast and intricate and while it is not foolproof, it is sufficient to de-fang what took place on September 11th.


The procedure works like this. Every aircraft files a flight plan, prior to takeoff, and has to check in with Air Traffic Control upon leaving the ground. During the flight the aircraft is tracked from takeoff to landing by elements of the FAA, but it is never out of range or vision of military radar.


During the cold war the NORAD system was used to defend the nation's airspace as certainly and as swiftly as any traffic-cop would, when using a speed trap on a highway. Everything that flew had to be identified and cleared to continue throughout its flight by the military. If the course or the intent of the aircraft was in doubt the US Air Force sent up fighters to investigate. The time lag for identification to be made was 3 minutes. That was over the United States, on US flights being made here, by anyone who happened to be piloting the aircraft - so long as that aircraft appeared on radar.


NORAD is under the direction of the Department of the Air Force, which is still under the direction of the Department of Defense-who is directly responsible to the President of the United States. The President is ultimately responsible for the air defense of the continental United States and Alaska and Hawaii - in peace or war.


It should be noted that after the 1st attack upon the WTC, when the towers survived, there was from that day until 911, intensified air patrols that monitored the airspace surrounding the World Trade Center. For some reason those aircraft were not present on that September morning.


On that morning, after air traffic control knew that the aircraft had been hijacked, and especially after the first plane hit the towers - US Air Force fighter aircraft should have immediately been scrambled (sent to intercept the remaining hijacked planes). What was taking place had to have appeared on dozens of radarscopes in both the New York and Washington areas. Once the planes had been identified as the planes that had been taken over by unknown hijackers, the chain of command would have automatically been engaged with requests for decisions as to how to respond. Simultaneously, messages should have come from NORAD headquarters to the White House, or Air Force One - wherever the president was at the time - requesting orders for what the fighters should do regarding the potentially hostile aircraft. Yet instead of plopping his ass in front of a video monitor for a teleconference with his air defense chiefs, as well as the Joint Chiefs of Staff (which would have been done under any hostile attack situation) - Bush kept reading to a bunch of second-graders in Florida for an additional twenty minutes, after the first plane hit.


On 911, no fighters appeared in the skies over New York or Washington. The White House said there were none available - the reality was much different. There were at least a hundred interceptors available, but none took off, until after the attacks were completed. In the 1950's the only way that could have happened was if the President of the United States had order the US Air Force to "stand-down." And to this day neither the White House, nor the Secretary of Defense has ever offered an explanation of why this happened as it did.


When Bush finally did re-board Air Force One, he basically ran to Omaha to hide in the fortified bunkers that used to belong to Strategic Air Command. This president needs to explain his actions to the entire nation - because it appears that he is guilty of cowardice in the face of the enemy. If Bush is innocent of such an action then why has he yet to tell the people about his actions on that day: especially given the number of people that died while his administration fiddled around in completely inept confusion?

Those Air Force Generals in charge of Operations on that day need to be subpoenaed to testify before Congress in open session, to explain why all the rest of those in the second tower and the Pentagon, as well as those on the Pennsylvania flight had to die as well as those who were in the first tower.


Rumsfeld wants to claim that the whole affair was a matter for the civilian authorities, as if a civil crime was in progress, and so 911 was not within his jurisdiction, the DOD being the US military, was not to interfere. That - is a flat out LIE!


Moreover, if this was a civilian matter, then why did the United States retaliate with the US military for a civilian crime? Also where did our dictator get off making this a global problem, after having cast himself in the role of the leader of a Crusade to exterminate the evil infidels that had militarily attacked the USA? Let's not forget Guantanamo, and all those people who are charged as being enemy combatants. If this was a civil crime and not a military operation, then how could we have taken military prisoners and held them for years without charges?


The Cabal can't have it both ways. If this was an attack upon this nation, an act of war that required the United States to invade another country: then where was the military here at home? Where was our military that we have spent trillions on when they were needed? Or if 911 was a civil crime, as Donald Rumsfeld says: "a law enforcement issue," then how can Bush defend what we did by way of retaliation?


This nation needs to stop the bullshit and get to the heart of this matter! The Department of Defense is responsible for the air space over the continental United States, and that's a fact. Failure to interrupt the attacks of 911 in the hour and forty-seven minutes that they waited for the attacks to come to an end - amounts to the murder of thousands of additional American civilians.


Maybe the first attack might not have been preventable, but everything after that first plane hit should not have happened in the way that it did. The people responsible for this crime against the people of this nation need to be held accountable, and that would be the President of the United States, who was reading a book to second graders, the Vice-President who from his secure location, supposedly intervened to stop the interceptors from flying, and Donald Rumsfeld for trying to cover it all up.

This action could begin to bring closure to these events-and the time to do this is now!


Organisations Devoted To Finding 911 Truth:


U.S. Military Officers for 9/11 Truth 

Actors and Artists for 9/11 Truth 

Scientists for 9/11 Truth 

Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth 

Firefighters for 9/11 Truth 

Intelligence Officers for 9/11 Truth 

Pilots for 9/11 Truth 

Journalists and Other Media Professionals for 9/11 Truth 

Medical Professionals for 9/11 Truth 

Political Leaders for 9/11 Truth 

Lawyers for 9/11 Truth 

Veterans for 9/11 Truth 

Scholars for 9/11 Truth 



Related Article:


9-11 Truth-Deniers are Criminally Responsible 


36. 9/11 and the "American Inquisition"

By Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research, September 11, 2008


Today's "Global War on Terrorism" is a modern form of inquisition. It has all the essential ingredients of the French and Spanish inquisitions.

Going after " Islamic terrorists", carrying out a Worldwide preemptive war to " protect the Homeland" are used to justify a military agenda.

"The Global War on Terrorism" (GWOT) is presented as a "Clash of Civilizations", a war between competing values and religions, when in reality it is an outright war of conquest, guided by strategic and economic objectives.

The GWOT is the ideological backbone of the American Empire. It defines US military doctrine, including the preemptive use of nuclear weapons against the "state sponsors" of terrorism.

The preemptive "defensive war" doctrine and the "war on terrorism" against Al Qaeda constitute essential building blocks of America's National Security Strategy as formulated in early 2002. The objective is to present "preemptive military action" --meaning war as an act of "self-defense" against two categories of enemies, "rogue States" and "Islamic terrorists", both of which are said to possess weapons of mass destruction.

The logic of the "outside enemy" and the evildoer, allegedly responsible for American civilian deaths, prevails over common sense. In the inner consciousness of Americans, the attacks of September 11, 2001 justify acts of war and conquest:

"As was demonstrated by the losses on September 11, 2001, mass civilian casualties is the specific objective of terrorists and these losses would be exponentially more severe if terrorists acquired and used weapons of mass destruction." (National Security Strategy, White House, Washington, 2002)

America's Inquisition

The legitimacy of the inquisition is not questioned. The "Global War on Terrorism" justifies a mammoth defense budget at the expense of health, education, and virtually every single category of (civilian) public expenditure.

The "Global War on Terrorism" requires "going after" the terrorists, using advanced weapons systems. It upholds a preemptive religious-like crusade against evil, which serves to obscure the real objectives of military action.

The lies underlying 9/11 are known and documented. The American people's acceptance of this crusade against evil is not based on any rational understanding or analysis of the facts.

America's inquisition is used to extend America's sphere of influence and justify military intervention, as part of an international campaign against "Islamic terrorists". Its ultimate objective, which is never mentioned in press reports, is territorial conquest and control over strategic resources.

The GWOT dogma is enunciated and formulated by Washington's neoconservative think tanks. It is carried out by the military-intelligence establishment. It is embodied in presidential speeches and press conferences:

"We've been warned there are evil people in this world. We've been warned so vividly. ... And we'll be alert. Your government is alert. The governors and mayors are alert that evil folks still lurk out there. As I said yesterday, people have declared war on America and they have made a terrible mistake. ... My administration has a job to do and we're going to do it. We will rid the world of the evil-doers," (George W. Bush, CNN, September 16, 2001, emphasis added)

An understanding of fundamental social and political events is replaced by a World of sheer fantasy, where "evil folks" are lurking. The objective of the "Global War on Terrorism" launched in September 2001 is to galvanize public support for a Worldwide campaign against heresy. In the eyes of public opinion, possessing a "just cause" for waging war is central. A war is said to be Just if it is waged on moral, religious or ethical grounds.

Read the Full Story Here:
9/11 and the "American Inquisition"


37. Israel is the Most Immediate Threat to the Future of the Planet

Monday, October 25, 2010

From: “Kourosh Ziabari”



Dear editor,
I’ve conducted a new interview with the American pro-Palestinian journalist and activist
Jeffrey Blankfort. We discussed a variety of issues including the influence of Israeli lobby
on the decision-makers of the U.S. government, Israel’s illegal, underground nuclear program, the prospect of Israeli – Palestinian conflict and the imminent threat of an Israeli strike against Iran’s nuclear facilities.
I hope it will be useful for publication

Best regards
Kourosh Ziabari


Israel is the most immediate threat to the future of the planet: Jeffrey Blankfort


Interview by Kourosh Ziabari


Jeffrey Blankfort is an American photojournalist, radio producer and Middle East analyst. He is a well-known pro-Palestinian activist whose articles and writings have appeared on Counter Punch, Voltairenet, Palestine Think Tank, Dissident Voice and many other publications.


He currently hosts radio programs on KZYX in Mendocino, CA and KPOO in San Francisco. Blankfort was formerly the editor of the Middle East Labor Bulletin and co-founder of the Labor Committee of the Middle East. In February 2002, he won a lawsuit against the Zionist organization Anti-Defamation League (ADL) which was found to have been spying on the American citizens critical of Israel and its expansionistic policies.


Jeffrey joined me in an exclusive interview to discuss the influence of Israeli lobby on the decision-makers of the U.S. government, Israel’s illegal, underground nuclear program, the prospect of Israeli – Palestinian conflict and the imminent threat of an Israeli strike against Iran’s nuclear facilities.


Blankfort is quite outspoken in his criticism of the apartheid regime of Israel and believes that Israel is the most immediate threat to the future of our planet.

Kourosh Ziabari:In your article “The Israel Lobby and the Left: Uneasy Questions”, you elaborately explore the dominance of Israeli lobby over the U.S. administration and cite good examples of the influence of well-off Zionists on the multinational companies and mainstream media in America. My question is that, what are the root causes of this enormous power and immense wealth which the Zionists have possessed?

How did the Jews take over the vast resources of power and money that has made them capable of framing, modifying and overturning the political equations in the United States?
 [Nazarene Remnant comment: This situations also holds true for most of the important countries in the Western world, including Australia and New Zealand.]


Jeffrey Blankfort: That question requires a long and complicated answer. In short, an important, well organized segment of the American Jewish community emerged after World War II that has been dedicated to the establishment and prospering of a Jewish state in historic Palestine in which the lives and well being of the indigenous Palestinian Arabs were of no consequence.


That this segment did not and has never represented the majority of American Jews has been more than been made up for by its concerted activity on Israel’s behalf in every critical sector of U.S. society and at every level of the nation’s political life. Its success would not have been possible, however, were it not for the fact that within its ranks have been a sizeable number of wealthy Jewish businessmen who have been quite willing to expend the funds necessary to either purchase the support of the U.S. Congress as well as virtually all of the state legislatures or intimidate Israel’s would-be critics into silence.

Well before the birth of the first Zionists, Jewish bankers and capitalists had established themselves in Europe and the United States so it was not surprising that a number of them, beginning with Lord Rothschild in the early part of the century, became supporters of the Zionist project. Now, far and away, they make up the largest segment of individual donors to both political parties.


The media, as could be expected, was one of its primary targets, and that avowedly pro-Israel interests, although not exclusively Jewish, such as Rupert Murdoch [Nazarene Remnant comment: Murdoch owns a vast segment of the Australian media, including the “are you well-informed or is your News Limited?” press in Australia, which includes the national broadsheet The Australian, and the tabloid The Daily Telegraph.], now thoroughly dominate it at every level is, unfortunately proved on a daily basis.

While there should be no question that this Israel support network, euphemistically described as a “lobby,” has been a major force in shaping U.S. Middle East policies overall, and the determinant factor in dealing with the Israel-Palestine conflict, its power has its limits. While it was able, through its agents in the White House and the Pentagon, to push the U.S. into a war on Iraq [Nazarene Remnant comment: Undoubtedly the satanic government of Julia Gillard will also push for this war, and again con the docile and supine Australian people into believing that this is a just war. In the eyes of God, there is no such thing as a just war.], it has yet to get Washington to bomb Iran or, apparently, to sanction an Israeli attack on its nuclear facilities. It is clear that there are important elements within the Pentagon as well as the intelligence agencies which know that an attack by either the U.S. or Israel on Iran would more likely than not lead to a global catastrophe.


KZ:In your articles, you’ve alluded to the conflicts and struggles between the U.S. and Israel administrations during the past decades in which the U.S. Presidents, starting from Richard Nixon, tried to curb the expansionistic policies of Israel and bring about an improved living condition for the oppressed nation of Palestine. Should you believe that there have been such efforts on the side of U.S. administration, what has led to their failure, having in mind that they’ve repeatedly proclaimed their commitment to the security of Israel?


JB: There has not been the slightest interest on the part of any US president, I suspect, in improving the living conditions for the Palestinians. Halting Israeli expansion and getting Tel Aviv to withdraw from all the territories it conquered in 1967 has been seen as being in the U.S. national interest.


All the past efforts have failed because none of the presidents have been willing to spend the domestic political capital that would be necessary to force an Israeli withdrawal and particularly so when they know their efforts will be opposed by the overwhelming majority of both houses of Congress irrespective of party affiliations as well as by the Zionist dominated media.


The only one who made a serious effort and who was willing to confront the Zionist network and Congress was George Bush Sr., when he denied Israel its request for $10 billion in loan guarantees in 1991 and again in 1992 but even he was eventually forced to surrender. 


KZ:Israelis are used to employing the label anti-Semitism to defame and vilify whoever dares criticize their belligerent, aggressive policies and actions. They accuse whoever criticizes them of being anti-Semitist. This makes the politicians and opinion-makers hesitant and demoralized in talking of Israel negatively. Is there any solution to reveal the futility of anti-Semitism label and educate the public that the criticism of Israel is different from criticizing Judaism?


JB: The allegation of “anti-Semitism” leveled against critics of Israel does not carry the weight it once did but it still is extremely effective, particularly, when the accused is employed by the mainstream media as we have seen recently in the case of Helen Thomas, Octavia Nasr and Rick Sanchez, and in the film industry which has long been a Zionist bastion and which was brought into existence by Jews in the last century, although none at the time were Zionists.


The power of the accusation of anti-Semitism to bring public figures to their knees will continue to exist until there is a sufficient number of prominent Americans who are willing to challenge it. When that will be I won’t begin to speculate.


[Nazarene Remnant comment:Both the “anti-Semitism” label, and the modern religion of Judaism are complete lies. It has been one of my lifelong passions—well at least since about when I was 24 years old—to restore the original true religion to the Earth, and it is quite easy now to see that the so-called religion called Judaism is not from God at all. As I point out in The Sacred Calendar of the Messiah—Restored! (in chapter 6, “Beware, ‘the lying pen of scribes’”), the religion of Judaism, and the modern rogue state of Israel, are not from God at all, and never have been. It has been one of history’s most successful frauds that has been taught by the so-called churches of God around the world, and the people, once again, have supped with satisfaction on the lie: “Many people think that modern Judaism was forged during the days of the early patriarch’s with men like Abraham, Isaac, Jacob and Moses, playing the leading role in the determination of the religion. But these men weren’t Jews at all. The scriptures always refer to them as ‘Israelites,’ the ‘House of Jacob,’ ‘Hebrews,’ ‘Israel,’ and ‘the children of Israel.’ In their days they were Israelites first and foremost, and it was not until after the days of King Solomon, that the nation divided into the northern and the southern kingdom, and then destroyed in two vital stages, that the term ‘Jew’ came into more widespread use. Nowadays the term has, unfortunately, completely taken over the minds of many people, who now think that Judaism is the full expression of the religion of the living God.[1] … something very interesting had happened in ancient Babylon, during the Exile, because after the Exile, what emerges from Babylon is a remarkable religious change, and something that is quite mysterious to this day, for it has resulted in the new apostate religion called Judaism, and a totally new apostate calendar system as well, which has even deceived the Elect of this modern day. Jeremiah’s warnings about the “lying Bible” of the scribes had not been heeded: ‘How can you say, ‘We’re the wise ones who have the Law of Yahwe with us?’ Behold, the lying pen of the scribes hath transformed the law into a falsehood’ (Jeremiah 8: 8). Interestingly, this is still the case in the modern world! … And if you re-read the words of Jesus in the New Testament, who made it abundantly clear that Judaism is a man-made religion of tradition and superstition, you’ll notice that Jesus treated them exactly like this: as a private club, none of whom had been called by the Father to His special mission of saving this world in their age. As Jesus completely understood, theirs was reserved for a future time, and so, for us now, we’d best listen to the words of Jesus, and beware of the leaven of the scribes and the Pharisees. Jesus took no notice of this private club’s selfish claims, and He made it abundantly clear that His mission was aimed at the lost sheep of all of the house of Israel (Matthew 15: 24).”[2] (From The Sacred Calendar of the Messiah—Restored! (in chapter 6, “Beware, ‘the lying pen of scribes’”)]


KZ:Although undeclared, it’s confirmed by the Federation of American Scientists that Israel possesses up to 200 nuclear warheads. Being a non-signatory to the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, Israelhas never allowed the IAEA to probe into its nuclear arsenal. We already know about the destiny of Mordecai Vanunu [[3]] [Mordechai’s Web site here:] who swapped his freedom with the expression of truth. What’s your viewpoint about the destiny of Israel’s nuclear program? Will Tel Aviv continue enjoying immunity from responsibility?


JB: As long as the Zionist support network controls Congress and as long as no American president as the courage to even mention the existence of Israel’s nuclear weapons, and while the U.S. continues to hold the purse strings to the UN, Israelwill continue to enjoy both immunity and impunity. Had the leadership of the now non-existent anti-nuclear movement in the US, like the “peace movement” not been also Zionist-dominated, there might have been some debate on the issue but because it was, the subject was considered off limits.


[Nazarene Remnant comment:Mordechai Vanunu is a former Israeli nuclear technician who blew the whistle on Israel’s true intent regarding her massive stockpile of nuclear weapons. In an interview with Dr. Hesham Tillawi, Mordechai is asked the following question: Dr. Hesham Tillawi: One of the Israeli professors said a few months ago that 'we have the nuclear capability of hitting every major European city,' is that true to your knowledge? Mordechai Vanunu: Yes, it is true. They can bombard any city all over the world, and not only those in Europe but also those in the United States, and by this threat what they are doing is to send a secret message to any leader and to any government that they have the ability to use them aggressively and to blackmail them, to blackmail Europe and the United States, every where, in every state around the world. It was Europe and the United States who helped them get this power, and now that Israel has it, she is coming back and saying to them 'We will not obey any orders that you give us. No international law, no international agreement, no UN resolutions,' and all because of these atomic weapons that they have ... Read the full interview here:'s-global-thermonuclear-blackmail.html ]


KZ:Let’s turn to Iran. Iran’s is being portrayed by the U.S. mainstream media in a distorted and hypocritical way. Many Americans who even hadn’t heard the name of Iran before are now exposed to a horrifying and dreadful image of the country presented to them by the Zionist-led media outlets. They aren’t aware of the historical civilization of Iran and its unique cultural, social features. How is it possible to unveil the concealed realities of Iran for the Americans who don’t find the proper opportunities to get familiarized with the misrepresented Iran?


JB: Most American would have a problem finding Iran or any other country in the Middle East, or for that matter, anywhere in the world on a map. They are, for the most part, what can be called “geographically challenged,” as well as historically challenged. There is no antidote to that on the horizon which is why Washington [Nazarene Remnant comment:  And Canberra!]is able to get away with making war on countries and peoples that have never done them harm. If there was a military draft as there was during the Vietnam War, neither the war in Iraq or Afghanistan would have gone on as long as they have and there would be opposition to an attack on Iran.

When Nixon cleverly halted the draft of 18-year olds in the early 70s, that took the backbone out of the anti-war movement and that is the reason that as hard pressed as the U.S. is today to maintain an army large enough to fight multiple wars, Washingtonwill not bring back the draft. Hiring private contractors [Nazarene Remnant comment: Such as Blackwater.] became the alternative. Without the fear of 18-year olds that they will be taken into the army, there is no anti-war movement and there is none worthy of the name at this moment in the United States.


KZ:Many people around the world have come to believe that the media in the United States are unrestrictedly free and can express whatever they want to, without any impediment or obstruction imposed on them by the administration. It’s almost accurate to say that the U.S. government does not have any direct involvement in the media-related affairs; however, there seems to be an implicit pressure on the media not to cross the red lines and violate the unwritten laws, including the criticism of Israel. Can you elaborate on this more precisely?


JB: It is not the government that prevents criticism from Israel in the media but fear of the repercussions that are guaranteed to follow any genuine criticism be it written or in cartoon form in the U.S. media, even when that criticism is leveled by a Jewish journalist. There are several organizations, most prominently the Anti-Defamation League, CAMERA, and HonestReporting which are able to unleash at a moment’s notice a torrent of emails and letters to the editor, and in certain cases, visits to the offices of an offending newspaper, to make sure those in the media know what they can and cannot write. Since there is no corresponding pressure from Israel’s critics in the public, most editors choose to avoid a fight.


There was a time when a number of columnists in the mainstream press did write critically of Israel and got away with it. But that was 20 years ago and they are no longer around.


KZ:As the final question, what’s your prediction for the future of Israel? Will it continue to determine the U.S. foreign policy and rule the American politicians? [Nazarene Remnant comment: And Australian politicians as well, especially those from the Australian Labour Party.] Is it capable of maintaining the blockade of Gaza? After all, will Israel succeed in surviving politically?


JB: As long as Israel’s supporters, or agents in the U.S., are able to control the U.S. Congress and intimidate whoever happens to be president and as long as those same forces dominate the media there will be no change in the U.S. or in the situation in Gaza. The Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions movement, while slowly growing in the U.S., does not have the intensity that it has elsewhere and its targets are limited to what Israel and U.S. companies do in the West Bank so, realistically, there is unlikely to be any meaningful pressure coming from the U.S.


[Nazarene Remnant comment:Or from Australia. In fact it is very clear that Australia is currently intent on strengthening its associations with this evil rogue state. Witness the following story from The Australian newspaper, by John Lyons, on October 25, 2010:

“The largest ever Australian parliamentary delegation to visit Israel will travel to Jerusalem as part of a dialogue hosted by the privately funded Australia Israel Leadership Forum.


Julia Gillard has given approval for six ministers and parliamentary secretaries to be part of the trip led by Foreign Minister Kevin Rudd.


They will be part of a record 17 members of the House of Representatives and Senate who will take part in the December visit.


The other Labour MPs are Communications Minister Stephen Conroy, Industry Minister Kim Carr, Parliamentary Secretary for Agriculture Mike Kelly, Parliamentary Secretary for Pacific Island Affairs Richard Marles, and MPs Michael Danby and Anthony Byrne. Bill Shorten, the Assistant Treasurer, is expected to join.


The Liberal Party plan to send nine members and senators—deputy leader Julie Bishop, Christopher Pyne, Andrew Robb, George Brandis, Kevin Andrews, Brett Mason, Mitch Fifield, steven Ciobo and Guy Barnett.


And the ABC will break with long-held tradition and allow a journalist to attend, political editor Chris Uhlmann. … Five journalists are expected to attend, Uhlmann, Greg Sheridan from The Australian, Steve Lewis from News Limited,Tony Walker from The Australian Financial Review, and Lenore Taylor from The Sydney Morning Herald.” ]


What Israel does, however, may produce changes that are unpredictable at the moment. Having twice been defeated by Hezbollah, Israeli officials keep threatening another war on Lebanon and since the U.S., Europe and the UN have let them get away with all their previous wars on Lebanon, they are likely to try again.


Unlike the Palestinians, the Lebanese are able and willing to aggressively fight back as the Israeli soldiers know all too well, from their resistance to occupation and their halting of the vaunted Israeli wehrmacht in 2006. Should Israel find a way to attack Iran, the repercussions from that might be sufficient to send Israel on the road to what will ultimately be viewed as self-destruction. At the moment, thanks to the unconditional backing by the U.S. [Nazarene Remnant comment: And Australia!] for all it crimes, and given its arsenal of nuclear weapons, I consider Israel to be the most immediate threat to the future of the planet.


Posted in Zionist Threat



[1] There are many people who have studied this matter and who have arrived at similar conclusions. In Harmsworth’s History of the World, on pp. 1781-84, Volume 3, there is the information that “Judaism was not evolved in Judah; it was in Babylon that Judaism first became that which it was and still is.”

[2] Lawrence H Schiffman, in “New Light on the Pharisees,” says that “The similarities between the laws and practices of predestruction Pharisees and postdestruction rabbinic Judaism are far greater than had previously been supposed.” “It is now clear that we cannot look at rabbinic Judaism as a post 70 [70] invention, a consensus brought about by the vicissitudes of the Temple destruction.” “… in the Damascus Document, the Pharisees are again called ‘the builders of the wall who lack understanding.’” Moreover, the Pharisees are called “dorshe halaqot, literally ‘speakers after smooth things.’” Schiffman makes the pertinent observation that we should call modern Judaism by a newer and more descriptive tag: Pharisaic rabbinic Judaism. Quoted in Shanks, Hershel, Understanding the Dead Sea Scrolls: A Reader From The Biblical Archaeology Review, Random House, New York, 1992, pp. 217-224.

[3] From Wikipedia: “Mordechai Vanunu (Hebrew: ????? ???????; born 14 October 1954) is a former Israeli nuclear technician who, citing his opposition to weapons of mass destruction, revealed details of Israel's nuclear weapons program to the British press in 1986. He was subsequently lured to Italy by a Mossad spy, where he was drugged and kidnapped by Israeli intelligence agents. He was transported to Israel and ultimately convicted in a trial that was held behind closed doors. Regarded by peace activists as a hero for taking a stand against weapons proliferation, Vanunu has been nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize many times. Vanunu spent 18 years in prison, including more than 11 years in solitary confinement. Released from prison in 2004, he became subject to a broad array of restrictions on his speech and movement. Since then he has been arrested several times for violations of those restrictions, including giving various interviews to foreign journalists and attempting to leave Israel. He says that he suffered "cruel and barbaric treatment" at the hands of Israeli authorities while imprisoned, and suggests that his treatment would have been different if he were Jewish (Vanunu is a Christian convert from Judaism). In 2007, Vanunu was sentenced to six months in prison for violating terms of his parole. The sentence was considered unusual even by the prosecution who expected a suspended sentence. In response, Amnesty International issued a press release on 2 July 2007, stating that "The organisation considers Mordechai Vanunu to be a prisoner of conscience and calls for his immediate and unconditional release." In May 2010, Vanunu was arrested and sentenced to three months in jail on suspicion that he met foreigners in violation of conditions of his 2004 release from jail. Vanunu has been characterized internationally as a whistleblower[7][8] and by Israel as a traitor. Daniel Ellsberg has referred to him as "the preeminent hero of the nuclear era". In 2010, the British artist Richard Hamilton completed a painting based on the famous press photograph of Vanunu in transit after his kidnapping, with the information concerning his capture in Rome scrawled on his hand for the press outside.” (Source: also see Mordechai’s Web site here: )


38. The Zionist Face Of American Government

By Jim Kirwan
March 23, 2010




Hillary Clinton, US Secretary of State: speaking yesterday at AIPAC:


“For president Obama and for me and for our entire administration: Our commitment to Israel’s security and Israel’s future is rock-solid unwavering and enduring FOREVER!"


Benjamin Netanyahu: At the same AIPAC CONFERENCE:


“The Jewish people were building Jerusalem 3,000 years ago and the Jewish people are building Jerusalem today! Jerusalem is NOT a settlement it’s our Capital. Everyone knows – everyone – Americans, Europeans; Israeli’s certainly, Palestinians: EVERYONE knows that these neighborhoods will be part of Israel in any peace settlement. And therefore ‘building in them’ in no way precludes the possibility of a two-state solution.”


The above treasons and lies were all refuted brilliantly by Norman Finkelstein on Democracy Now, 23 March, 2010.


NORMAN FINKELSTEIN: It didn’t really surprise me. I think one has to look at the framework of the criticism. There is an international law ruling or opinion on the question of East Jerusalem. In July 2004, the highest judicial body in the world, the International Court of Justice, it rendered what it called its advisory opinion, and it stated unequivocally that East Jerusalem is—and I’m using its words—“occupied Palestinian territory.” It’s not a question here of conflicting claims to Jerusalem, let alone an Israeli exclusive right to the East Jerusalem. The law is clear: it’s occupied Palestinian territory, because it was acquired in the course of a war, in the course of the June 1967 war. And under international law, it’s inadmissible to acquire territory by war.


I would want to add that’s the position of all human rights organizations, and it was the position of the Goldstone report. The Goldstone report repeatedly refers to East Jerusalem as occupied Palestinian territory. And Mr. Goldstone, by his own reckoning, is a Zionist, a lover of Israel. But he also respects the law, and the law is clear.


SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: Well, let’s talk about the Goldstone report. You write about this extensively in the epilogue of your book. Israel and the US have both rejected that the war crimes allegations in the report. Talk about what the report is, who put together, Judge Goldstone, and what the reaction from the US and Israel has been. 


NORMAN FINKELSTEIN: The Goldstone report was mandated by the United Nations Human Rights Council. Richard Goldstone, the distinguished international jurist, led the mission. And he—at the end, they published a quite substantial report that ran to some 500 pages, 550 pages. It covered a lot of ground. And it has to be said, it was quite devastating in its indictment of Israel. It concluded that Israel used a disproportionate force to punish, humiliate and terrorize a civilian population.

Well, Israel was outraged by the report, across the spectrum, not just the right wing, but people like Shimon Peres, who’s said to be a dove. He called Richard Goldstone a “small man” who knows nothing about international law. Michael Oren, the Israeli ambassador to the United States, said the Goldstone report is worse than the Protocols of the Elders of Zion and worse than Ahmadinejad. And the reaction was quite similar in the United States.


And Goldstein replied after the criticism in the US. He said, “OK, you say the report is deeply flawed. Show me where.” And to this day—and I’ve read all the critiques. There have been three major ones, one by this Israeli and American professor Moshe Halbertal, there was one by Professor Dershowitz of Harvard, and the Israelis put out just last week a 500-page rebuttal. And I tried honestly to look at it objectively, but they were very insubstantial responses. I was quite impressed by how well Goldstone has held up to the criticism. It was a very careful, cautious and judicious report.


AMY GOODMAN: And its conclusion? 


NORMAN FINKELSTEIN: Its conclusion was that both Israel and Hamas were guilty of war crimes and possible crimes against humanity, that Israel has now an obligation to investigate, in an independent investigation of what happened, and if they don’t conduct an independent investigation, they have to go before the International Criminal Court.

AMY GOODMAN: And Obama’s response to this? 


NORMAN FINKELSTEIN: The Obama administration has called the report deeply flawed, but not provided any substantive evidence to support that claim.


SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: And this latest flap between the US and Israel about the expanding Jewish housing in East Jerusalem, it’s been a lot about diplomatic ties, but they have not talked at all about holding any US military aid or economic aid to Israel.

NORMAN FINKELSTEIN: Well, I’m sure all of your listeners and your viewers are familiar with the magnitude of US aid to Israel. I think the important development is what Amnesty International said after the invasion of Gaza. It put out a very substantial report called “Fueling Conflict.” And it said that transferring weapons to a consistent violator of human rights is illegal under international law. Israel is a consistent violator of human rights, and therefore there has to be a comprehensive arms embargo on Israel. And the report went into each country in the world, how it supplies and transfers weapons to Israel. But it has to be said, the focus was on the United States.


And Amnesty International said three main things: number one, that the US is by far the biggest supplier of weapons to Israel; number two, supplying those weapons to Israel is not only illegal under international law, it’s illegal under domestic US law; and number three, it said—and I think it’s important for your viewers to hear it—Amnesty International said what happened in Gaza could—and they describe what happened in Gaza as twenty-two days of death and destruction—what happened in Gaza could not have happened were it not for US taxpayer money. If you’re appalled by what happened in Gaza, you’re appalled by the death, the destruction, the systematic attack on mosques, the systematic attack on ambulances, the systematic attack on hospitals, on schools— 


SHARIF ABDEL KOUDDOUS: And these were detailed in the Goldstone report?


NORMAN FINKELSTEIN: Yes. The 6,000 homes which were all either completely or nearly completely destroyed, Amnesty International says all of that was paid for with US taxpayer money. 


And now along comes Hillary Clinton, and she’s extolling US military aid to Israel. The part that she left out is, number one, it’s all illegal under international and domestic US law, and number two, it was that US aid that made possible—you have to bear in mind—I know your program chronicled the use of the white phosphorus—every white phosphorus shell they found—you can see it in the Human Rights Watch report on the white phosphorus—every one was made in the United States. We are responsible for that war. It’s not just a cliché. It’s a factual matter. We made that massacre happen.”  [1]


No state can be of two minds, never mind two-faces when it comes to who actually runs their nation. However in the case of the US Empire not only is this the case in point, but we have taken to speaking with two different tongues. And too many of this country’s leaders have dual-citizenships with Israel for this country to present a single face in either foreign or domestic policy-affairs for there to be any credibility left concerning anything that the traitors at the top of this government have to say.


We are today ‘a nation without freedom, without justice, and without any clearly defined laws that apply to all our people’: and not just to the disadvantaged, the homeless and the destitute. No ‘supposed nation’ can long exist in that condition: which is why this one’s days are fast becoming “numbered” whenever the viability of this place is mentioned anywhere.

As nation’s go, we are not composed of a single people or a single religion, we have no formal culture as such and most of our adults are still reliving their highschool years in terms of their habits and behaviors which leaves our population with far too many people that are barely housebroken with tendencies toward juvenile desires and habitsthat leaves no room for the living of authentic lives. We still rabidly follow the same games we played as students in school, as if these multi-billion-dollar entertainments actually mean something beyond huge profits for their owners and the massive distractions they are capable of manufacturing for the public. Even our eating and drinking habits are nothing more than expanded versions of what so many did whenever they took-off on their ‘Spring-Break.’

Is it any wonder that we have no time to figure out who is trying to kill us, or why? Under Reagan’s tortured presidency the public began to learn very simple things that were then inculcated into the psyche of the body-politic: “Greed is Good” or “He that dies with the most toys wins!” With slogans like these this society began to sign its own death warrant a very long time ago. Then there was that infamous line in Elmer Gantry that maybe came from the Bible: “When I was a child I played with the toys of a child, but when I became a man I put away the toys of a child.” Too often too many have forgotten this critical bit of wisdom that could have allowed us to focus on those things that have locked us into this place where we no longer question any of the irrational aspects in our ‘national character.’

Zionist Israel is today a state of only one religion, Christians and Muslims have been officially banned, and there is no longer a functioning ‘Democracy’ in that place: Zionist Israel is officially an Outlaw state that rules its inhabitants as a Rogue Entitythat observes none of the national or international laws that once governed the United States. We should tear off this Judas-face of Zionism that we have allowed to supplant what we once strove to be. If we cannot do this, then we will not survive to reach 2011 as an actual state, because by then we shall have become a captive state that serves only the perverted dreams of others in The New World Order.


[1] Norman Finkelstein Responds to Clinton, Netanyahu AIPAC Comments


39. The Zionist Mentality and Method

By David Martin

December 20, 2010    




Whatever public pronouncements they might have made on the subject, the Zionist leaders, from the beginning right up to the present day, have had the intention of supplanting the non-Jewish resident population of Palestine, to be replaced with Jewish immigrants.  In deliberations among themselves there has been little dissent from this goal; the differences have arisen only in how the goal should be accomplished.  There has also been a serious disconnect between what they have said among themselves and what they have said for public consumption. 


Those are the main conclusions that one reaches from Nur Mashalha’s 1992 book, Expulsion of the Palestinians: The Concept of “Transfer” in Zionist Political Thought, 1882-1948, published by the Institute for Palestine Studies in Washington, DC.  The ideal Jewish state as envisioned by its leaders as one that was essentially cleansed of the longtime resident Muslims and Christians or anyone else who could not be defined as a Jew.  Taking that view, they recognized that the hundreds of thousands of residents of Palestine, with their farms, towns, and cities represented a serious problem for them.  Some interesting insight into Zionist thinking in general is provided by examination of the transfer ideas of Edward A. Norman (1990-1955), a Jewish millionaire living in New York City.   

Norman, who was a governor of Hebrew University and from 1939 to 1943 was president of the Zionist American Economic Committee for Palestine, “was preoccupied with the idea of transfer and left considerable documentation concerning the vigorous efforts he made between 1934 and 1948, with the collaboration of the most important Yishuv and Zionist leaders to bring about its implementation.”  His plans went through a number of changes, but they boiled down essentially to conspiring with the king of Iraq and paying off the Palestinians to move to his country.   

…Norman concluded: “If the Jews must have Palestine, but cannot have it while more than 800,000 Arabs live there, the Arabs must be induced to give it up and a considerable proportion of them to move elsewhere,” possibly to the “Shatt-el-Gharaff” area of Iraq.  He ruled out Transjordan (now called just Jordan ed.) because it was “not conceded by the Jews as being permanently outside their colonizing area, and in view of the number of Jews requiring emigration from Europe they can be expected to need it, and therefore it would be wasteful and unintelligent to think of settling the Palestine Arabs in Transjordan.” 

Norman  exhibited a good deal of prescience as he contrasted his inducement scheme with the brutish alternative that was eventually instituted: 

If the Jews ever succeed in acquiring a major part of Palestine a large number of Arabs perforce will have to leave the country and find homes elsewhere.  If they are forced out inexorably as the result of Jewish pressure they will go with ill-will and probably will cherish an enmity towards the Jews that might persist for generations and that would render the position of the Jewish homeland precarious.  The rest of the world, too, easily might come to sympathize with the Arabs. 

Note that his problem with what he euphemistically calls “pressure” is purely tactical.  It is not out of any basic humanitarian considerations. 

Norman  ’s plans received favorable attention from various Zionist leaders in the United States.  Among them was the powerful Wall Street banker, Felix Warburg.  Warburg encouraged him to go to England to pitch his transfer plans to Zionist leaders there and to find someone who could gather the additional information needed on the ground in Palestine and Iraq.  Norman heeded Warburg’s advice and in late November and early December of 1937 met with several top Zionists, including the intellectual godfather of today’s Likud Party in Israel, Vladimir [later Ze’ev] Jabotinsky.  Here is what Norman wrote in his diary after the Jabotinsky meeting: 

He [Jabotinsky] has already read a copy of my memorandum on Iraq…He is very much in favor of the idea.  He said, however, that it will be very difficult to move the Arabs to leave the Land of Israel…Jabotinsky raised an original idea according to which, if the plan will reach a point at which Iraq would be willing to collaborate and issue an invitation for the Palestinian Arabs to it, the World Zionist Organization would be clever if it pronounced itself publicly to be against Arab immigration, then the Arabs will be certain that the plan is not originally Jewish, and that the Jews want them to stay in the country in order to exploit them, so they will be very eager to go to Iraq.  There is a very Machiavellian nature to this, but this could be a healthy policy towards suspicious and ignorant Arab public.  Jabotinsky said that if his Revisionist New Zionist Organization will issue an announcement at the right moment against Arab transfer from the Land of Israel, this will create a very great impact on the Arabs to the extent of creating the opposite and they will get out. 

Yes, “Machiavellian” is one word for it.  “Duplicitous” and “perfidious” are two other adjectives that come to mind.  This suggestion, directly from Jabotinsky’s own mouth, spoken to a Zionist confidante, should be kept in mind when one reads that he actually believed in integrating the Arab minority (majority at the time) into the public life of his proposed Jewish state.  Those who suspected a Zionist trick at the time may now be forgiven.   

Notice as well the tone of smug superiority as this revered figure in the creation of the state of Israel, this man who has more streets, parks and squares named for him in Israel than any other person, speaks of the “suspicious and ignorant Arab public.”  Substitute the word “gullible” for “suspicious” and “American” for “Arab,” and the utterance might have been made yesterday by one of Jabotinsky’s intellectual heirs, although some other adjectives like “powerless” and “docile” might also be thrown in. 

Jabotinsky must have known that his suggested deceit would find a sympathetic audience in Norman.  Deception, as he details in his own report, was integral to the planning of his project: 

Warburg encouraged me to go to England and find someone who would be capable of obtaining the information still needed.  It was assumed that I could not obtain the information by going to Iraq myself, since under the prevailing conditions in the Near East, the motives of any Jews would be suspect, and instead of obtaining information he probably would arouse antagonism.  Therefore, it was essential to send a man who was not a Jew and who at the same time would be “persona grata” to the Iraqians [sic]. 

The man selected for the job—and no doubt handsomely paid for it—was H.T. Montague Bell, former editor-in-chief of the British weekly Great Britain and the East.  As a recognized journalist he was an ideal person for gathering information, but he did a good deal more than that.  He went to Iraq with the public objective of writing some articles on the progress of the country since independence in 1932.  He had been advised by Norman not to promote to the Iraqis the plan of bringing Palestinian agricultural immigrants into the country but to “make it seem that the idea had originated in their own minds.”  He was to accomplish this by asking “searching questions of all the leading people, and thus cause them to formulate the answer along the lines we desired.” 

Bell  pulled off his subterfuge in exemplary fashion, though to little eventual effect.  He had an audience with the king and was entertained at a dinner by the prime minister that was attended by the entire cabinet of the Iraq government, all the while planting Norman’s ideas in the guise of gathering information for articles in Britain.   

Upon his return to London, while still on Norman’s payroll, Bell duly wrote the articles, which appeared in The Times.  Their common thrust was that Iraq’s economic future depended upon the encouragement of more immigration into the country.  The articles were sent to all the leading politicians in Iraq.   

Unfortunately for Norman and his fellow schemers no one was buying his “amateurish and impractical” plan, as it was characterized by J.S. Bennett of the British Colonial Office.   In due time more direct and barbaric means for driving the people of Palestine from their ancestral land, which Norman had realized could cause long-term problems, had to be resorted to.  Such measures continue to the present day.  The main thing they have in common with the Norman project is the accompanying duplicity

David Martin 


40. Preparing for World War III: Targeting Iran

Part I: Global Warfare


By Michel Chossudovsky

Global Research, August 1, 2010



Humanity is at a dangerous crossroads. War preparations to attack Iran are in "an advanced state of readiness". Hi tech weapons systems including nuclear warheads are fully deployed.

This military adventure has been on the Pentagon's drawing board since the mid-1990s. First Iraq, then Iran according to a declassified 1995 US Central Command document.

Escalation is part of the military agenda. While Iran, is the next target together with Syria and Lebanon, this strategic military deployment also threatens North Korea, China and Russia.

Since 2005, the US and its allies, including America's NATO partners and Israel, have been involved in the extensive deployment and stockpiling of advanced weapons systems. The air defense systems of the US, NATO member countries and Israel are fully integrated.

This is a coordinated endeavor of the Pentagon, NATO, Israel's Defense Force (IDF), with the active military involvement of several non-NATO partner countries including the frontline Arab states (members of NATO's Mediterranean Dialogue and the Istanbul Cooperation Initiative), Saudi Arabia, Japan, South Korea, India, Indonesia, Singapore, Australia, among others. (NATO consists of 28 NATO member states  Another 21 countries are members of the Euro-Atlantic Partnership Council (EAPC), The Mediterranean Dialogue and the Istanbul Cooperation Initiative include ten Arab countries plus Israel.)

The roles of Egypt, the Gulf states and Saudi Arabia (within the extended military alliance) is of particular relevance. Egypt controls the transit of war ships and oil tankers through the Suez Canal. Saudi Arabia and the Gulf States occupy the South Western coastlines of the Persian Gulf, the Straits of Hormuz and the Gulf of Oman. In early June, "Egypt reportedly allowed one Israeli and eleven U.S. ships to pass through the Suez Canal in apparent signal to Iran. ... On June 12, regional press outlets reported that the Saudis had granted Israel the right to fly over its airspace..." (Muriel Mirak Weissbach,  Israel’s Insane War on Iran Must Be Prevented., Global Research, July 31, 2010)

In post 9/11 military doctrine, this massive deployment of military hardware has been defined as part of the so-called "Global War on Terrorism", targeting "non-State" terrorist organizations including al Qaeda and so-called "State sponsors of terrorism", including Iran, Syria, Lebanon, Sudan.

The setting up of new US military bases, the stockpiling of advanced weapons systems including tactical nuclear weapons, etc. were implemented as part of the pre-emptive defensive military doctrine under the umbrella of the "Global War on Terrorism".

War and the Economic Crisis

The broader implications of a US-NATO Israel attack on Iran are far-reaching. The war and the economic crisis are intimately related. The war economy is financed by Wall Street, which stands as the creditor of the US administration. The US weapons producers are the recipients of the US Department of Defense multibillion dollar procurement contracts for advanced weapons systems. In turn, "the battle for oil" in the Middle East and Central Asia directly serves the interests of the Anglo-American oil giants.

The US and its allies are "beating the drums of war" at the height of a Worldwide economic depression, not to mention the most serious environmental catastrophe in World history. In a bitter twist, one of the major players (BP) on the Middle East Central Asia geopolitical chessboard, formerly known as the Anglo-Persian Oil Company, is the instigator of the ecological disaster in the Gulf of Mexico.

Media Disinformation

Public opinion, swayed by media hype is tacitly supportive, indifferent or ignorant as to the likely impacts of what is upheld as an ad hoc "punitive" operation directed against Iran's nuclear facilities rather than an all out war. War preparations include the deployment of  US and Israeli produced nuclear weapons. In this context, the devastating consequences of a nuclear war are either trivialised or simply not mentioned. 

The "real crisis" threatening humanity, according to the media and the governments, is not war but global warming. The media will fabricate a crisis where there is no crisis: "a global scare" -- the H1N1 global pandemic-- but nobody seems to fear a US sponsored nuclear war. 

The war on Iran is presented to public opinion as an issue among others. It is not viewed as a threat to "Mother Earth" as in the case of global warming. It is not front-page news. The fact that an attack on Iran could lead to escalation and potentially unleash a "global war" is not a matter of concern. 

The Cult of Killing and Destruction

The global killing machine is also sustained by an imbedded cult of killing and destruction which pervades Hollywood movies, not to mention the prime time war and crime TV series on network television. This cult of killing is endorsed by the CIA and the Pentagon which also support (finance) Hollywood productions as an instrument of war propaganda:

"Ex-CIA agent Bob Baer told us, "There’s a symbiosis between the CIA and Hollywood" and revealed that former CIA director George Tenet is currently, "out in Hollywood, talking to studios." (Matthew Alford and Robbie Graham, Lights, Camera… Covert Action: The Deep Politics of Hollywood, Global Research, January 31, 2009).

The killing machine is deployed at a global level, within the framework of the unified combat command structure. It is routinely upheld by the institutions of government, the corporate media and the mandarins and intellectuals of the New World Order in Washington's think tanks and strategic studies research institutes, as an unquestioned instrument of peace and global prosperity.

A culture of killing and violence has become imbedded in human consciousness. [Nazarene Remnant comment: This is something that the leaders of Australia have pulled the nation into, without any scruples at all, making us every bit a rogue evil killer nation as Israel and the U.S.]

War is broadly accepted as part of a societal process: The Homeland needs to be "defended" and protected.

"Legitimized violence" and extrajudicial killings directed against "terrorists" are upheld in western democracies, as necessary instruments of national security.

A "humanitarian war" is upheld by the so-called international community. It is not condemned as a criminal act. Its main architects are rewarded for their contributions to world peace.

With regard to Iran, what is unfolding is the outright legitimization of war in the name of an illusive notion of global security.

Read more here:
Preparing for World War III: Targeting Iran


41. Zionist Israel's Thermonuclear Blackmail Of America

From Lili
26 February, 2003


Jeff - These are paragraphs of 'special interest' I wish to highlight from the long and detailed USAF report that comments are in all caps:



One other purpose of Israeli nuclear weapons, not often stated, but obvious, is their "use" on the United States. America does not want Israel's nuclear profile raised.[144] They have been used in the past to ensure America does not desert Israel under increased Arab, or oil embargo, pressure and have forced the United States to support Israel diplomatically against the Soviet Union. Israel used their existence to guarantee a continuing supply of American conventional weapons, a policy likely to continue.[145]




Israel went on full-scale nuclear alert again on the first day of Desert Storm, 18 January 1991. Seven SCUD missiles were fired against the cities of Tel Aviv and Haifa by Iraq (only two actually hit Tel Aviv and one hit Haifa). This alert lasted for the duration of the war, 43 days. Over the course of the war, Iraq launched around 40 missiles in 17 separate attacks at Israel. There was little loss of life: two killed directly, 11 indirectly, with many structures damaged and life disrupted.[98] Several supposedly landed near Dimona, one of them a close miss.[99] Threats of retaliation by the Shamir government if the Iraqis used chemical warheads were interpreted to mean that Israel intended to launch a nuclear strike if gas attacks occurred.


One Israeli commentator recommended that Israel should signal Iraq that "any Iraqi action against Israeli civilian populations, with or without gas, may leave Iraq without Baghdad."[100] Shortly before the end of the war the Israelis tested a "nuclear capable" missile which prompted the United States into intensifying its SCUD hunting in western Iraq to prevent any Israeli response.[101] The Israeli Air Force set up dummy SCUD sites in the Negev for pilots to practice on"they found it no easy task.[102] American government concessions to Israel for not attacking (in addition to Israeli Patriot missile batteries) were:


* Allowing Israel to designate 100 targets inside Iraq for the coalition to destroy,


* Satellite downlink to increase warning time on the SCUD attacks (present and future),


* Technical parity with Saudi jet fighters in perpetuity.[103]


JFK demanded Israel allow inspectors to see Dimona, three months later he was assassinated and pro-Israel Johnson is President:


The Israelis aggressively pursued an aircraft delivery system from the United States. President Johnson was less emphatic about nonproliferation than President Kennedy-or perhaps had more pressing concerns, such as Vietnam. He had a long history of both Jewish friends and pressing political contributors coupled with some first hand experience of the Holocaust, having toured concentration camps at the end of World War II.[51] Israel pressed him hard for aircraft (A-4E Skyhawks initially and F-4E Phantoms later) and obtained agreement in 1966 under the condition that the aircraft would not be used to deliver nuclear weapons. The State Department attempted to link the aircraft purchases to continued inspection visits. President Johnson overruled the State Department concerning Dimona inspections.[52] Although denied at the time, America delivered the F-4Es, on September 5, 1969, with nuclear capable hardware intact.[53]




Not only were the Israelis interested in American nuclear weapons development data, they were interested in targeting data from U.S. intelligence. Israel discovered that they were on the Soviet target list. American-born Israeli spy Jonathan Pollard obtained satellite-imaging data of the Soviet Union, allowing Israel to target accurately Soviet cities. This showed Israel's intention to use its nuclear arsenal as a deterrent political lever, or retaliatory capability against the Soviet Union itself. Israel also used American satellite imagery to plan the 7 June 1981 attack on the Tammuz-1 reactor at Osiraq, Iraq. This daring attack, carried out by eight F-16s accompanied by six F-15s punched a hole in the concrete reactor dome before the reactor began operation (and just days before an Israeli election). It delivered 15 delay-fused 2000 pound bombs deep into the reactor structure (the 16th bomb hit a nearby hall). The blasts shredded the reactor and blew out the dome foundations, causing it to collapse on the rubble. This was the world's first attack on a nuclear reactor.[91]






Another speculative area concerns Israeli nuclear security and possible misuse. What is the chain of decision and control of Israel's weapons? How susceptible are they to misuse or theft? With no open, frank, public debate on nuclear issues, there has accordingly been no debate or information on existing safeguards. This has led to accusations of "monolithic views and sinister intentions."[1360] Would a right wing military government decide to employ nuclear weapons recklessly? Ariel Sharon, an outspoken proponent of "Greater Israel" was quoted as saying, "Arabs may have the oil, but we have the matches."[137] Could the Gush Emunim, a right wing religious organization, or others, hijack a nuclear device to "liberate" the Temple Mount for the building of the third temple? Chances are small but could increase as radicals decry the peace process.[138] A 1997 article reviewing the Israeli Defense Force repeatedly stressed the possibilities of, and the need to guard against, a religious, right wing military coup, especially as the proportion of religious in the military increases.[139 ]



By Warner D. Farr, LTC, U.S. Army
The Counterproliferation Papers
Future Warfare Series No. 2

USAF Counterproliferation Center
Air War College - Air University
Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama
September 1999


The Counterproliferation Papers Series was established by the USAF Counterproliferation Center to provide information and analysis to U.S. national security policy-makers and USAF officers to assist them in countering the threat posed by adversaries equipped with weapons of mass destruction. Copies of papers in this series are available from the USAF Counterproliferation Center, 325 Chennault Circle, Maxwell AFB AL 36112-6427. The fax number is (334) 953-7538; phone (334) 953-7538.


The internet address for the USAF Counterproliferation Center is:

Read more here:
Zionist Israel's Thermonuclear Blackmail Of America


42. The Coming Enslavement: The Chinese Dangan in Australia 

"The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values. Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities." (Zbigniew Brzezinski, Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era, 1970)

So you're on welfare! Perhaps you have been lucky enough to secure an old-age pension. Perhaps a disability pension. Even a carer's pension might suit you better. But you may have been led into more difficult circumstances (all planned to happen, I stress), and have been unable to find suitable work, or training. So you may have been forced to live on one of Centrelink's many welfare payment systems: Work-for-the-dole, Newstart Allowance, the NEIS scheme, and so on and so forth. Call it what you will, all these programs are welfare programs, which makes you totally dependent upon the government for yoiur bread and butter. This is the worst possible position to be in, especially in view of what lies just ahead of us in the next nine years (see myprophetic timeline ).

Have you noticed that once people are on the pension, or a receiving a government payout of some sort, how reluctant they are to do all in their power to get off these entitlements. I have seen many people, in my life, become so addicted to this form of living, and unfortunatelyonce you're in the retirement box of the three boxes of slave life (the other two are the box of "education," and the box of "work," which Bolles' book What Colour is Your Parachute aptly describes), you become very docile, compliant, and easily controllable. You become very obedient to the system of control, making sure that you never depart from the income "guidelines" that you must live by if you are to continue to receive benefits. Which is exactly what our masters have had in mind. Of course the destruction of the true way of living (see Section 9, "Review of The New Agrarian Mind," of How Families Flourish), and the destruction of our industries, has always been the plan to drive the old people away from the young, and put them in the prison farm of retirement homes, well away from imparting any wisdom they may have acquired in their life. This has worked wonders in every country of the Western world.

Well, if you are on the pension, or any form of government benefit, you already know a little about the general way in which the Chinese Dangan (Vindex) works! But the Dangan is going to become even more severe, because the motto of our masters-- "the inevitability of gradualness"--is to tighten the noose so very slowly around our necks, so gently and slowly, that we haven't noticed what is really happening to us. David Icke has summed up the deadly stealth used on us: "The Agenda is for the complete takeover of the planet by the reptilians without anyone realising that it has even happened."

Did you realize that the Nazi Fourth Reich is about to
start in literally your own bakyard, this year of 2011?

Well it is, and it is primarily through the stealth of the Dangan system that they have trapped you. Of course this system began long before you or I were born. And who are the controllers of this system, you might ask? Alan Jones answers that question for us, in his must-read book, Who Rules the World:

“Today, we find them holding the positions of power, in Church and State, as the prime movers in matters of war and global finance; sitting in the Banking Houses and on policy making councils such as the Bilderberg Group, Council On Foreign Relations, and the like, which determine the actual fate of mankind. They exercise inordinate control over humanity, by depopulation agendas and genetic engineering, the control of energy and commodities, education and the media, and by ideological and psycho-political strategies to divide and rule on all fronts.

The planet' food supply is manipulated by them, in order to achieve strategic objectives. Their utter disdain for mankind is becoming ever more apparent with each passing day. They seem to regard us as little more than beasts to do their bidding. Even though we outnumber them by millions, they contain us by the control and regulation of the basic necessities of life, population control through wars, abortions and a multitude of other means (which I have covered previously in other articles). 


So why do we stand idly by and let them feed their alcohol and drugs to our youth? Why are we allowing them to destroy our economies and our nations, before our children ever have the chance to live their lives to the fullest course in what should be a beautiful life? Our pathetic condition of apathy, non-awareness and non-involvement has allowed them to get away with murder on a monstrous scale for centuries. By our irresponsibility and inaction, they have turned the streets of our cities into ‘no go’ areas, where people fear for their lives and those of their loved ones. We have allowed their creation of a legal system which releases murderers, rapists and paedophiles back onto the streets to repeat their vile deeds over and over again.

Yet still, the stupefied deafeningly silent majority persists, just like the Ostrich with it's head in the sand, resplendent in it's self imposed state of cognitive dissonance, denying the obvious; that the force of evil that Alexander Solzhenitsyn spoke of, is now ‘in your fac’ and as clear as daylight, and constructing a global control grid around all our lives, that unless stopped now, will enslave what is left of the world population after their diabolical plans are executed. 




And how do we recognise them? Well, as Jesus said: “By their deeds you will know them.”

So just pick up a `news` paper, turn on the prime time news, and wherever you see so called `leaders of nations` justifying wars of aggression, mass slaughter, lies, deception, vice, atrocity, perversion, along with bare faced lies about overpopulation, climate change and a multitude of measures all designed to take away ever more your personal liberty, all justified on the baseless grounds of National and or Global Security; That's them! (From Philip Jones (1958--2009), Who Rules the World: The Origin of Evil: Ancient Mythology or Occult Reality. This book is available here: . If unavailable here, the book forms Appendix A to Essay 1, “The Fall,” of our book The Beguiled and the Doctrine of the “Two Spirits,” which is available here:  
Philip Jones died on 24 November, 2009. I believe, like many others (in the know), that he was murdered for his brilliant expository writing. More particularly, I believe that this book, "Who Rules the World," was the one that signed his death warrant.)

Yes, we have been born into a totally corrupt system that we have assumed to be the only way to live. And because we have been so well conditioned by the system, most of us are earning our living by doing the dirty work of these controllers. Yes, in the coming weeks and months, it will be these same people who will committ mayhem and mass murder against their own people.

Here's a partial listing of people who do the dirty work of the money-power elite:

§             Day-care teachers and staff.


§             Most of the people who are employed in the "medical model" industries, which are  just fronts for "Big Pharma," and includes nurses, doctors, pharamcists, and a host of related "professionals."


§             Porch Masons from every occupation, who have no idea what the top echelons of Freemasonry are all about.


§             Lawyers, barristers, judges, and magisitrates.


§             Local, state and federal politicians, no matter what party.


§             All employees of the emergency services, which includes police, ambulance, fire, and State Emergency Services. In New South Wales, these services now are all "umbrellered" under the one government department, called DOPES (i.e. Department of Police and Emergency Services).


§             All Centrelink staff, from the top to the bottom. This grouping also includes those working in the Job Networks, NEIS Scheme, DOCS (Department of Community Services), and related workers.


§             All school, college and university teachers and lecturers. This group may be the most evil and perverse of all the "useful idiots" listed here.


§             Accountants, tax workers, bankers, bank workers, and related industries.


§             All religious personnel who teach lies, and part lies. That is, all churches are apostate in some way, especially when it comes to breaking God's Law concern marriage, usury, and the keeping of His true calendar and Holy Day system. The most significant apostasy though, is their refusal to keep the monthly New Moon Festivals. Even though they have been kept ignorant of this syetm of spiritual purification, they are guilty by default.


§             Of course those who are not so hypocritical about the low life they live, such as murderers, thieves, prostitutes, sexual offenders (yes, this includes lesbians and homosexuals), and other criminals, also belong on this list.

Many of the people listed here will be shocked to be included on this list. They shouldn't be, because they have been instumental in doing the dirty work of the money-power elite. As Henry Makow said: "All that is needed for evil to triumph is for good men to be given well paid jobs" (Henry Makow, with apologies to Edmund Burke) In other words, much of the evil and sadness of this world can be explained by the fact that the people themselves have been bribed to do the dirty work of the satanic overlords of the planet. And at no time have they ever been aware of what was actually being done.

This takes us to this conclusion, which is coming on the world:

“Therefore, behold, I will make them know, this once I will make them know my power and my might, and they shall know that my name is the Lord. … The clamour will resound to the ends of the earth, for the Lord has an indictment against the nations; he is entering into judgment with all flesh, and the wicked he will put to the sword.” (Jeremiah 16: 21; 25: 31, RSV, emphasis added)

If you doubt any of this, then I suggest that you have a good look at these two articles:

Who Does the Dirty Work of the Satanic Elite?

Julia Gillard, Red Slippers, "TC" Proponents, and the AshkeNAZI Fourth Reich

But let's move on to the meat of this article, the Chinese Dangan itself.

Read the full story here:
The Chinese Dangan in Australia


43. The Plain Truth About Glorious Carbon Dioxide

By Alan Caruba, on January 5th, 2009  




Nature is a self-regulating mechanism that dwarfs any mindless effort to "control" the amount of CO2 produced by coal-fired utilities, steel manufacturers, autos and trucks, and gasoline fueled lawn mowers. 

Okay, children, let's all sit up straight at our desks. We are going to begin 2009 with a lesson about carbon dioxide (CO2).


Why do we need to know about CO2? Because the President-elect, several of his choices for environmental and energy agencies, the Supreme Court and much of the U.S. Congress have no idea what they are talking about and, worse, want to pass legislation and regulations that will further bankrupt the United States of America. 

Do I have your attention now?


For the purpose of the lesson, I will be borrowing heavily from a paper on CO2 written by Robert A. Ashworth. It requires some understanding of science, but anyone with a reasonable education and common sense should be able to read it on their own. Ashworth is a chemical engineer.


Suffice it to say that if any of the nitwits babbling about CO2 and global warming ever went to any of the several dozen excellent websites that provide accurate scientific data and analysis, they would cease from their abusive manipulation of the public and perhaps find honest work.


To begin at the beginning: at the heart of the global warming hoax is the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. While it purports to represent the views of thousands of scientists, it does not. As Ashworth notes, "Most scientists do not agree with the CO2 global warming premise. In the United States 31,072 scientists, including the author, have signed a petition rejecting the Kyoto global warming agreement." An additional 1,000 scientists are being verified to be added to the list. Thousands more exist who find the assertion the CO2 will destroy the Earth totally absurd.


Here's what you need to know: if an increase in carbon dioxide (CO2) is directly related, i.e. causes changes in the Earth's temperature, there would be a direct correlation between the two. As CO2 rose, we would see a comparable rise in the Earth's temperature. This correlation does not exist.


Global warming liars, however, insist that CO2 builds up on the atmosphere over a 50 to 250 year period, but this is untrue. "Every year around April, increased CO2 absorption by plants in the Northern Hemisphere starts reducing the CO2 in the atmosphere," notes Ashworth, "and the reduction continues until around mid-to-late August when plants start to go dormant."


"It is clear that nature reacts very fastin its consumption of carbon dioxide." Farmers call this the growing season, followed by the harvest season, followed by snow and cold during which nothing grows. Modern civilization, beginning about 5,000 years ago, is predicated on the ability to provide food to both humans and livestock, all based on these obvious seasonal cycles.


The ancient Egyptians and Mayans understood the seasons, but they are apparently too difficult a concept for today's many ex-politicians, some PhD's, United Nations flunkies, and high school teachers.


Warming and cooling cycles are well known throughout human history, reaching back to the days of ancient Rome. There were Viking settlements in Greenland because they arrived in warmer times. By 1410 the place froze up. Shakespeare lived during a Little Ice Age when the Thames would freeze too. The man-made emissions of CO2 had nothing, zero, to do with these climate events.


The IPCC, however, with its agenda to tax and control energy use that produces CO2, is not based on either the obvious or more complex science involved. Its "data" is the invention of computer models that are deliberately manipulated to produce false results which, in turn, can be announced and repeated worldwide.


In March 2008, The Heartland Institute brought together more than 500 climatologists, meteorologists, economists, and others for two days of seminars and addresses that totally destroyed the IPCC's lies. It will do so again for a second time, March 8-10 of this year in New York City. Suffice it to say that the mainstream media did its best to ridicule or ignore the event and will no doubt do so again.


Here, then, is a fundamental fact about CO2 you need to commit to memory. "Nature absorbs 98.5% of the CO2 that is emitted by nature and man." Nature is a totally self-regulating mechanism that dwarfs any mindless effort to "control" the amount of CO2 produced by coal-fired utilities, steel manufacturers, autos and trucks, and gasoline fueled lawn mowers, not to forget fireplaces where logs glow or just about any human activity you can name, including exhaling two pounds of the stuff every day! 

"Further," says Ashworth, "no regulation by man is necessary because CO2 is not a pollutant; it is part of the animal-plant life cycle. Without it, life would not exist on Earth. Increased CO2 in the atmosphere increases plant growth, which is a very good thing during a period of world population growth and an increasing demand for food."


"Taxing carbon,"Ashworth adds,"would do absolutely nothing to improve the climate but would be devastating hardship to the people of the world."  For example, U.S. Representative John Dingell's plan to tax carbon would add 13% to the cost of electricity and 32% to the cost of gasoline; just what we need during a Recession that threatens to become a Depression.


Dr. Tim Ball, a former climatology professor at the University of Winnipeg, recently asked, "How many failed predictions, discredited assumptions and evidence of incorrect data are required before an idea loses credibility? CO2 is not causing warming or climate change. It is not a toxic substance or a pollutant."


It is time to rebuke everyone attempting to foist the global warming hoax and carbon taxes on the United States and the rest of the world. It is time let Congress and the White House know that Americans will not be ruled by laws that have no scientific merit.


44. Climate Change Swindlers and the Political Agenda

By Laura Knight-Jadczyk
Wed, 14 March 2007


Some time ago I wrote about Climate Change as being probably the most pressing problem facing humanity today. It is so pressing that I am convinced that possibly 90% of the human race - over 6 billion people - could be at risk of certain death in the very near future - like within ten years - if this matter is not addressed adequately and appropriately very, very soon by our "glorious leaders" who seem to have little on their mind other than blowing up innocent people.

But then, that war-mongering has a hidden agenda behind it: to grab and hold resources.

But rest assured that the intent is not to grab and hold those resources for you and me; it is to get them for the "elite," that 6% of humanity that is on the top of the heap and intends to stay there regardless of the fact that those genes should never be passed on.

Well, the Climate Change Confusion factor is heating up.

Channel 4 recently broadcast a special on the "Climate Change Swindle," that was intended to "expose the myths about climate change that have been promulgated in order to hoodwink the world into accepting the man-made theory of global warming."

As far as it went, this special wasn't too bad. However, it didn't really tell the whole story which is that, yes, Climate Change is real and a serious threat, but not for the reasons given. 

As it happens, one of the experts included in the presentation has now announced that he was badly mis-quoted, or quoted out of context, and he is back-pedaling like mad.

Keep in mind that this is really just a distraction, something to keep the masses busy so that they don't see the real agenda: that it is intended that they should be "left out in the cold" because they didn't act to get rid of corrupt leaders in time to do anything to prepare for what is coming.

To make the point, let's look at this little debacle a bit more closely.

Expert in oceanography quoted in Channel 4's debunking of Global Warming says he was 'seriously misrepresented'

It was the television programme that set out to show that most of the world's climate scientists are misleading us when they say humanity is heating up the Earth by emitting carbon dioxide. And The Great Global Warming Swindle, screened by Channel 4 on Thursday night, convinced many viewers that it is indeed untrue that the gas is to blame for global warming.

But now the programme - and the channel - is facing a serious challenge to its own credibility after one of the most distinguished scientists that it featured said his views had been "grossly distorted" by the film, and made it clear that he believed human pollution did warm the climate.

Read the full story here:
Climate Change Swindlers and the Political Agenda


45. The Fearful Master, the United Nations, Is The Beast

In The Warning of the Last Days I named Reading 51, “The Fearful Master,” after the classic work by G Edward Griffin, The Fearful Master, which documents the role of the United Nations as a dedicated tool of communism, and its double-dealing in world affairs. This is because, at its core, the UN is overwhelmingly controlled by communist and dictatorial regimes. Take the trouble to obtain and study the book, for it is an excellent introduction to the treasonous role the United Nations is fulfilling, and its real intent, which is now quite apparent to the least discerning person. It is also time to realise that communism has always been a mask to hide something far more sinister and chilling: the Nazi Fourth Reich, which is about to take over the whole world.


From the Introduction to The Fearful Master: 


“The Fearful Master, concisely written and well documented, sets forth the double standard which guides the UN through its devious and treacherous path toward world domination. 


The author, Mr. G. Edward Griffin, has performed an outstanding service in giving the people of the free world a picture of what has happened, is happening, and will happen in the very near future--if we continue our course of strategic surrender to international forces. 


The book opens with the story of Katanga and reveals the broken promises which the UN made to Moise Tshombe in order to deceive him, and to turn over to the central government the only province of the Congo where law and order had prevailed and where freedom was the watchword of its leaders. The murder, pillaging and rape practiced by the UN forces in Katanga can happen to any country that surrenders to UN control. 


Author Griffin outlines in considerable detail the Communist infiltration into the personnel at every echelon of the UN, and he exposes the treachery and subversion that flourishes there. 


The author meticulously outlines the grand design for surrender, and likens it to a jigsaw puzzle. The chief designer is well aware of the ultimate picture, but an individual working on an indiscernible piece of that puzzle does not know exactly what he is doing or where it will fit into the picture. When all of the pieces are put together, however, the finished grand design will be that of a one-world government maintained by forces against which resistance by any nation will be futile. 


The Fearful Master is a book which is long overdue, but I prayerfully hope that it is not yet too late to awaken the American public. This book should be read by all … [peoples] … and demands their thoughtful and immediate attention.” 


James B. Utt 

Member of Congress (Source:


From the Forward to The Fearful Master: 


On April 24, 1955, the Communist Daily Worker wrote: 


The United Nations has become an imposing institution with a fantastic pyramid of agencies and commissions, and an agenda each autumn of 75 questions. . . . There it stands--in its striking home of stone and steel and glass on the shores of the East River to which thousands of people come each week, in pilgrimages of peace and hope. 


This is one of those instances where the truth is sufficiently horrible that the Communist propagandists do not have to lie. In the two decades since the United Nations was created, it has expanded into a giant international bureaucracy with tentacles reaching into every sphere of human activity from matrimony to garbage collecting. Americans by the millions have indeed made the emotional pilgrimage and genuflected before the UN "shrine of peace." But, having looked at the United Nations, most of us have not seen. We have seen the building, and the flag, and pictures of meetings where delegates listen to each other over earphones; but we have not seen the real United Nations--its purpose, its philosophy, its ultimate goals. To recognize these things, we will have to look much deeper than the glittering phrases about peace and brotherhood or the ringing manifestos on human rights and let the facts speak for themselves. 


Wherever possible, quotations used in this book are from original sources. These sources have been thoroughly footnoted in hopes that the skeptic will check them out. Some may feel that there are too many quotes and footnotes. But this book was not meant to be one of those easy-to-read jobs that can be glanced through with one eye on the TV set. It is a documentary and should be approached as such. 


Most of the documentation is taken from those people or sources friendly to the United Nations. For instance, the opening sequence is a direct quote from Smith Hempstone, African correspondent for the Chicago News. Hempstone's views, in his own words, are as follows: 


I do not belong to the African Committee for Aid to Katanga Freedom Fighters, I am not a member of the John Birch Society, am not in the pay of the Katanga Government or Union Miniere, and really could not care less about the fluoridation of water. I am a registered Republican, although I did not vote Republican in the 1960 presidential election. I do believe that the United Nations has a role to play in the world today--and I believe that the U.S. should remain in the international organization. 


Likewise, the forty-six civilian doctors of Elisabethville, who provided some of the most horrifying eyewitness accounts of United Nations atrocities, have declared: ". . . we believe in UNO [the United Nations]. . . . We proclaim that such an organization is necessary for maintaining peace in the world and fair betterment of the underdeveloped natons." 


While on the subject of Katanga, it should be made clear that the section of this book dealing with the Congo is not meant to be a glorification of Katanga and Tshombe; it is meant to spotlight the United Nations action in Katanga. We are not being asked to pay homage to Katanga nor are we being asked to transfer our political sovereignty, our economy, and our military security to Katanga; we are being asked to do these things for the United Nations. It is for this reason that we need to take a close and searching look at this mammoth organization. And, just as one picture is worth a thousand words, one case history is worth a thousand theoretical arguments. 


This is by no means an exhaustive treatment of the subject. If the reader wants a detailed explanation of the structure of the United Nations, how the organization functions mechanically, or what relation one subdivision has with another, he can find countless volumes in a public library. All of this is academic in the minds of most people, anyway. The citizens of Katanga who were dying under United Nations bombs were not concerned over whether the air attacks had been authorized by the Security Council, the General Assembly or the Military Staff Committee, or whether it took a two-thirds vote or only a majority vote. 


Nor has the tremendous financial burden that membership in the United Nations places on the shoulders of American taxpayers been discussed. After all, mere money is relatively unimportant. If the UN really were what most people think it is, it would be well worth the investment. The real cost of our membership will not, in the end, be measured in terms of dollars and cents; it will be counted out in terms of lost freedoms, despair and human suffering. 


This is not an attempt to present an "objective" view of the United Nations. If the reader wants to acquaint himself with the other side he need only turn on his radio or TV, or glance through the pages of his favorite newspaper or magazine. The other side has been presented almost without challenge by every conceivable means--books, movies, plays, speeches, editorials, pamphlets, posters, and poetry. It has been promoted by politicians, athletes, movie stars, teachers, beauty queens, and businessmen. By comparison, the case against the United Nations has been relegated almost entirely to the media of mimeographed news letters and hastily compiled fact sheets put out by housewives and neighborhood study groups. Radio and TV time is usually denied on the basis that such a point of view is "controversial." It is as though history had slipped back 450 years. When Galileo attempted to demonstrate the theory that the earth was not the center of the universe, he was imprisoned and condemned as follows: 


We say, pronounce, sentence and declare that you, the said Galileo, by reason of the matters adduced in this trial, and by you confessed as above, have rendered yourself, in the judgment of this holy office, vehemently suspected of heresy, namely of having believed and held the doctrine--which is false and contrary to the sacred and divine scriptures--that the sun is the center of the world and does not move from east to west, and that the earth moves and is not the center of the world. . . . Consequently, you have incurred all the censures and penalties imposed and promulgated in the sacreds canons and other constitutions, general and particular, against such delinquents. 


Now, as then, history will be the judge.”  


G. Edward Griffin (Source:


Read The Fearful Master Online, for free:


46. Top Ten Ancient Mysteries

History books are wonderful windows into the human past but beware, they can also be misleading.  On the whole, historians do a remarkable job of piecing together what happened long ago but they too make mistakes and quite often these mistakes are deliberate.  It has always been the powerful, the winners and the secure that have the luxury of telling people what happened.  You can be sure that in most cases the story they tell makes them look good and fits with their ideological beliefs.  British history talks of the fabulous victory that was the Battle of Trafalgar and how a small British fleet beat off the powerful and evil Spanish invaders.  Spanish history books tell a different story.  They tell how the evil British that had renounced the one true Christ and his servant the Pope survived only because of an accident of the weather. There are always two sides to a story.  Another important point about historians is that they like things to fit.  Who can blame them? The psychological Myers-Briggs profile of the average historian is that they are inward looking, analytical and somewhat insecure.  When information is presented that disrupts the perfectly recorded story it’s a real problem.  Let’s face it ... you’ve just spent half your life recording and explaining what you understood to be true and then some smart guy comes along and says: “Hey , isn’t this amazing. Look at this circuit board I’ve just found in a lump of coal.”  For historians this is the stuff of nightmares.  How do they deal with these anomalies?  For the closed minded it’s a three stage process: Ignore, deny, debunk.  Still, for all their efforts the museums of the world are full of artifacts and records that don’t fit.  Some are hoaxes, some are mistakes but some are remarkable and deserve better investigation.  Here are ten popular examples of direct and indirect ancient technology that have upset the official story.

Read the Full Story:


47. Kevin Bracken, Australian Trade Unionist Stands Up For 9/11 Truth

PM Julia Gillard discusses in Federal Parliament 


Posted on October 27, 2010
By Craig P Johnson  




See this video first:


Aussie Trades Unionist Exposes 9/11 Cover-up:


A true Australian hero has emerged with enough courage and honor to stand up and point out the huge elephant in the room. In 2006 Kevin Bracken publicly stated: 


“If they want to stop terrorism they’ve got to look at who was really behind September 11?.


More recently, sparked off by the Australian Greens request for a debate on the war in Afghanistan. Kevin Bracken, now president of the Trades Hall council and the secretary of the Maritime Union of Australia, stood up and made his views clear once again. 

Bracken phoned in and stated to Jon Faine on his 774 ABC talk-back radio program: 


“I believe the official story is a conspiracy theory that doesn’t stand up to scientific scrutiny,”


“In my mind the buildings were imploded.” 


The 9/11 Truth Movement, with its extremely broad, far reaching and credible list of architects, engineers, scholars, scientists, patriots, military personnel, politicians, actors, artists, athletes and free thinking minds has once again provided a stable platform and support network for individuals to stand up and be counted. 


Bracken has however, rightly stated that his opinions are his own, therefore giving his fellow unionists the opportunity to stand behind him in support. Even though, on the 28th of March 2008, the Victorian Trades Hall Council passed the following motion after lengthy debate. 


“That this meeting of VTHC Executive Council calls for a thorough, independent enquiry into the tragic terrorist attacks of September 11. 


The events of that day have been used to start pre-emptive wars “that will not end in our lifetime”. They have been used to attack civil liberties and legal principles that have been the cornerstone of civilized communities. 


There is an urgent need to reassess the way we view the world after September 11 and we call for proper investigation into the events around that day.” – From the minutes, VTHC meeting 28th of March 2008. 


Jon Faine on the other hand has inadvertently shown his true colours. As Kevin Bracken later made clear in an interview with John Bursill on the podcast that Kevin had an email exchange with Jon Faine the night before and was invited to call in to 774 ABC talk-back radio show in Melbourne and make his views known. 


Kevin Bracken - Standing Tall

Jon Faine – ABC 


The forked tongue of Jon Faine was clearly audible during the discussion on public radio as he damned Bracken for having an alternative opinion and pretended to have no idea that Kevin Bracken was going to call his radio show. It is clear that public figures in the corporate controlled media around the world cannot and will not entertain alternative theories on 9/11 and continue to keep their listeners and viewers in the dark. As the ramifications surrounding this issue are serious indeed.  


Jon Faine tried to slither away and resorted to spouting questions on JFK and the moon landings in an attempt to slander Kevin Bracken whilst refusing to debate Kevin on his points. 


Kevin Bracken rightly retorted with: 


“Unfortunately cowards like yourselfhave set the political agenda in this country for too long.”


It is however, refreshing that Australian news agencies like the ABC, and the Herald Sun have covered Kevin’s statements, particularly on this important issue. For this they should be commended, even though most of their coverage has been negative. 

It is becoming ever more clear that this issue is going to divide governments and the media, as they find themselves on the wrong side of this issue. 


For over 6 years I have supported the 9/11 Truth Movement in an effort to help the world to wake up and question the events of September 11th 2001. The attacks of that tragic day have shaped the political climate in the world. In addition, the events of September 11 have created a pretense for wars of aggression and countless lives have been lost as a result. Yet we still have no official response to the expert evidence which supports the hypothesis that the buildings of the World Trade Center were collapsed with the use of explosives and exhibit all the characteristics of a planned demolition. We must bring into effect a new investigation into 9/11 and let the chips fall where they may. 


Why won’t governments address and debate this issue? Why does Julia Gillard, the prime minister of Australia, dismiss alternative opinions like the valid points put forward by Kevin Bracken as “stupid and wrong”.Once again showing her inability to tackle issues of this magnitude whilst presenting no opposition to the arguments he puts forward. Is it because there is no opposition to his views which are supported by over 1,200 architects and engineers? Given that 76.79% of people voted overwhelmingly in support of Kevin Bracken and his views on this issue, Julia Gillard is alienating herself from the consensus of the people who democratically elected her. I suggest she give these views more attention otherwise she risks being in the minority when we do finally see a real debate on this in the Australian parliament. 


Julia Gillard, to her credit, did quite rightly state on the floor of the Australian Federal Parliament that: 


“The Labor Party is a large organisation, people join it as individuals – we don’t dictate what people think.” 


One of the more courageous and ethical statements I have witnessed from Julia. 


The gauntlet has been laid down by Kevin Bracken, lets hope that this issue is not swept under the proverbial rug once again. As we now know, there is tremendous support for his views both in Australia and abroad. Demand a new investigation and support the 9/11 Truth Movement now. 


"Well, the fact is that aviation fuel doesn't get hot enough to melt steel," - Mr Bracken. 

Haven’t seen the collapse of WTC7? 

Have a look at this compilation of video footage of its collapse: 


Still convinced that the official story provided by the 9/11 Commission report is accurate?


The 9/11 Commission Report – July 22, 2004
By The 9/11 Commission headed by Philip D. Zelikow – Executive Director 


Start by watching 9/11 Blueprint for Truth (2008 Edition) 

By Architects and Engineers for 9/11 Truth


The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions 

By David Ray Griffin in which he describes the 9/11 commission report as “A work of fiction”.  


Don’t think that the USA could be involved in an event like 9/11 and state crimes against democracy?


The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and Its Geostrategic Imperatives – 1997

By Zbigniew Brzezinski

A document describing that if the USA is to maintain global supremacy in the 21 century it must control the Middle East. However to galvanize support, America needs a catalyzing event like a “New Pearl Harbor”.  


State Crimes Against Democracy
Professors Phillips & Huff 


Catastrophic Terrorism: Tackling the New Danger – 1998 Foreign Affairs 

By Ashton B. Carter, John Deutch, and Philip D. Zelikow (Zelikow later became the Executive Director of the 9/11 Commission) 

Here’s a quote from this document: 


“the resulting horror and chaos would have exceeded our ability to describe it. Such an act of catastrophic terrorism would be a watershed event in American history. It could involve loss of life and property unprecedented in peacetime and undermine America’s fundamental sense of security, as did the Soviet atomic bomb test in 1949. Like Pearl Harbor, the event would divide our past and future into a before and after. The United States might respond with draconian measures scaling back civil liberties, allowing wider surveillance of citizens, detention of suspects and use of deadly force. More violence could follow, either future terrorist attacks or U.S. counterattacks. Belatedly, Americans would judge their leaders negligent for not addressing terrorism more urgently.” 


Project For A New American Century (PNAC) – 1997 to 2006
Overseen by neoconservatives William Kristol and Robert Kagan 

A study and collection of documents that once again describes the need for a “New Pearl Harbor” 


The National Security Strategy of the United States of America – 2002 

By Philip D. Zelikow 

A document released directly after 9/11 dictating the right to attack any country in the world preemptively as that country might become a threat some day, also referred to as the “Bush doctrine”. 


Need proof that the 9/11 Truth Movement is making waves in the global arena?

Conspiracy Theories – Causes and Cures 2008 

By Cass Susstein and Adrian Vermeule 

A document calling for illegal infiltration by government sponsored private operatives to promote cognitive diversity within the 9/11 Truth Movement in an attempt to undermine it. 


Cognitive Infiltration: An Obama Appointee’s Plan to Undermine the 9/11 Conspiracy Theory  

By David Ray Griffin 

A book written in response to Cass Susstein and Adrian Vermeules “Conspiracy Theories – Causes and Cures”.




Jesse Ventura Explains Why WTC7 Is The Key To 9/11 Being An Inside Job!


48. Illuminati Zecharia Sitchin Dies at 90

The Sitchin website is newly informing the world that “Zecharia Sitchin passed away on the morning of October 9th, 2010. A small, private family funeral was held the next day.” 


The radical thinker died at the age of 90. 


“The family asks that you respect its privacy during this difficult time and refrain from contacting family members directly. Instead, to offer tributes to Mr. Sitchin or to contact those handling his affairs, please…send a letter to P.O. Box 577, New York, NY 10185.”  


49. Halloween is Christmas for Satanists

Halloween-Trick or Treat

By Richard Evans
October 31, 2010 


"American children used to be protected by laws which no longer exist. They were protected by families and normal society. Before television it wasn't so easy for self avowed witches to get inside their heads. The Illuminati recognized Halloween as the opportunity to do that."

The significance of Halloween today isn't whether or not it was a day of mass human sacrifice by the Druids, derived from the Phoenician sacrifices to Moloch, even though it certainly was.

What we must understand about Halloween in modern times is that it's a mass magickal operation.  To understand that, we must understand how an occult magic operation works.

The late 20th century customs of Halloween especially in the United States may as well have been composed and directed by Aleister Crowley.   Crowley wrote rituals in the form of dramatic plays.  The actors would take on the the character of a god or goddess, or demons the magickian sought to invoke. 

It's really very simple. By acting like the thing, you become the thing. Crowley combined masquerade with Kabbalist invocations of demonic personality traits. He embedded them in dramatic scripts and in song lyrics.

It doesn't even matter if a participant is aware they're to become possessed, they only need to be persuaded to act out and hear the words. This in fact is the how behavioral engineering has been done through the Hollywood movies, television shows and music industry.

This writer attended dozens of the standard rituals of Crowley over several years,  acted out by members of regional cliques of the Ordo Templi Orientis.  There was a long one for the Autumnal Equinox which was done in several sessions over several weeks called The Rites of Eleusis. OTO rituals are usually private except this one, which was presented as a series of plays and tickets were sold to the public.  

Halloween has become a multi-billion dollar industry.  Halloween as we know it didn't exist in 1950.  Before 1966. it was  benign pointless excuse for children to parade door to door collecting free candy and an annual re-run of "It's the Great Pumpkin Charlie Brown." 

However, the 1966 Madison Avenue marketing blitz called "The Year of the Monster" glamorized Halloween as a 'lifestyle'.

The blitz included a plethora of gory toys, glamor sustained through television shows and movies, including two prime time sitcoms, "The Adams Family", and "The Munsters".  Halloween as we know it was created by interests which we now identify as 'Illuminati' and Satanic.  I did live through it, so I have no doubt about it. 

American children used to be protected by laws which no longer exist.  They were protected by families and normal society.   Before television it wasn't so easy for self avowed witches to get inside their heads.   The Illuminati recognized Halloween as the opportunity to do that.

Anton La Vey (Howard Levey) inaugurated the Church of Satan in 1966.  This wasn't coincidental.  La Vey's cult photos were disseminated in the major magazines.  La Vey thus was providing that Mardis Gras, Halloween image as a lifestyle.  The engine of conversion was sex  - let's be honest, any Satanists out there.  Halloween graduated from benign harvest celebration into a Sex and Death festival.   Sex and Death = Thanateros. Don't tell me that mix of costumes I saw at the grocery store last night dressed either as zombies, or SM sluts, (and I saw two cross dressing males)  isn't a merger of sex and death.  

How is Halloween 'Christmas for Satanists'?  Forget what they say about the old Celtic Samhain and all that.  Halloween for Satanists today is a celebration of 'Lucifer Rising' - not Satan's birthday.  In that sense it can be thought of as the Satanist's mockery of Christian Advent, which begins at the end of November.

In fact, Satanic 'advent' runs through autumn.  There are several lesser known regional events with Halloween features celebrated regionally around the United States.  I refer to various 'burning man' events.  One in North New Mexico is called 'Zozobro'.  It was invented by a Freemason in Santa Fe in 1926.




Comments for "Halloween is Christmas for Satanists "


Ken said (November 1, 2010):


agree with Lisa. You are a certifiable nut job, crank, schizophrenic, crazy. The Kabbalah, known as the Tree of Life, existed LONG BEFORE Christianity and the Christian 'satan' even existed. It has nothing whatsoever to do with evil or demons or satan or lucifer. 'Illumination' means a person has knowledge the masses do not have. That knowledge, wisdom, and understanding do not make me, you, or ANYONE evil. It is not knowledge in and of itself that makes a person good or evil but what you do with that knowledge. Therefore, there are those illuminati who are good and those who are bad, the same as in ANY human society. What you do is the same as a schizophrenic... you ASSociate and ASSume, linking things together with delusional things made up in your mind. Just because you like to smear the illuminati by associating them with satanists does not make it true. I am not a satanist or a luciferian. I am illuminati. My knowledge base goes far beyond the history of the current 'Christian' beliefs, which are quite modern in terms of history.


Nut job. Bonafide. 

Ken D. Webber 


Dear Ken 

Don't look at what the Cabalists say. Look at what they do. 





James said (November 1, 2010):


The Illuminati adopted all 8 of the ancient Celtic festivals. "The religion of the ancient British islands much resembled the ancient worship of Baal, and may have been derived from it" (Peloubet's Bible Dictionary, 1925 ed., s.v. "Baal." See also The Two Babylons, by Alexander Hislop, p. 103.) Baal was the ancient sun god of the Phoenicians. The worship of Baal was characterized by sexual immorality and human sacrifice. In his film America's Occult Holidays, Doc Marquis, whose family had been members of the Illuminati for generations, says that these 8 festivals are still times of human sacrifice. In any event, the Bible condemns the observance of any of these days: "And I [Yehovah] will punish her [Israel] for the feast days of the Baals" (Hosea 2:13, RSV). And that includes Halloween, Christmas, and Easter. These days are ALL nothing more than baptized paganism.




Bob said (November 1, 2010):


Sorry to say there is a huge push to promote Halloween in Australia. A number of retailers are lobbying the New South Wales State Govt. to have Halloween declared a Public Holiday! This is just over the top, firstly Halloween has never been part of the Aussie culture or tradition!


Why would any parent want their kids knocking on strangers doors asking for lollies, when I was a kid we were told not to talk to or accept lollies from strangers. Secondly why would any parent want there kids to dress up like devils and demons and be wandering the street at night?

This is just a bit more of the social engineering we have been experiencing since the early Seventies when the Whitlam govt. got the ball rolling for Australia to takes its place in the New World Order.




Robert said (November 1, 2010):


Yesterday I walked through a Canadian Tire store past bins of realistic-looking 'severed heads' and hundreds of other ghoulish items. A few years ago, beheadings were scandalizing the world; now they are being treated as normal, indeed as a joke. The psychological conditioning for desensitization to sadism and perversion is now so blatant that anyone who doesn't react against it must be dangerously in its thrall.




Jack said (November 1, 2010):


This is another article which should be dubbed a 'must read'.


I agree with the author that Halloween is a ritual of mass human sacrifice....and one of Lucifer Rising. Moloch is definitely the deity invoked, but the ritual, as a mass human sacrifice, is likely to be that of the millions that drowned in the great Flood. 

The Lucifer Rising aspect is an inference to history repeating. The ancient axis mundi was a bright column of light, or stargate, which is due to be visibly revived as part of long term natural phenomena

Now lucifer is the Latin word-equivalent of the Hebrew heyleyl which means 'Bright'. While lucifer can by metonymy mean a person, lucifer is first and foremost a reference to a post-Flood celestial object. Shambhala, however, is a reference to the earlier pre-Flood tower of light, for Shambhala mean 'elevated candle'. This bright candle is the root of philosophic Illuminism, or Moloch worship. The Shambhala shaft of light resembled a modern flourescent tube in shape, except that it was gigantic, connecting at earth's original north pole to another celestial body above the plane of the current planets. (Expect occultic interest and military action around today's north pole just as there is around the original north pole location, now in Asia).


December Xmas is a pagan graft on primitive Christianity. December's Hannukhah and Saturnalia are one and the same celebration; the collapse of the Shambhala light column when the heavens burst into chaos.


And the grotesque monsters of Halloween has more to it. Halloween appears to be readying a global public for an upcoming materialization of demons similar to the materialization of demons in the pre-Flood earth and world of man. Genesis identifies these demons as "benai elohim" (sons of God). Many of the myths surrounding these materialized brutes portrays them as very grotesque with a violent dispostion, much akin to the Star Wars representations of ugly intergalatic warrior-monsters.


October 31 may imply the end of the 40 days and nights, a period during which the heavenly ocean emptied its contents, and earth was once again flooded and 8 righteous souls survived in a floating box.




Lisa said (November 1, 2010):


Really??? Really. You are a certified nutjob. 



I know it sounds crazy unless you recognize the big picture: the human race is being gradually inducted into a cabalistic satanic cult, the Illuminati  



50. Freemasons Convene G-20 Meeting in Korea


Freemasons Failure to Reach Trade Deal - Part of their Agenda?


SEOUL - President Barack Obama failed to reach agreement on two international deals to help spur the U.S. economy, unexpected setbacks on an Asia trip that was supposed to emphasize his stature abroad and change the subject from last week's electoral drubbing.

Obama was unable to achieve a free trade agreement with South Korea, vowing to keep talking to get a better deal for U.S. auto makers. And after meeting with the leaders of Germany and China, he continued to meet resistance from the two countries about reducing their trade surpluses with the U.S. to give a boost to American manufacturing, putting the best face on a compromise that only calls for the goal of lowering them.

"I think that you will see at this summit a broad-based agreement from all countries, including Germany, that we need to ensure balanced and sustainable growth," Obama said after his meetings, using the kind of optimistic language leaders always use about summits, whatever the conflicts.

On trade with Korea, there were indications that the delay was mostly intended to show that Obama did his best to improve a deal first negotiated in 2007 under President George W. Bush. Obama signaled in June that he viewed the trade pact as a way to improve ties with South Korea and thus strengthen U.S. efforts to maintain peace with North Korea. A failure to reach agreement would badly damage relations with Seoul.

After meeting with South Korean President Lee Myung-Bak, Obama said he believed that Lee is sincere in his desire to complete the negotiations. But, he said, concerns among Americans of a one-way trade relationship with Korea are part of the reason an agreement could not be reached by Thursday.

"If we rush something that then can't garner popular support, that's going to be a problem," Obama said. "We think we can make the case, but we want to make sure that case is air tight."

Obama said he wants a trade deal to be finalized "in a matter of weeks" and promised it would "create jobs and prosperity" in both the United States and South Korea. At the most recent G-20 summit this past summer in Toronto, Obama said he would push to have an agreement by the time he met with Lee here this week.

Whatever the improvements, the trade pact is likely to be opposed next year by most Democrats in Congress, heeding the expected opposition of labor unions, liberal groups critical of globalization and a small number of U.S. exporters, including Ford Motor Co. Republicans are likely to provide most of the votes, representing a test of Obama's promise to lead in a bipartisan way under a GOP House and a smaller Democratic majority in the Senate.




51. Peak Oil is a Scam

Original Title: Russia Proves "Peak Oil'"Is A Misleading Zionist Scam

While Moscow invests heavily in unlimited oil production for the
future, New York squanders America's dwindling oil
profits on fast cars and fast women.

Copyright Joe Vialls,
25 August 2004


In 1970, the Russians started drilling Kola SG-3, an exploration well which finally reached a staggering world record depth of 40,230 feet. Since then, Russian oil majors including Yukos have quietly drilled more than 310 successful super-deep oil wells, and put them into production. Last Year Russia overtook Saudi Arabia as the world's biggest single oil producer, and is now set to completely dominate global oil production and sales for the next century.


Peak Oil Is A Scam 1 


If the opening paragraph of this report started by claiming that completely unlimited crude oil reserves exist inside planet earth, readers might be tempted to regard the entire text as preposterous ghostwriting for a novelist like Frederick Forsyth. If the report then went on to claim that the Russians have exploited this stunning reality for nearly thirty years, right under the largely unwitting noses of western intelligence, readers could be excused for mistaking the author for a lunatic, or perhaps as a front for spy novelist John le Carré. The problem here is that unlimited oil reserves do exist inside planet earth, and the Russians long ago developed the advanced technology necessary to recover these unlimited oil reserves in an efficient and timely manner.


Profoundly disturbing hard intelligence like this does not sit well with the frantic cries of western academic shills and lobbyists, determined to convince you all that the end of the oil world is nigh, or, more accurately, that America faces an imminent catastrophe when global production capacity "Peaks", i.e. when world demand for crude oil finally exceeds the rate at which we can physically pump the required product out of the ground. The gist of these false claims are outlined in a speech given at the at the University of Clausthal, by lobbyist Doctor Colin Campbell during December 2000:


"In summary, these are the main points that we have to grasp: Conventional [Free flowing] oil provides most of the oil produced today, and is responsible for about 95% of all oil that has been produced so far. It will continue to dominate supply for a long time to come. It is what matters most. Its discovery peaked in the 1960s. We now find one barrel for every four we consume. Middle East share of production is set to rise. The rest of the world peaked in 1997, and is therefore in terminal decline. World peak comes within about five years" [circa 12/2005]


Campbell is just the tip of a giant iceberg of academic Peak Oil 'experts' who suddenly appeared en-masse to give you this frightening news, right after President Saddam Hussein suddenly started trading his oil in Euros rather than in US Dollars, a devastating switch with the easy capacity to destroy the US Dollar in less than five years if it was left unchallenged and unchecked.


So these shills [decoys] were carefully positioned to deflect your attention away from the obvious greed and incompetence of the United States Government and its Wall Street masters, and focus it elsewhere instead. Then, hopefully, a few years later down the track when prices start to bounce through the roof, and America has no Euros to buy crude oil, you will blame gasoline prices of $5.00 + per gallon at the pumps on an 'inevitable decline' in world oil production, rather than march furiously on Washington DC with locked and loaded firearms.


Though attacking Campbell and his ilk is not the purpose of this report, his idiot claims can be debunked readily enough. While it is true that nowadays we only officially find one barrel of oil for every four barrels we consume, this is primarily because we temporarily stopped the incredibly expensive process of looking for crude oil when we had already physically established more than two trillion barrels of reserves in known reservoir locations around the world. When those known reserves drop to [say] one trillion barrels we may be tempted to go and find more, but not until then. And while it is true that the production rate from each individual oil well ever drilled has slowly declined over the years, there is a perfectly valid technical reason for this predictable reduced flow rate, which will be explained later.


In order to understand how Russia has left the rest of the world standing in its wake, it is essential to know a little bit about where oil is located, and how it is extracted from the ground for refining and commercial use. It is an enormously complex subject, especially when considering the ultra-deep wells, which should really have a separate category all of their own. Many years ago I was personally involved at the sharp end of two ultra-deep drilling operations [one of them in direct liaison with Russian experts from the Moscow Drilling Institute], and will try to keep this drilling lesson as simple as I can. Thankfully perhaps, the underlying principle of how and where oil is recovered from is not difficult to comprehend, as illustrated by the diagram below.


Peak Oil Is A Scam 2

The theory underlying how oil is formed at such enormous depths in the mantle of the earth is not central to this report, because the Russians have already proved its point of origin in absolute drilling terms more than 300 times. Those interested in the exact process should research the archives, where there are more than two hundred Russian papers on the subject. Probably a good place to start would be "The Role of Methane in the Formation of Mineral Fuels", written by by A.D. Bondar in 1967. What is central to this report is the massive advantage that Russia's ultra-deep drilling discoveries and technical achievements give it over the western nations.


The first advantage I intend to explain is nowhere near as important in global terms as the second, because it is the second advantage that finally drove the Zionist Cabal to illegally invade sovereign Iraq, and thereby bring us all to the very brink of thermonuclear war. However, from where I sit, the first advantage is much more important in simple humanitarian terms, although "humanitarian" is not an acceptable trading process on Wall Street.


Read the Full Story:
Peak Oil Is A Scam



52. Learning How To Love Our Servitude


Original Heading: The Persona


By Nick Sandberg


“One means by which nearly all Westerners learn to avoid contact with repressed emotions is through the development of a ‘persona.’ The persona is essentially a shield, a face that one can present to the world, behind which one can interact with society free from the risk of experiencing repressed pain. A consequence of developing this shield is that we, as children, start to learn to mask our true needs behind symbolic needs. We naturally crave deep love and affection but many learn not to seek it directly for fear of re-experiencing the pain that results when it is denied. Instead, many of us grow up learning to crave things that merely symbolize what we truly want, things like material possessions, personal power, sensual pleasures, and fame.


Material possessions symbolize love because we learn that our parents show us love by giving us things. Personal power symbolizes love because it represents freedom of expression, the withholding of which was used to condition us. Sensual pleasures symbolize love because we associate intimacy with love. Fame symbolizes love because we associate adoration with love. All these cravings are for things that symbolically represent what we truly need but are not the actual need itself. Because the true needs are not being met, the pleasure experienced proves only temporary and the craving for more symbols of love quickly returns. This is the true root of the universal problem of greed. The child chasing mere symbols of its true wants becomes the adult doing the same. We thus grow up driven to seek out things that merely symbolize what we actually want, and so never experience lasting satisfaction. When we don't comprehend the root of our behaviour, we simply assume that we don't have enough and strive for more. …


Our school years are a time when we should be opening up emotionally, learning about the world and understanding what it means to be alive. Instead, most people's experience of school is that of being subjected to a rigorous indoctrinationprocess while immersed in an emotionally repressive environment. An atmosphere of inhibition and abuse pervades, and fear of ridicule from our peer group causes us to spend most of our time hiding our true feelings and directing our energy into maintaining face.


Our shield, our persona, is maintained by self-esteem. Experiencing a feeling of security within the peer group is vital if the persona is to be held in place. To experience embarrassment in front of one's peers will instantly expose the individual to deeply painful repressed emotions, and thus is something to be avoided at all costs. One result of this is a corruption of our innate need to understand the nature of our world. For, from now on, whether or not we accept what we learn as being true will depend not only on whether it makes sense but also on whether we feel that believing it might pose a threat to our place within the peer group. We thus become dependent on our beliefs not only to help us understand the world but also to help maintain our persona. It is natural therefore that we soon develop a deep need to agree with the taught versions of subjects such as history and science. For not to do so would invite ridicule, and thus lead to a re-experiencing of deeply negative repressed feelings. …


The need to agree illustrated.


Our developing of this "need to agree" explains why the overwhelming majority of us appear so happy to go along with convention and popular belief, and are therefore resistant to "conspiracy theories." In fact, even when reading a controversial article in a journal, something that offers little chance of us actually being hurt, the subconscious mind remains constantly on the lookout for anything that could potentially affect our self-image, constantly aware of our need to maintain face. Should it encounter something threatening, it will quickly try to dump the information and move on to something else, not bothering to engage the rational mind and evaluate the idea further.


We can see how dangerous this is when we look at how little most people challenge the accepted version of history. Of World War II, for example, we are typically taught that Hitler was an evil dictator who rose to power in Germany and sought to take over the world. This provoked a reaction from the Allies, which, while causing a massive and regrettable loss of life, was unfortunately necessary if the world was to be saved from a global fascist regime. But how many of us ask how it was that Hitler, the leader of a country so economically crippled that a wheelbarrow full of banknotes was needed to purchase a mere loaf of bread, could afford the immense cost of all-out European war? How was it that the German army could secure the vast and continuing supply of oil and armaments necessary to undertake war on so many fronts simultaneously? The answer, of course, is that it was loaned the money necessary by the banking and industrial cartels of the West.


Yet most people reading this will not bother to enquire further into this story. Instead they will rapidly discount the whole idea on the first pretext that enters their mind. This is because, working at a subconscious level, our mind has already worked out that, if we believe that World War II was entirely manipulated into being by elite groups, then we are going to have to believe that other events in our history may have been similarly manipulated, and if we do this, it knows that we are going to have to adopt a set of beliefs that is different from that of our peers, thus potentially exposing us to ridicule. The need to hold down pain is greater than the need to know the truth and so defensive functions deny us the ability to rationally assess controversial information. Now let's look more deeply at this process.


In the 1990s, author Daniel Goleman memorably coined the term "emotional hijacking" to describe the process by which one part of our mind, operating below the level of our conscious awareness, can "hijack" our information-processing facilities and cause us to act irrationally, invariably in situations that it believes could be threatening to us.


Emotional hijacking refers to the ability of lower parts of the mind – our instincts, drives and defence mechanisms – to dictate the activity of the higher parts – our facilities for analysis, deduction and creativity. While we have developed a brain with quite phenomenal processing power, it is still subservient to our more primitive needs, and if what the higher brain is processing begins to concern our defence functions, then subconscious processes cut in and hijack intellectual activity, directing the mind to simply move away from the lines of thought that are inducing anxiety.


Another important route for emotional hijacking is the shift into analytical thinking. If, while processing information, the lower brain begins to become concerned about deductions being made, it can direct the higher mind to seek alternative ways to account for what is presented. This is of course a natural part of the analysis process, but here it is being done, not to further understanding, but to block the formation of anxiety-inducing deductions.


The difference is that, when analysis is done to block deductive reasoning, a person will develop an emotional need to believe his or her interpretation is correct. He or she will become emotionally, rather than intellectually, biased towards one viewpoint. Now, let's look at the third and most damaging way our natural development of a persona comes to affect our life.


In addition to the way the persona can render us reliant on consumer culture, and cause us to believe only the mainstream interpretation of history, so it also prevents from us realizing what has happened to us. For, when we operate from behind a persona, we must resist any attack on our self-esteem. This means we must oppose any suggestion that we have been in any way negatively affected by the experiences of our childhood.


We saw earlier that, in order to release ourselves from the negative effects of repressed material, we must become consciously aware of its existence, express the pain, and so commence the grieving process. Yet, while we are constantly engaged in maintaining face, we cannot begin to come to terms with what has happened to us and thus begin to heal ourselves. In emotional terms, life becomes a simple feedback loop.


Because we have been conditioned, we cannot face the notion that conditioning has affected us. And because we cannot face the notion that conditioning has affected us, we cannot heal ourselves of its effects. And we thus go on to condition others. The conditioning of children is central to all elite activities in Europe and the US, and is always done on the pretext of rendering them ‘civilized.’ Once one generation of children has grown up conditioned, you have the raw material that can be directed to go out and enslave other cultures on your behalf. ” (From Blueprint for a Prison Planet, by Nick Sandberg, Source: If this is unavailable here, try here: )



53. Homosexuality and Demonic Possession

December 2, 2010


“While many gays were dying from AIDS, I was living this terrible event : gayness seemed to be deadly on a physical and also on a spiritual plane.” 

[EDITOR'S NOTE: This article offers more evidence that the Illuminati promotion of sexual promiscuity ands homosexuality has occult implications.]

By "Le Gall"

Greek gays.

The story I am about to summarize is mine. I  have absolutely no claim to a higher truth, but I can bring you some features of the reality of the unseen and the collusion between certain sexual practices and the occult.

The first gay men I met in Paris were show-business Jews. In my twenties, 25 years ago, I gravitated to the artistic world, completely dominated by Jews.

So I made the acquaintance of one of those Jews with whom I had sex (but no penetration I might add.)  The next morning, I began to feel unwell with a pain down the spine, at the perineum exactly.  This point, I learned much later corresponded to the first Shakra. My negative Kundalini was just starting, a phenomena I had never heard about.

The pains increased, gaining the tree genitourinary, and then the whole body. The discomfort was widespread but indescribable. I was both mentally and physically shaken.


The author, 25 years ago.

Laboratory analysis came back negative.  Over the months, the sensations became more and more difficult and precise. Sexual desires have increased and also negative thought like the idea of suicide. I had the sensation of evil forces around me. At some people's houses, furniture creaked when I had left them. Friends told me about it.

I was very tired, full of negativity and desperate to find a solution.


A year later, returning to Paris, I met a doctor, also Jewish, who abruptly told me that I was certainly suffering  from an occult  problem. Through the doctor, I met an old clairvoyant, who delivered the terrifying following diagnosis: the homosexual relationship had put me in contact with a demonic entity.

Read the Full Story Here:
Homosexuality and Demonic Possession 




54. What Is The “Green” and Environmental Movement Really All About? (Part 2)

Antichrist and the Green Prince

By John D Christian, Copyright © John D. Christian 2009. Used with permission.

PDF download button.
Click the Link to Download the Full PDF eBook
 Antichrist and the Green Prince

Chapter Two


Greek Chloris: Roman Flora And Maia


In Rome, the Greek mother-earth nymph and goddess Chloris’s name was changed to Flora. She was the goddess of flowers and spring. As a primal manifestation of the mother-earth goddess, she causes all of the plants to grow, and she brings to fruition that which has blossomed. She is the divine patroness of all gardens, orchards, fields, agriculture, and everything that blossoms, grows and ripens. Flora was worshipped by the Romans from a very early date. The high priest of Flora in Rome was the Flamen Floralis, one of the priesthoods believed to have been established by king Numa in the seventh century before Christ around the time the city was founded.


There were at least two temples in Rome dedicated to Flora. Although they do not remain today, there is a statue of her in the Capitoline Museum. Her festival, the Floralia (or Ludi Florales) held in her honor, was officially set by Julius Caesar when he fixed the Roman calendar and it ran from April 28 to May 3. It was celebrated with games and theatrical presentations called the Ludi Florales. Flora was a common name for prostitutes in ancient Rome. At night the city was illuminated with special lamps and torches so that the celebrations of spring could continue without stopping. There were chariot races in the Circus Maximus during which Flora was the patroness of the “Green Chariot” movement. Today we would call them the “Greenies” or “Environmentalists.”  After the chariot races, on the last day of the festival, hares, goats, and roe deer were released in the circus for a ritual hunt. These animals were considered to be symbols of fertility and it was thought to catch one would bring prosperity to the lucky person who caught it.


In the middle of the Floralia, on May 1st, the Romans had a special ritual and celebration dedicated to this “great” “green” spring mother-earth goddess. On this day they changed Flora’s name to the name of the Greek goddess “Maia,” the mother of Hermes. Today the month of May is directly named after Maia. All of the celebrations of May 1st or May Day are directly descended from the Floralia in Rome dedicated to the Greek goddess Maia. The rituals to Maia on May 1st were presided over by the high priest of Vulcan, the Flamen Volcanalis. During the rituals he sacrificed a pregnant cow (or sow) to her and burned the unborn calf or piglets whole. This sacrifice was called the “Holocaust.”


In her capacity as the Roman mother-earth goddess of “cereals” she was called Ceres, [after which the modern word ‘cereal’ is derived] and her holocaust sacrifice on April 19th every year was called the Cerialia. Hitler’s Nazi holocaust sacrifice of the Jews was a re-enactment of this Cerialia sacrifice. That is why he changed the chief celebration day of communism and socialism, from May 1st to April 19th. It’s also why he sent tanks with flamethrowers into the Warsaw Ghetto to burn all of the Jews, with their children, in the morning of April 19th, 1943, exactly the same time the Holocaust sacrifice was celebrated in ancient Rome. This Roman holocaust sacrifice originated in the Feast of Ishtar, (now called ‘Easter’ and celebrated by the apostate Christian church) dedicated to the spring mother-earth goddess of Babylon, Ishtar.


The original Ishtar Processional Way lined with lions and dragons, and Ishtar Gate covered with dragon and bull reliefs of her temple, and the Pergamon Altar of the sun god [Satan’s seat in Revelation 2:13] from Babylon are now in the Pergamon Museum in Berlin, and the two man-headed, horned, winged, bull statues of Nimrod/Baal/Marduk [representative of the Babylonian sun god and King of Babylon] are now in the British Museum. This bull (Zeus) is now shown on all British EU Identity Cards and is now one of the chief symbols of the EU as well.


In Revelation 17:5 she is described with 13 words and 65 (13x5) capital letters, “…MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.” Remember, in Rome, her prostitutes (harlots) were actually called by her name – “Flora,” and on May 1st every year her name was changed when she was worshipped as Maia the “GREAT” mother earth goddess.


Each year in Rome there were essentially three prime holocaust sacrifices (and other lesser ones) given to this mother-earth goddess, in each of her three different goddess aspects. The first was consecrated to her as the earth goddess Tellus in the feast of Fordicidia on April 15th. The second was to her as the cereal goddess Ceres in the feast of Cerialia on April 19th, and the third was to the “Great” goddess Maia on May 1st.


As the supreme, great, mother-earth goddess, Maia, she was called Maia Maiestas ‘Maia the Majestic.’ Both ‘Maia’ and ‘Maiestas’ are derived from the Latin ‘magnus,’ ‘great or powerful.’ Maia is the great, powerful, mother-earth goddess who symbolizes the power and wealth of the entire Earth. The English word ‘majesty’ used to describe Her Majesty, HRH Queen Elizabeth II, is directly derived from the Greek and Latin word ‘Maia.’


In Greek mythology, Zeus (the sun) and Maia (the earth) fathered a son, Hermes, god of trade, liars and thieves. In Roman mythology, Jupiter (the sun) and Maia (the earth) fathered a son, Mercury, god of merchants, liars and thieves. (Today the words ‘merchant’ or ‘merchandise’ are derived from the name of the god ‘Mercury’). In ancient Greece, Hermes was known as the “herdsman of the dead.”


In British Israel World Freemasonry, today headed by HRH the Duke of Kent (who today stands in for the Queen), Hermes is considered to be their pagan founder. Maia is the Greek and Roman “great and powerful” “Queen of Heaven” and “Mother of Harlots” derived from the goddess Ishtar of Babylon and Isis in Egypt.


She is worshipped by all the pagan religions of the world in one form or another. In the Roman Catholic Church she is called the Virgin Mary. Her various feast days in “May” highlight her widespread popularity in different heathen religions and gods:


·       May 1: Roman Floralia. Chief celebration day of Communism and Socialism. Rowan Witch Day for Finnish goddess Rauni. (Beltane. Founding of the Illuminati in 1776).

·       May 4: Sacred Thorn Tree Day in Ireland, to goddess Sheila Na Gig

·       May 5: (Feast of the Dragon in China).

·       May 8: Feast of Artemis in Greece.

·       May 9,11,13: The Lemuria in Rome.

·       May 11: Sacrifice to Mania, a goddess of death.

·       May 12: Festival of Shashti in India to Aranya Shashti, the Forest god.

·       May 15: Day of Maia in Greece.

·       May 16: The Savitu-Vrata in India, to the goddess Sarasvati, Queen of Heaven.

·       May 19-28: The Kallyntaria and Plynteria (spring cleaning) in Greece and Rome.

·       May 23: The Rosalia in Rome, the Rose Festival of Flora and Venus.

·       May 24: Birthday of Artemis/Diana; called the Thargelia.

·       May 25: Festival to goddess Fortuna.

·       May 26: The Day of Chin-hua-fu-jen in China, the Amazon goddess, equal to Diana.

·       May 26-31: Festival of Diana as goddess of the Wildwood in Rome.

·       May 30-31: Feast of the Queen of the Underworld in Rome.


In Celtic cultures Maia or Maj was considered a month of sexual freedom during which the color green was worn to honor the goddess as the Earth Mother, and Beltane was celebrated for fertility. In Wales, Creiddylad was linked to this festival and called the May Queen. The celebratory ritual of dancing around the Maypole is derived from these festivities. The Maypole was a tall pole of oak adorned with a hawthorn garland and many brightly colored ribbons. The ribbons would be held by the worshippers who danced their way around the Maypole in opposing directions until the people were mixing arm in arm with bright springtime colors, the movement representing the energies between the earth mother and the sky god that causes plants to grow. The Maypole goes a long way back in pagan antiquity. In ancient Greece, it originally was known as a herm, an oak pole on which a mask was hung, and this grew into the god Hermes. The Maypole represents the male phallic symbol and sun god, the soft colorful ribbons represent the feminine earth goddess. The union of the two represents the union of the god and goddess. The old Celtic name for May Day is Beltane which is derived from the Canaanite god, Baal. 


In Ireland, the goddess Maia was sometimes called Sheila Na Gig, and her festival was on 4 May and 5 June. Statues of her associated with Mary are still today carved into the decorations of many Roman Catholic Irish churches. Often she is shown as a grotesque fertility goddess that helps poor people and averts poverty. Usually she is portrayed as a thin woman shown squatting holding open her private parts. She is honored on Sacred Thorn Tree Day in Ireland. The derogatory Australian male term “Sheila” used to describe women in general is derived from this rather vulgar Irish aspect of the goddess. The Irish goddess Sheila is just another term for the Roman goddess Diana (Greek name, Artemis) who was regarded with great reverence by the lower classes, and even slaves could receive asylum in her temples. On 5 June, in Ireland, Maia, as goddess Sheila Na Gig is honored. This is just one of the many reasons the fascist/communist United Nations World Environment Day is now held on this day as well. In Finland, May 1 was dedicated to the goddess Rauni. In Russia she was honored during a long festival between May 25 and June 25 as the goddess Lada, later changed to the god Lado.


In Communism, Fascism and Fabian Socialism, she is worshipped on their chief holy-day on May 1st, called MAY DAY. In the Fascist/Communist Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) she is worshipped as Ceres. The FAO’s most prestigious award is the Ceres Medal. The emblem of the FAO is an “ear of wheat.” The motto of the FAO is the Latin term, Fiat Panis – ‘Let there be bread.’ It was selected by the first Director-General, Sir John Boyd Orr, a British pagan. This is why the heathen emblem of the UN is that of ‘mother earth’ surrounded by 26 ears of corn/wheat, and dominated by St. George’s Cross of the sun god – Roman Jupiter. This is why the British Sovereign’s Order of the Garter and St. George (the highest order of World Freemasonry) has exactly 26 members, and why the socialist British aristocracy and Sovereign rule the world and UN.

Author's Note:

The copyright of this book is only for the purposes of protecting the original text. It may be freely quoted, reproduced in full or in part, for profit or not, without the author’s or publisher’s permission. All Scriptures in this book are quoted from the Authorized King James Bible Version. All underlining or emphasis in quotations (whether from the Bible or elsewhere) are the author’s unless otherwise stated. Special thanks to brother Martin for assisting with the research, and for helping motivate the author to write this book.

PDF download button.
Click the Link to Download the Full PDF eBook
 Antichrist and the Green Prince



55. What's Coming to Your Child's School Very Soon


“It's far worse than most people realise.”  


By Brian Camenker,  


Mass Resistance, October 20, 2008 


Anyone who thinks same-sex “marriage” is a benign eccentricity which won’t affect the average person, should consider what it has done in Massachusetts. It’s become a hammer to force acceptance and normalization of homosexuality on everyone. It’s moving fast. What’s happened is only the beginning. On 18 November 2003, the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court announced its Goodridge opinion, ruling that it was unconstitutional not to allow same-sex “marriage.” Six months later, homosexual marriages began to be performed. 


The Public Schools 


Homosexual “marriage” public school onslaught in the state started soon after the 18 November 2003 court decision. 


1. At my own children's high school there was a school wide assembly to celebrate same-sex “marriage” in early December, 2003.  


Itfeatured an array of speakers,including teachers at the schoolwho announced that theywould be “marrying” theirsame-sex partners and startingfamilies either throughadoption or artificialinsemination. Literature onsame-sex marriage – how it isnow a normal part of society –was handed out to the students.


2. Within months it was brought into the middle schools.  


In September, 2004,an 8th grade teacher inBrookline, MA, told National

Public Radio that the marriage ruling had opened up the floodgates for teaching homosexuality. “In my mind, I know that, `OK, this is legal now.' If somebody wants to challenge me, I'll say, `Give me a break. It's legal now,'” she told NPR. She added that she now discusses gay sex with her students as explicitly as she desires. For example, she said she tells the kids that lesbians can have vaginal intercourse using sex toys. 


3. By the following year it was in elementary school curricula.  


Kindergartnerswere given picture books tellingthem that same-sex couples are

just another kind of family, like their own parents. In 2005, when David Parker of Lexington, MA – a parent of a kindergartner – strongly insisted on being notified when teachers were discussing homosexuality or transgender-ism with his son, the school had him arrested and put in jail overnight. 


4. Second graders at the same schoolwere read abook, “King and King”, abouttwo men who have a romance and marry each other, with apicture of them kissing. Whenparents Rob and RobinWirthlin complained, they weretold that the school had noobligation to notify them orallow their child to opt-out. 


4. In 2006 the Parkers and Wirthlins filed a federal Civil Rights lawsuitto forcethe schools to notify parentsand allow them to opt-out theirelementary-school childrenwhen homosexual-relatedsubjects were taught. Thefederal judges dismissed thecase. The judges ruled thatbecause same-sex marriage is legal in Massachusetts, the school actually had a duty to normalize homosexual relationships to children and that schools have no obligation to notify parents or let them opt-out their children! Acceptance of homosexuality had become a matter of good citizenship! 


Think about that: Because same-sex marriage is “legal”, a federal judge has ruled that the schools now have a duty to portray homosexual relationships as normal to children, despite what parents think or believe! 


In 2006, in the elementary school where my daughter went to Kindergarten, the parents of a third-grader were forced to take their child out of school because a man undergoing a sex change operation and cross-dressing was being brought into classto teach the children that there are now “different kinds of families.” School officials told the mother that her complaints to the principal were considered 

“inappropriate behaviour.” 


5. Libraries have also radically changed.Schoollibraries across the state, fromelementary school to highschool, now have shelves ofbooks to normalize homosexualbehaviour, lifestyle inthe minds of kids, some ofthem quite explicit and evenpornographic. Parents’complaints are ignored or metwith hostility. Over the pastyear, homosexual groups havebeen using taxpayer money todistribute a large, slickhard cover book celebrating homosexual marriage titled“Courting Equality” into everyschool library in the state. 


6. It’s become commonplace in Massachusetts schools for teachers to prominently display photos of their same-sex “spouses” and occasionally bring them to school functions.Both high schoolsin my own town now haveprincipals who are “married” totheir same-sex partners, whomthey bring to school andintroduce to the students. 


7. “Gay days” in schools are considered necessarytofight “intolerance” which mayexist against same-sexrelationships. Hundreds ofhigh schools and even middleschools across the state nowhold “gay, lesbian, bisexual andtransgender appreciationdays”. They “celebrate”homosexual marriage andmove forward to otherbehaviours such as cross dressingand trans-sexuality. Inmy own town, a schoolcommittee member recentlyannounced that combating“homophobia” is now a toppriority. 


8. Once homosexuality is normalized, all boundaries begin to be torn down. Theschools are already moving onto normalizing transgenderism(including cross dressingand sex changes). Thestate-funded Commission onGay, Lesbian, Bisexual andTransgender Youth includesleaders who are transsexuals.


Public Health 


1. The Commissioner of the Massachusetts Department of Public Healthis “married” to anotherman. In 2007 he told a crowd of kids at a state-sponsored youth event that it’s “wonderful being gay” and he wants to make sure there’s enough HIV testing available for all of them.  


Since homosexual marriage became “legal” the rates of HIV / AIDS have gone up considerably in Massachusetts. This year public funding to deal with HIV/AIDS has risen by $500,000. As the homosexual lobby group Mass Equality wrote to their supporters after successfully persuading the Legislature to spend that money: "With the rate of HIV infections rising dramatically in Massachusetts, it is clear the fight against AIDS is far from over." 


Citing “the right to marry” as one of the “important challenges” in a place where “it’s a great time to be gay”, the Massachusetts Department of Public Health helped produce The Little Black Book, Queer in the 21st Century,a hideous work of obscene pornography which was given to kids at Brookline High School on April 30, 2005. Among other things, it gives “tips” to boys on how to perform oral sex on other males, masturbate other males, and how to “safely” have someone urinate on you for sexual pleasure. It also included a directory of bars in Boston where young men meet for anonymous sex 


Domestic Violence 


Given the extreme dysfunctional nature of homosexual relationships, the Massachusetts Legislature has felt the need to spend more money every year to deal with skyrocketing homosexual domestic violence.This year $350,000was budgeted, up $100,000from last year. 




1. All insurance in Massachusettsmust nowrecognize same-sex “married”couples in their coverage. This includes auto insurance, health insurance, life insurance, etc. • Businesses must recognize same-sex “married” couples in all their benefits, activities, etc.,regarding both employees and customers. 


2. The wedding industry is required to serve the homosexual communityifrequested. Weddingphotographers, halls, caterers,etc., must do same-sexmarriages or be arrested fordiscrimination. 


3. Businesses are often “tested” for tolerance by homosexual activists.Groups of homosexual activists often go into restaurants or bars and publicly kiss and fondle each other to test whether the establishment demonstrates sufficient “equality” — now that homosexual marriage is “legal”. In fact, more and more overt displays of homosexual affection are seen in public places across the state to reinforce "marriage equality". 


Legal Profession 


1. The Massachusetts Bar Exam now tests lawyers on their knowledge of same sex "marriage" issues.In2007, a Boston man, StephenDunne, failed theMassachusetts bar exambecause he refused to answerthe questions in it abouthomosexual marriage.


Issues regarding homosexual “families” are now firmly entrenched in the Massachusetts legal system. In many firms, lawyers in Massachusetts practicing family law must now attend seminars on homosexual "marriage".There are also now several homosexual judges overseeing the Massachusetts family courts. 


2. Adoption of children to homosexual “married” Couple. Homosexual “married” couples can now demand to be able to adopt childrenthe same as normalcouples. Catholic charitiesdecided to abandon handlingadoptions rather submit toregulations requiring them toallow homosexuals to adopt thechildren in their care. 


3. In 2006 the Massachusetts Department of Social Services (DSS) honoured two men “married” to each other as their “Parents of the Year”.The men alreadyadopted a baby through DSS(against the wishes of thebaby’s birth parents).According to news reports, theday after that adoption wasfinal DSS approached the menabout adopting a second child.Homosexuals now appear to be put in line for adopting children ahead of heterosexual parents by state agencies in Massachusetts. – 


Government Mandates 


1. In 2004, Governor Mitt Romney ordered Justices of the Peace to perform homosexual marriages when requested or be fired.At least one Justice ofthe Peace decided to resign. 


2. Also Marriage licenses in Massachusetts now have “Party A and Party B” instead of “husband and wife.”Imagine having a marriage license like that.  


Since homosexual relationships are now officially “normal”, the Legislature now gives enormous tax money to homosexual activist groups.In particular, the Massachusetts Commission on Gay Lesbian Bisexual and Transgender Youth is made up of the most radical and militant homosexual groups which target children in the schools. This year they are getting $700,000 of taxpayer money to go into the public schools. 


3. In 2008 Massachusetts changed the state Medicare lawsto includehomosexual “married” couplesin the coverage. 


The Public Square 


Since gay “marriage,” annual gay pride paradeshavebecome more prominent. Thereare more politicians andcorporations participating, andeven police organizations takepart. And the envelope gets pushed further and further. There is now aprofane “Dyke March” throughdowntown Boston, and recentlya “transgender” parade inNorthampton that includedbare-chested women who havehad their breasts surgicallyremoved so they could“become” men. GovernorPatrick even marched with hisout lesbian” 17-year olddaughter in the 2008 BostonPride event, right behind a “leather” group brandishing a black and blue flag, whips and chains! 


The Media 


1. Boston media, particularly the Boston Globe newspaper, regularly does feature stories and news stories portraying homosexual “married” couples where regular married couples would normally be used.  


Itis “equal”, they insist, so theremust be no difference in thecoverage. Also, the newspaper advice columnsnow deal with homosexual"marriage" issues, and how toproperly accept it. 


2. A growing number of news reporters and TV anchorsare openly “married”homosexuals who march in the“gay pride” parades. 


In conclusion  


Homosexual “marriage” hangsover society like a hammer withthe force of law. And it has only just begun. Unfortunately, like every where else in America, the imposition of same-sex marriage on the people of Massachusetts was a combination of radical, arrogant judges and pitifully cowardly politicians. It is pretty clear that the homosexual movement’s obsession with marriage is not because large numbers of them actually want to marry each other. In fact, a very low percentage of homosexuals actually “marry”. (In fact, over the last three months, the Sunday Boston Globe’ marriage section hasn’t had any photos of homosexual marriages. In the beginning it was full of them.) 


What this is really about,is putting the legal stamp of approval on homosexuality and imposing it with force throughout the various social and political institutions of a society that would never accept it otherwise.




56. Global Governance (Part 1 of 9)


August 17, 2001



By Henry Lamb




This report attempts to consolidate four years of research, hundreds of documents, and thousands of pages of material into a brief, concise word picture of how the international community has been able to move society to the brink of global governance. We hope our efforts to achieve brevity have not sacrificed clarity. At the very best, this report is no more than an introduction to a process that has been underway for many years. We have provided extensive endnotes to encourage readers to expand their studies and form their own opinions. We are convinced that the form of government created by the U.S. Constitution is in serious danger of being overwhelmed by the new spirit of globalism that is, in fact, a well conceived, well executed agenda to achieve global governance. Global governance, as it is conceived, and as it is being implemented, cannot tolerate individual freedom or private property rights as guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution.


The conflicting philosophies of governance are on a collision course. On the one side is a small handful of people who have recognized the erosion of Constitutional principles in recent years. On the other side is a tidal wave of UN organizations and agencies, reinforced by a multitude of non-government organizations, sweeping across the planet, flooding societies with the notion that problems can be solved only through remedies offered by and imposed through the massive UN system.


We hope this report will be a starting point that will serve as a catalyst for a variety of responses that result in a reaffirmation of the values enshrined in the U.S. Constitution. Ultimately, it is the values, beliefs, and attitudes that celebrate, protect, and promote individual freedom that can empower societies to overcome whatever problems that arise. These are the values that offer solutions to the world's problems. These are the values that America can share with the world. These are the values that are being eroded by the rise of global governance.


We wish to acknowledge with deep appreciation the efforts of those who reviewed this report: Dr. Margaret Maxey; Dr. Michael Coffman; Floy Lilley, JD; Tom McDonnell, and Willy Peterson. Their work helped to improve both the accuracy and readability of this information. The content, however, along with any errors that may remain, are the sole responsibility of the author.


We hope this publication will be useful to all who cherish freedom.


The Rise Of Global Governance


The desire to rule the world has been a part of the human experience throughout recorded history. Alexander the Great led Greece to dominance of the known world, only to become the victim of Rome's quest for world dominance. The Roman Empire, built on bloody battlefields across the land, was swallowed up by the Holy Roman Empire, built on the fear and hopes of helpless people. History is a record of the competition for global dominance. In every age, there has always been a force somewhere, conniving to conquer the world with ideas clothed in promises imposed by military might. The 20th century is no different from any other: Marx, Lenin, and Hitler reflect some of the ideas which competed for world dominance in the 1900s. The competition is still underway. The key players change from time to time, as do the words that describe the various battlefields, but the competing ideas remain the same.


One of the competitors is the idea that people are born free, "totally free and sovereign," and choose to surrender specified freedoms to a limited government to achieve mutual benefits. The other competitor is the idea that government must be sovereign in order to distribute benefits equitably and to manage the activities of people to protect them from one another. The first idea, the idea of free people, is the idea that compelled the pilgrims to migrate to America. The U.S. Constitution represents humanity's best effort to organize and codify the idea of free people sovereign over limited government. It is a relatively new idea in the historic competition for world dominance.


The other idea, the idea of sovereign government, is not new. Historically, the conqueror was the government. The Emperor, the King, the conqueror by whatever name, established his government by appointment and established laws by decree. Variations of this idea emerged over time to give the perception that the people had some say in the development of law. The Soviet Union, for example, held elections to choose its leaders; but the system assured the outcome of the elections as well as the ultimate sovereignty of the government. During the 1700s, the first idea was ascendant as evidenced by the creation of America. During the 1900s, the second idea has again become ascendant as evidenced by the emergence of global governance. This report identifies and traces some of the major forces, events, and personalities that are responsible for the rise of global governance in the 20th century.




Antichrist and the Green Prince 



57. News in Brief


Fritz Springmeier Released From Prison
There are black days ahead for the carbon industry 

China and Russia Drop Dollar
Obama to By-pass Congress? 

North and South Korea move close to war footing
WikiLeaks: Duke of York 'made inappropriate remarks' 

The Complete Idiot's Guide to Wikileak's Document Dump
Playing Chicken With China 

The Vile Trick Of Labeling People 'Anti-Semitic' (Video)
Leave Ireland now, says multi-millionaire businessman Denis Brosnan 

Ireland’s bailout is 'Worse than a Crime' says NY Times columnist 

Illuminati Bankers Controlled Joseph McCarthy  

BP Oil Catastrophe—Best Videos Available
The Attack on Iran: See It Coming And Stop It, Even If It Costs You Everything 

US to Spend 500 Million Dollars on Embassy in Afghanistan 

Jewish mathematician caught editing Alex Jones Wikipedia page  

Scary - WH Insider - 'Shock Over President's Behavior' - Part 1

Scary - WH Insider - 'The President Needs To Grow Up' - Part 2 

An Open Letter to Rixon Stewart and His "Truthseeker.UK" 

Hemp may be the real reason marijuana is illegal 

Why the Zionists Killed George S Patton 
Aussie Trades Unionist Exposes 9/11 Cover-up 
The War on Terror 

The Suppressed Free Electricity Generation System of Nikola Tesla.
Net Porn Seen By Nine Out Of Ten Children 

Eastman Now 100% 
Charges Of Anti-Semitism--Are They True?
Obama's Fall
Fed's Purchase Of US Bonds Is A Fraud 

US Federal Reserve Stokes Global Currency War 

China, Germany Belittle US Actions Before G20 

West Sirius Drilling Rig - The Mystery Deepens

Afghan War - No End In Sight
Obama Begs People To “Keep On Believing” (his vile BS) 

Obama Rally Empty Seats Show Popularity Dive  

Hillary Conveniently In Asia On Election Day  

Cops Must Fill 238 Hazard Checklist Before Leaving Stn  

Oz Race Fans Ordered To Dress Warmly   

Climate Change Scam For Computer Gamers  

Sleeping On Problem Best Way To Solve It  

Exercise 'Staves Off Depression'

Former Marxist Terrorist Elected Brazil President 

Albert Pike And 3 World Wars - Parts 2, 3, 4 

That Republican 2010 Landslide and What It Means 

US Wants Own Carrier In Thames During Olympics   

The British Legion's 1935 Visit To Hitler  

Brazilians Now Face Illuminati "Gang Rape
76 Senators Reaffirm Obedience To Israel  

Most Modern Men Are Useless Morons 

More Prophecy From Woman Who Predicted 911  

The Fed At Jekyll Island - 100 Yr Celebration  

Indiana May Defund Kinsey 'Porno Pit'  

Modern Art Was CIA 'Weapon' 

Megachurch Pastor Denies Sex With Four Boys  

Salt Rules 'Would Cut Heart Disease'  

Study - Doctors Are Essentially Bribed By Big Pharma 

Satanists Seduce Women With Wicca 

A Warning to Australia

Clips from John Pilger's The War You Don't See 


Stop Relying on Limited News--Get Your Information From these Web sites:

"Every night the same tawdry televised crap so thick and quick it makes you sick. Are you well informed or is your News Limited?"(Quote from satanist, Aloysius Fozdyke, The Fozdyke Letters.)

The 10 Most Influential People in the Alternative Media: 2011 Version

*** Be wary! Probably "Controlled Oppostion." See David Icke Freemason.

Latest editions to this list of alternative new sites:



Atlantic Free Press

Axis of Logic 

Common Dreams


Information Clearing House 

My Catbird Seat

Online Journal

Redress Information & Analysis

Sabbah Report 
Veterans Today

Here's some good advice from Gilad Atzmon:

"In addition to Web sites that can be visited for their alternative views, a number of writers can be relied on to report accurately and provide revealing commentary avoided by mainstream media. To view articles, simply type their names into a search engine like Google, Yahoo or MSN.

Some of the leading—always reliable–commentators include Robert Fisk, John Pilger, Gwynne Dyer, Mark Steele, Uri Avneri, Arundhate Roy, Alexander Cockburn, Ted Rall, Greg Palast, Robert Jensen, Mike Whitney, Alan Hart, Jeff Blankfort, Gilad Atzmon, Jonathan Cook, Mazin Qumsiyeh, Chris Hedges,  Ramzy Baroud, Franklin Lamb, James Petras, Debbie Mennon, Glenn Greenwald, Paul Craig Roberts, Stephen Zunes, Amy Goodman, Eric Margolis, Richard Falk, Jeff Gates, Stuart Littlewood and Gordon Duff." ( )


Additional Resources ...

The Warning of the Last Days

The Real Crisis Is About To Unfold And Its Not Financial

The Usher of Desecration

The Protocols Of The Learned Elders Of Zion


How to Download and Keep
YouTube Videos …


Go to the following link for instructions ...

How to Download and Keep YouTube Videos


Ask a Question or Just Let Me Know What You Think ...

My aim is to make Last Days Watch newsletter as useful to you as possible. So if you have any questions, suggestions, tips, or other comments, or ideas for upcoming issues, I would love to hear from you.

Just e-mail me at the email address shown at the bottom of the page, or use the form on the Contact page:

Thanks for reading.

See you next issue.

John Mulligan


Subscriber's Notes Section ...


You or someone you know subscribed you, or you downloaded an eBook from our site, or you are a subscriber to our "Last Days Watch" ezine, or you requested free information from us. If someone has subscribed you against your will, please follow the UNSUBSCRIBE instructions that are found in the How to Unsubscribe section below. Then you will no longer receive this newsletter.

PRIVACY STATEMENT: Our list of subscribers is strictly confidential. Your details have never been and never will be passed on to any third party, whatsoever. Your privacy is paramount to us! Therefore it gets the respect it deserves. Should you ever wish to unsubscribe, see the instructions on how to do this at the bottom of every issue.

SPAM DISCLAIMER: Every subscriber to this newsletter has personally requested a subscription, and have confirmed their subscription through a double-optin procedure.

To SUBSCRIBE go to this page:


At the bottom of every e-Mail sent by you will find a special link that enables you to UNSUBSCRIBE at any moment, or EDIT your subscription details. The link looks like the one below, and all you have to do is click on it, or highlight the link, copy to the clipboard, and then paste into your browser, and hit GO.

Example Link For Explanation Purposes Only ...

Click on the link below to CANCEL your subscription or EDIT your details:


• Home
• How to Translate this Page
• Sacred Calendar 2004 to 2017
• The New Moon Festivals
• Beliefs and Structure
• Invitation
• Core eBooks
• Articles and Reports
• Healing and Health
• Things I Would Like My Grandchildren To Know
• Stages of the Restoration of All Things
• Last Days Watch ezine
• Expose the Synagogue of Satan Locally
• Download Brochures
• Download Full Web Site
• About Nazarene Remnant
• Help Us
• Resources
• Quotations of Interest
• Contact
• Link to Us
• Code of Conduct
• Mirror This Site
• Site Map

The Most Stern Warning in all Scripture ...

We are entering an age that Satanists call the Age of Fire, when they will use every murderous, demonic, vicious, and most cunning tactics and lies to usher in their Nazi Fourth Reich (aka the New World Order). They have made the following point very clear:

“No one will enter the New World Order unless he or she will make a pledge to worship Lucifer. No one will enter the New Age unless he will take a Luciferian Initiation.” (David Spangler, Director of Planetary Initiative, United Nations Organization) ...

Read the Full Article:
The Most Stern Warning in all Scripture

The Warning of the Last Days 

The Warning of the Last Day eBook cover image

"Therefore, behold, I will make them know, this once I will make them know my power and my might, and they shall know that my name is the Lord. The clamour will resound to the ends of the earth, for the Lord has an indictment against the nations; he is entering into judgment with all flesh, and the wicked he will put to the sword." (Jeremiah 16: 21; 25: 31)

Free Download:The Warning of the Last Days

The Usher of Desecration 

Usher:Noun: “Somebody who shows people to their seats, e.g. in a theatre or at a wedding.” Verb: “To inaugurate or introduce (something): usher in a new era.”

Desecration: Verb: “1. To violate the sanctity (of something sacred); to profane (it). 2. To treat (a sacred place) irreverently or contemptuously.” The Penguin English Dictionary, 2nd Edition, 2003.

“If someone was planning to murder you, you would like to know months in advance, wouldn’t you?”

Read the Book:
The Usher of Desecration

The Real Crisis Is About To Unfold and It's Not Financial. 

 Read the Book:
The Real Crisis Is About To Unfold and It's Not Financial

The Time for Talk is Over

“The trip is over folks, we are out of road. I wish I could tell you where you are going. If you don't know or don't have a map, it wouldn't do me much good to try to tell you anyway. One thing is for certain; from here you will walkthe rest of the way. For many it will be to destination unknown. Most are on the way to the City of Despair, in the State of Confusion, located within the Nation of Disgrace. For others, the destination will not be pleasant nor a matter of choice. You get the picture. Those who, ‘take all of your belongings and climb into the truck,’ will weep in utter misery for the personal negligence that they brought upon themselves and their families. You will have paid the ultimate price.

 A prudent [man] foreseeth the evil, and hideth himself: but the simple pass on, and are punished.” (Proverbs 22: 3, KJV)


So,...will you take the final moments God is giving you to step away from your ‘stupid zone’ and do what you should have so long ago? Will you finally make some plans? Will you really sell off your unnecessary toys and purchase the absolutely necessary survival tools that will give you just a chance to make it through? Will you search out the ultimate truth of our predicament and the One who can give you peace, serenity and eternal life? Can you admit that putting a dictator in office was one of your very worst mistakes, and you will try to make amends by resisting him and his communist platform? Will you do all you can to convert your family and friends who also voted for him and others supporting him to work against him in every way possible? That may sting and burn to be told that, but it is far better than the amputation of your limbs that is coming if he continues to dismantle this nation and its last freedoms.

“Procrastination in implementing your family's self preservation plans will be terminal.” [1]


Editorials like these are expected to consume about 1500 words. This is half that. Like I said, the time for talk is over.”


[1] Dr. Greg Evenson


Read the Article:
The Time for Talk is Over

Defining the Spiritual War You Failed To Fight 

Defining the Spiritual War You Failed To Fight cover image

Read the article Defining the Spiritual War You Failed To Fight.

Worldwide Church of God Returns to the Vomit as Grace International 

Worldwide Church oof God Returns to the Vomit as Grace International book cover.

“But it is happened unto them according to the true proverb, The dog [is] turned to his own vomit again; and the sow that was washed to her wallowing in the mire.” (2 Peter 2: 22)

“As a dog returneth to his vomit, [so] a fool returneth to his folly.” (Proverbs 26: 11) 

Discover the part played by the Illuminati Jew, Rupert Murdoch (pictured above), and his Zondervan publishing company, in the destruction of Herbert W Armstrong's Worldwide Church of God.

What Murdoch "... is not is an Australian 'right wing' billionaire. Murdoch, though born in Australia is an Israeli citizen and Jewish. Why is this important?

Murdoch is now admitted to have controlled the political systems in Britain and America for two decades. He has had the power to choose national leaders, make policy, pass laws at will. Where did the power come from?

We now know it came from spying, blackmail, bribery and propaganda." (Veterans Today Senior Editor, Gordon Duff.)

Get the book here.

UFO's Originate in Nazi Antarctic Bases 

Nazi flying saucers thumbnail.

"Perhaps in order to engineer and prepare the global collective psyche to the "great earth-shattering announcement" that may be coming any day now, ... that the US, UK and allies are in contact with "technologically superior beings from other worlds, which do exist after all and we are in contact with them."

Read more here ...

"The only correct term for the mis-called 'anti-Semitic' is 'Jew-wise.' It is indeed the only fair and honest term. The phrase 'anti-Semite' is merely a propaganda word used to stampede the unthinking public into dismissing the whole subject from their minds without examination: so long as that is tolerated these evils will not only continue, but grow worse." (The Nameless War, by Captain Archibald Maule Ramsay, p. 63)

Why Are Christian Men Such Wimps?

“Is it ok if I vent a little today? I’ve built up a little frustration over the past couple of months and I just need a pressure release. Will you let me do it?


As you may be aware I have started a varsity football program at a local Christian High School. Although I vowed to myself that I would never return to prowling the sidelines when I walked away from public education in 2000,the opportunity to train young males to be men was something I could not, in good conscience, run from.


Not all males are men. I hope you understand that. Especially convincing is the evidence I have garnered recently that Christian males in particular are the least manly.



Why Are Christian Men Such Wimps?


How Shall We Tell The Children? 

 "And they shall go into the holes of the rocks, and into the caves of the earth, for fear of the Lord, and for the glory of his majesty, when he ariseth to shake terribly the earth." Isaiah 2:19 (KJV)

How Shall We Tell The Children eBook cover image

"But how shall we tell the children? We probably won't tell them; the knowledge would be too dangerous to the "system" we have developed to ensure our own preservation. As long as they will continue to work in order to support, and in order to die in, for, and because of our system, we will allow as many of them who can do so, to survive until we have lived out our lives in the manner to which we have become accustomed. It has always worked before, so maybe it will continue to work long enough to keep me comfortable until I die. It is a gamble in which the odds are becoming increasingly negative."

How To Get A FREE Copy>>> How Shall We Tell The Children eBook 

How The World Really Works, by Alan Jones 

How The World Really Works cover image

Get A FREE Copy>>> How The World Really Works eBook

The picture which Alan Jones paints in this book is one which you must understand if your efforts in truly understanding how the world REALLY works are ever to amount to anything. We paint that picture by presenting an ordered set of book reviews which identify our enemies and describe the primary strategies and actions which they have taken against us over the last 100 years or so. Our goal in writing the book was to provide an accurate portrayal of that picture within the covers of a single moderate- length book. The 12 chapter titles of How The World Really Works are ... the names of the books being reviewed.

How To Get A FREE Copy>>> How The World Really Works eBook

Secrecy or Freedom, by Alan Jones 

Secrecy or Freedom ebook cover

Get A FREE Copy>>> Secrecy or Freedom eBook

This is Alan Jones' most recent book, published in April, 2001. While countless books have been written revealing yet one more outrage which the New World Order folks have perpetrated on us, Jones has resolved on an entirely different purpose: to define a way of mounting a counterattack on those elites, and not just delay their next victory, but destroy their viability, and take back our country and the world for middle class citizens everywhere. In the same way that an army or a football team will surely lose in the long run if it has only a defense and no offense, we too shall lose our world to the elites if we fail to marshal our resources, mount a viable offense against them, and reduce their present dominance of public affairs to a nullity. To that end, this book goes right back into history to discover their origin, their modus operandi, their strengths, and most importantly, their weaknesses. The exercise has been successful, and reveals a crucial weakness which may readily be exploited. We will, in this web page, outline our search, our major findings, and finally a plan of action to save our country for the benefit, we hope, of a great number of future generations of free citizens. Our historical look will go back 2000 years and beyond. Our sources are not generally well known, are not Nobel prize- winning historians, but nevertheless are historical truth seekers whose researches are uniquely valuable. Each of the chapters of Secrecy or Freedom? carries the title of the historical work which is reviewed in that chapter. In this web page, we will give you an inkling of what is covered in each of these chapters, with the hope that these few words will lead you to order our book, carefully absorb its contents, and then join in our proposed action plan to take back our country.

How To Get A FREE Copy>>> Secrecy or Freedom eBook

How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Confiscatory Agency Known To Man, by Mary Croft 

You're an asset of the state. You're duped into entering the world of commerce and finance and trapped in imaginary debt bya brilliant but simple con. When you see your name written in UPPERCASE LETTERS it has a very different meaning to the one your parents gave you. This is an amazing ebook. We highly recommend it.

Click here to download

Classy Beauty, 25, Seeks Man Making $500K 

 Classy Beauty, 25, seeks man making $500M.

Reply to "Classy" Beauty,25, who advertised on Craig's List for a Man Making $500K.

The Answer ...

I read your posting with great interest and have thought meaningfully about your dilemma. I offer the following analysis of your predicament. Firstly, I'm not wasting your time, I qualify as a guy who fits your bill; that is I make more than $500K per year.

Read the Answer the "Classy" Beauty Got

"If liberty means anything at all, it means the right to tell people what they do not want to hear." - George Orwell (1903-1950)

We [the Jews] infiltrated  the Roman Catholic Church right from the very beginning.

“Regarding the Jesuits, quoting Rabbi Finkelstein: “We [the Jews] infiltrated  the Roman Catholic Church right from the very beginning. Why do you think the Pope, the Cardinals and all the Bishops wear yarlmulkahs? (skullcaps) The white race never figures this out. A thousand years later the white race began to wake up ... we had to come up with a plan B ... so we formed the Jesuits. There was a nice boy, Ignatius Loyola. He started the Jesuits.” (Loyola was Jewish. Research/read the Jesuit Extreme Oath.)”

(From The Real History of the Earth. Why in Hell is All This Happening Again? by David Thatcher.)

False Flag Operations or "False flag terrorism" occurs when elements within a government stage a secret operation whereby government forces pretend to be a targeted enemy while attacking their own forces or people. The attack is then falsely blamed on the enemy in order to justify going to war against that enemy.

False Flag Operations

John Taylor Gatto's "The Underground History of American Education"

"If we ever needed a battering ram to pull down the evil structure of compulsory public schooling, this book should be able to do the job. The book calls for a revolution. But not a violent one. It can be won easily and peaceably by merely taking the kids out of the public schools. It's still legal to do so. That would change America radically. But the pessimists will say that most parents are too brain-dead to care what goes on in the public schools. Those parents who do care have already gotten their kids out and are homeschooling them. But we know that every day more and more parents are beginning to see the light. That's encouraging." (Samuel L. Blumenfeld)

Read more: 
John Taylor Gatto

Democracy Is An Illusion 

"The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one perhaps of the Right, and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can 'throw the rascals out' at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy... But either party in office becomes in time corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but will still pursue, with new vigor,approximately the same policies". (Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope, 1966, p. 1247-48)

Democracy Is An Illusion

Why Men are So Attracted to Foreign Women 

Have you ever wondered why men are so attracted to foreign (non-Western) women? Have you heard from a friend lately that her ex fiancee is now looking for a Russian bride or that a male relative is engaged to a Filipina? And, do you scoff at that and put it down to these men being 'desperate' and those women as just wanting a ticket into the country?

Why You Shouldn't Get Involved With a Married Man [or Woman]
Here's a question that's been sent to me recently about a woman wondering if she should get involved with a married man. Here's my reply telling her why you shouldn't get involved with a married man! This woman's name has been changed to remain anonymous.

What You Should Know About Swine Flu 

What You Should Know About Swine Flu eBook cover image

"These are challenging times and we need to stay calm and think things through - not just panic and react. Fear, panic and emotional reaction got us into this mess and it is certainly not going to get us out of it.

We also need to realise - here, now - that  we have long crossed the line into a fully-fledged  fascist dictatorship. It has hidden itself to most people this far, but it is about to lift the veil.

It is no longer an option to do nothing or passively acquiesce to authority out of fear or apathy. Or, at least, it's not if we care about our freedoms and, most importantly, those of our children and grandchildren who will have to live almost their entire lives under a global jackboot of sheer, undiluted evil.

The word 'evil' is much overused and I don't say it lightly; but we are dealing with evil in the sense that the word is the reverse of 'live'. Those behind the conspiracy to cull the human population and turn the rest into little more than computer terminals are anti-life. They have no respect for it and no empathy with those who suffer the consequences of their actions, no matter how appalling.

I have been warning of what was coming for nearly 20 years and it is not 'coming' any more - it's here. No more excuses from anyone, please. We have to deal with it. We have to draw a line in the sand and say no more.

Never was this more important than with  the conspiracy to force swine flu vaccination upon the global population. The swine flu virus was created in a laboratory to generate  mass panic with the specific intention of forcing everyone to have the vaccine. Problem-Reaction-Solution. This 'natural' swine flu virus apparently contains genes from humans, birds and pigs from several continents.

If you concoct and release a virus and then implement a clearly long-planned mass vaccin-ation programme, there can be only one sensible conclusion: swine flu is not the biggest danger here - it's the vaccine." (David Icke)

Free Download: What You Should Know About Swine Flu 

This Has to be the Definitive Report on the Vaccination Hoax.  

“The only safe vaccine is a vaccine that is never used.” – Dr. James A. Shannon. National Institutes of Health.

Are you scared when you’re told you have to vaccinate your child with 49 doses in 14 vaccines before age 6? Or are you scared at the idea of not vaccinating and so “exposing” your child to serious illnesses?

Are you scared about the school threatening you that if you don’t vaccinate you can’t enrol your child?

FEAR. That’s what all these pro-vaccine campaigns are based on. As a parent, what’s the biggest scare of all? When your child gets sick with a serious disease and you feel responsible for that. As you see, vaccine supporters couldn’t go wrong with this and developed a dogma that’s been bought over and over again over the years by people. The magic insurance policy to solve it all.

So, even if your child gets sick, at least you know you did everything you could for his/her health and vaccinated, right? But what if the very vaccination is able to cause the illness in the first place??

Could The Vaccine Hoax Be Over?

An extraordinary paper published by a courageous doctor and investigative medical researcher has dug the dirt on 30 years of secret official transcripts of meetings of UK government vaccine committees and the supposedly independent medical “experts” sitting on them with their drug industry connections.

The 45 page paper with detailed evidence can be downloaded here.

Also see the short article about this report in Issue #65a of our newsletter Last Days Watch, which is here.

Wolves in Sheep's Clothing 

"Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves"  (Matthew 7: 15)

Vicious wolf

"For such are false apostles, deceitful workers, transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ. And no marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light. Therefore it is no great thing if his ministers also be transformed as the ministers of righteousness; whose end shall be according to their works." (2 Corinthians 11: 13-15)

We are Facing Orwellian, Totalitarian Slavery 

That's what they want to impose on us. That's the reason behind all the national identity cards, DNA data bases, surveillance cameras, GPS tracking devices in cars and trucks and cell phones, digital micro-chipping of everything from A to Z, Internet surveillance and censorship, telephone taps, body and luggage searches and scans at airports, finger printing of air travelers and bank customers, interrogations at airline boarding gates, intrusive banking regulations, and much more. The Powers That Be are branding and penning up the global "human herd" in just the same way that cattle ranchers tag their cattle herds with ear tags and fence them into feed lots to fatten them up for slaughter. The Powers That Be regard us as their livestock, as their personal property, and they are in the process of branding us, tagging us, and penning us up, so that they can manage us like cattle or swine. Our plight is that stark and simple.


So do you want to be a slave or free? That's the question. Because if you want to be free you're absolutely going to have to do something about it. Millions of people are going to have to go outside of their comfort zone, that's the hard truth of the matter, because the status quo is simply not remotely acceptable for people who want to live as free human beings on this planet.


Don't imagine that you can just vote in the next criminally rigged election and a new set of corrupt politicians will somehow magically make things better. THEY WON'T. The galling thing is that the Powers That Be have set up a global system to which they insist we assiduously adhere and obey every corrupt dictate they issue, while they themselves flagrantly flout the Constitution with impunity, and never cease massively enriching themselves and their plutocrat cronies, and rolling in corrupt luxury, at our ruinous expense.


This pathetic charade will continue only as long as the people permit it, because when the people declare a de facto Jubilee Year, the jig will be up. As a matter of fact, that process is already underway. It is a simple truth that unemployed people cannot service a loan, cannot pay a tax bill, and cannot pay a fine that is imposed on them for failure to do any of the foregoing. So as the unemployed rolls continue to swell, more and more people will simply refuse or fail to make credit card payments, to pay back home, automobile and student loans, and will default on furniture, appliance and pay day loans, and much more. This is already happening and the trend will increase.”


Read the Full Story:
Hidden in Plain Sight 


The Manipulated Man

The Manipulated Man book cover.

Are You Laughing Yet, or Would You Forward this Email on to a Friend or Relative? 

The Email "Are You Laughing Yet?"

Pass this very insightful email on if you think it has merit. If not then just discard it ... no one will know you did. But, if you discard this thought process, don't sit back and complain about what bad shape the world is in.

The Plain Truth About Glorious Carbon Dioxide 

"Nature is a self-regulating mechanism that dwarfs any mindless effort to 'control' the amount of CO2 produced by coal-fired utilities, steel manufacturers, autos and trucks, and gasoline fueled lawn mowers. Okay, children, let's all sit up straight at our desks. We are going to begin 2009 with a lesson about carbon dioxide (CO2)." (Alan Caruba)

The Oil, Gas and Energy Crises are Massive Hoaxes  

Lindsey Williams' book cover,

Lindsey Williams, a Baptist minister and author of the 1980's book The Energy Non-Crisis (on line) has been reporting inside information about oil price-manipulation for many years now, and generally the information has been accurate.

According to Pastor Williams, the Globalists are fomenting rebellion as an excuse to raise the oil prices to $150-200 a barrel.

Pastor Williams revealed in his book that the US has huge untapped oil reserves that the elites have known about for decades. After manipulating the oil prices  to around $200 a barrel, we will finally see these US oil reserves opened for production.

The Oil, Gas and Energy Crises are Massive Hoaxes

"Anyone not preaching coming out of the state church and the government system is a false prophet."(Neal King,

Christ's Flag is The Union Jack 

The Union Jack.

The Union Jack

The Australian and New Zealand flags go back much further than the 200 years you probably are aware of. Notice the most prominent symbol on all these flags is the eight-pointed cross. This 8 pointed cross consists of two different four pointed crosses (the x and the + crosses) that are superimposed!

The Australian National Flag.

Australian Flag

The New Zealand National Flag.

New Zealand Flag

Their heraldic  symbolism goes back 3,500 years; to the time of Moses and Joshua, the great Israelite (not Jewish) Military-Commanders.

The vertical cross on the flag is for the Great Cross that is formed at critical times in the Galaxy, and this is called the Galactic Cross. T  he diagonal cross stands for the Earth Cross. The Earth cross is the cross of the Zodiac, while the Galactic Cross is the intersection of the Galactic Equator with the Ecliptic and its perpendicular axis.

Four times during the Great Year (which is 25,920 years long)--i.e. every 6,480 years--the Earth Cross aligns with the Galactic Cross to form a single four-pointed cross in the sky. This is what will occur on December 21, 2012, which will herald the end of the "Dark Cycle."

For more information download Part I and Part II of Jan Wicherink's "Great Celestial Conjunction Crosses" reports.  These reports are also in our free book The Prophet Daniel and December 21, 2012.

The red on the flag stands for human blood, and the white stands for the Birthright Holy Spirit, which does the work of redemption (i.e. the born-again process), thus changing a sinful human being into a true blue-blood (i.e. the Elect). Blue is the colour of Sirius, and the Creator God of ancient Khemit (Egypt) known as Ptah (who we call God the Father). In this process it is important to know that there are 216 bones in the human body, and the blood is actually made in the bones!

Furthermore, the science of Khemitology reveals that Ptah was referred to as “He Who Comes from the Blue,” and was always depicted with a blue head covering or with blue skin.

What race was Ptah depicted as?

In the depictions of Ptah from ancient Khemit (the proper name for ancient Egypt) “Ptah is usually depicted with Asian eyes, a Caucasian nose, and Negroid lips. He apparently represents many races as the ‘Father’ or progenitor race from Sirius. Ptah became known as Dyas or Zeus to the Greeks, and later ‘pater’ (father) to the Romans: Ptah, Pater, ‘Father Race.’” (Source: Stephen S Mehler’s The Land of Osiris: An Introduction to Khemitology, Adventures Unlimited Press, 2001, p. 180)

It is also noteworthy that Egyptologist’s word for the bright star Sirius is Sopdet (Sp.dt). According to the science of Khemitology, the Egyptologists have it wrong (and I would heartily agree), and the word should be S.pth, which is Sa-Ptah, “The Birthplace of Ptah.” Thus we see the clear connection between God the Father and the eighth planet of the Solar System, the bright star Sirius.

For more information on the names of the Messiah and God the Father, and these flags, see our free book The God Messiah Worships.

The Heraldic Symbolism of the Unicorn on the British Coat-of-Arms

British coat of arms.

The British Coat-of-Arms is the Coat-of-Arms of the 12 tribed Kingdom of Israel and Christ their Rightful KING.

The TRUE Israel People have, on their "Coat-of-Arms", a Lion and a Unicorn which is shown as a white horse "rampant" with one horn. The amber Lion "rampant" on the left-side is the emblem of the